Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

in a comparative sense

Толкование Перевод

1 comparative

ADV

in a comparative sense

Latin-English dictionary > comparative
2 alter

alter, tĕra, tĕrum, adj. (the measure of the gen. sing. āltĕrĭŭs as paeon primus is supported in good Latin only by examples from dactylic verse (but see alterĭus in trochaic measure, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 56), in which īpsĭŭs, īllĭŭs, īstĭŭs, ūnĭŭs, etc., are used as dactyls; on the contr., the regular measure āltĕrīŭs, as ditrochaeus, is sufficiently confirmed by the foll. verses of Enn., Ter., and Ter. Maur.: mox cum alterīus abligurias bona, Enn. ap. Donat. ad Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 25 (Sat. 29 Vahl.):
alterīus sua comparent commoda? ah!
Ter. And. 4, 1, 4:
nec alter[imacracute]us indigéns opís veni,
Ter. Maur. p. 2432 P.;
and sescupló vel una víncet alter[imacracute]us singulum,
id. ib. p. 2412 ib.; Prisc. p. 695 ib.; alterius is also commonly used as the gen. of alius, as alīus is little used (v. h. v. fin.).— Dat. sing. f.:
alterae,
Plaut. Rud. 3, 4, 45; Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 30; Caes. B. G. 5, 27; Nep. Eum. 1, 6; Col. 5, 11, 10) [a comp. form of al-ius; cf. Sanscr. antara = alius; Goth. anthar; Lith. antras = secundus; Germ. ander; Gr. heteros; Engl. either, other; also Sanscr. itara = alius], the other of two, one of two, the other, ho heteros.
I.
Lit.
A.
In gen.:
nam huic alterae patria quae sit, profecto nescio,
Plaut. Rud. 3, 4, 45:
necesse est enim sit alterum de duobus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 41, 97:
altera ex duabus legionibus,
Caes. B. C. 2, 20: mihi cum viris ambobus est amicitia;
cum altero vero magnus usus,
Cic. Clu. 42, 117:
alter consulum,
Liv. 40, 59:
alter ex censoribus,
id. 40, 52:
in alterā parte fluminis legatum reliquit,
on the other side, Caes. B. G. 2, 5; id. B. C. 3, 54:
si quis te percusserit in dexteram maxillam tuam, praebe illi et alteram,
Vulg. Matt. 5, 39; 28, 1.—Hence: alter ambove, one or both; commonly in the abbreviation:
A. A. S. E. V. = alter ambove si eis videretur: utique C. Pansa, A. Hirtius consules alter ambove S. E. V. rationem agri habeant,
Cic. Phil. 5 fin. Wernsd.; cf. id. ib. 8, 11; 9, 7 fin.; 14, 14 fin.; cf.
Brison. Form. pp. 218 and 219: absente consulum altero ambobusve,
Liv. 30, 23: ambo alterve, S. C. ap. Front. Aquaed. 100 fin. —
B.
Esp.
1.
a.. In distributive clauses: alter... alter, the one... the other (cf. alius, II. A.): ho heteros... ho heteros:
Si duobus praefurniis coques, lacunā nihil opus erit. Cum cinere eruto opus erit, altero praefurnio eruito, in altero ignis erit,
Cato, R. R. 38, 9:
alteram ille amat sororem, ego alteram,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 68; id. Am. 1, 2, 19; 1, 2, 20; Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 50:
quorum alter exercitum perdidit, alter vendidit,
Cic. Planc. 35; so id. Rosc. Am. 6, 16: namque alterā ex parte Bellovaci instabant;
alteram Camulogenus tenebat,
Caes. B. G. 7, 59 Herz.:
conjunxit alteram (cortinam) alteri,
Vulg. Exod. 36, 10; 36, 22; ib. Joan. 13, 14; ib. Rom. 12, 5.—
b.
In same sense, unus... alter, one... the other, as in later Gr. heis men... heteros de: vitis insitio una est per ver, altera est cum uva floret;
ea optima est,
Cato, R. R. 41, 1: Phorm. Una injuria est tecum. Chrem. Lege agito ergo. Phorm. Altera est tecum, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 90: uni epistolae respondi;
venio ad alteram,
Cic. Fam. 2, 17, 6:
nomen uni Ada, et nomen alteri Sella,
Vulg. Gen. 4, 19; ib. Matt. 6, 24:
Erant duae factiones, quarum una populi causam agebat, altera optimatium,
Nep. Phoc. 3, 1; Liv. 31, 21:
consules coepere duo creari, ut si unus malus esse voluisset, alter eum coërceret,
Eutr. 1, 8:
Duo homines ascenderunt in templum, unus pharisaeus et alter publicanus,
Vulg. Luc. 18, 10 al. —
c.
Sometimes a subst., or hic, ille, etc., stands in the place of the second alter:
Epaminondas... Leonidas: quorum alter, etc... Leonidas autem, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 30, 97; so Vell. 2, 71, 3:
alter gladiator habetur, hic autem, etc.,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 6, 17:
quorum alteri Capitoni cognomen est, iste, qui adest, magnus vocatur,
id. ib.:
alterum corporis aegritudo, illum, etc.,
Flor. 4, 7.—Sometimes
(α).
one alter is entirely omitted (cf. alius, II. A.; heteros, L. and S. I. 2.):
duae turmae haesere: altera metu dedita hosti, pertinacior (sc. altera), etc.,
Liv. 29, 33:
hujus lateris alter angulus ad orientem solem, inferior ad meridiem spectat,
Caes. B. G. 5, 13; or
(β).
the form changed:
dialecticam adjungunt et physicam, alteram quod habeat rationem.... Physicae quoque etc.,
Cic. Fin. 3, 21, 72, and 3, 22, 73. —Sometimes a further distributive word is added:
alter adulescens decessit, alter senex, aliquis praeter hos infans,
Sen. Ep. 66, 39:
alter in vincula ducitur, alter insperatae praeficitur potestati, alius etc.,
Amm. 14, 11.—
d.
In plur.: nec ad vivos pertineat, nec ad mortuos;
alteri nulli sunt, alteros non attinget,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 91:
alteri dimicant, alteri victorem timent,
id. Fam. 6, 3: binas a te accepi litteras; quarum alteris mihi gratulabare... alteris dicebas etc., in one of which,... in the other, id. ib. 4, 14:
quorum alteri adjuvabant, alteri etc.,
Caes. B. G. 7, 17: duplices similitudines, unae rerum, alterae verborum, Auct. ad Her. 3, 20. —
e.
The second alter in a different case:
alter alterius ova frangit,
Cic. N. D. 2, 49:
uterque numerus plenus, alter alterā de causā habetur,
Macr. Somn. Scip. 2:
qui noxii ambo, alter in alterum causam conferant,
Liv. 5, 11:
alteri alteros aliquantum attriverant,
Sall. J. 79, 4; so id. ib. 42, 4;
53, 7 al. —Also with alteruter: ne alteruter alterum praeoccuparet,
Nep. Dion. 4, 1.—With unus:
quom inter nos sorderemus unus alteri,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 30:
dicunt unus ad alterum,
Vulg. Ez. 33, 30:
ne unus adversus alterum infletur pro alio,
ib. 1 Cor. 4, 6.—With uterque:
uterque suo studio delectatus contempsit alterum,
Cic. Off. 1, 1, 4:
utrique alteris freti finitimos sub imperium suum coëgere,
Sall. J. 18, 12.—With nemo, nullus, neuter:
ut nemo sit alteri similis,
Quint. 2, 9, 2:
cum tot saeculis nulla referta sit causa, quae esset tota alteri similis,
id. 7, prooem. 4:
neutrum eorum contra alterum juvare,
Caes. B. C. 1, 1, 3:
ut neutra alteri officiat,
Quint. 1, 1, 3.—After two substt., the first alter generally refers to the first subst., and the second to the second:
Philippum rebus gestis superatum a filio, facilitate video superiorem fuisse. Itaque alter semper magnus, alter saepe turpissimus,
Cic. Off. 1, 26; cf. Plaut. Am. 1, 2, 21; Brem. ad Suet. Claud. 20.—Sometimes the order is reversed: contra nos (summa gratia et eloquentia) raciunt in hoc tempore;
quarum alteram (i. e. eloquentiam) vereor, alteram (i. e. gratiam) metuo,
Cic. Quinct. 1; so id. Off. 3, 18; 1, 12; cf. Spald. ad Quint. 9, 2, 6.—
2.
As a numeral = secundus, the second, the next, o heteros:
primo die, alter dies, tertius dies, deinde reliquis diebus etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 7:
proximo, altero, tertio, reliquis consecutis diebus non intermittebas etc.,
id. Phil. 1, 13 Wernsd.:
quadriennio post alterum consulatum,
id. Sen. 9:
die altero,
Vulg. Jos. 10, 32: alteris Te mensis adhibet deum, i. e. at the dessert (= mensā secundā), Hor. C. 4, 5, 31.—So, alterā die, the next day, têi allêi hêmerai, têi heterai:
se alterā die ad conloquium venturum,
Caes. B. C. 3, 19; Vulg. Gen. 19, 34; ib. Matt. 27, 62:
die altero,
ib. Num. 11, 32; ib. Jos. 5, 11 al.—So in comparative sense:
alterā die quam a Brindisio solvit, in Macedoniam trajecit,
Liv. 31, 14; Suet. Vit. 3:
intermittere diem alterum quemque oportet,
every other day, Cels. 3, 23; 3, 13; 4, 12:
Olea non continuis annis, sed fere altero quoque fructum adfert,
Col. R. R. 5, 8.—With prepp.:
qui (Ptolemaeus) tum regnabat alter post Alexandream conditam,
next after, Cic. Off. 2, 23, 82; so, fortunate puer, tu nunc eris alter ab illo, the second or next after him, Verg. E. 5, 49:
alter ab undecimo jam tum me ceperat annus,
id. ib. 8, 39.—Hence,
b.
Also with tens, hundreds, etc.:
accepi tuas litteras, quas mihi Cornificius altero vicesimo die reddidit,
on the twenty-second day, Cic. Fam. 12, 25 Manut.:
anno trecentesimo altero quam condita Roma erat,
in the three hundred and second year, Liv. 3, 33:
vicesima et altera laedit,
Manil. 4, 466.—
c.
So of a number collectively:
remissarios pedum XII., alteros pedum X.,
a second ten, Cato, R. R. 19, 2:
ad Brutum hos libros alteros quinque mittemus,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 41, 121:
basia mille, deinde centum, dein mille altera, dein secunda centum,
Cat. 5, 7.—So with the numeral understood: aurea mala decem misi;
cras altera (sc. decem) mittam,
a second ten, Verg. E. 3, 71.—Hence,
d.
Unus et alter, unus atque alter, unus alterque, the one and the other.
(α).
For two (as in Gr. heis kai heteros):
unus et alter dies intercesserat,
Cic. Clu. 26:
adductus sum tuis unis et alteris litteris,
id. Att. 14, 18:
et sub eā versus unus et alter erunt,
Ov. H. 15, 182; so Suet. Tib. 63; id. Calig. 56; id. Claud. 12 (cf. id. Gram. 24: unum vel alterum, vel, cum plurimos, tres aut quattuor admittere).—
(β).
More freq. of an indef. number, one and another; and: unusalterve, one or two:
Unus et item alter,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 50:
mora si quem tibi item unum alterumve diem abstulerit,
Cic. Fam. 3, 9; so id. Clu. 13, 38; 13, 26:
versus paulo concinnior unus et alter,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 74; so id. S. 1, 6, 102; 2, 5, 24; id. A. P. 15:
ex illis unus et alter ait,
Ov. F. 2, 394; id. Am. 2, 5, 22; Petr. 108; Plin. Pan. 45 Schwarz; cf. id. ib. 52, 2; Suet. Caes. 20; id. Galb. 14 al.:
paucis loricae, vix uni alterive cassis aut galea,
Tac. G. 6.—
e.
Alterum tantum, as much more or again, twice as much (cf. Gr. heteron tosouton or hetera tosauta):
etiamsi alterum tantum perdundum est, perdam potius quam sinam, etc.,
Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 81; so id. Bacch. 5, 2, 65:
altero tanto aut sesqui major,
Cic. Or. 56, 188:
altero tanto longior,
Nep. Eum. 8, 5; so Dig. 28, 2, 13:
numero tantum alterum adjecit,
Liv. 1, 36; so id. 10, 46; Auct. B. Hisp. 30; Dig. 49, 14, 3 al.—
f.
Alteri totidem, as many more:
de alteris totidem scribere incipiamus,
Varr. L. L. 8, 24 Müll. —
g.
To mark the similarity of one object to another in qualities, etc., a second, another (as in English, a second father, my second self, and the like). So,
(α).
With a proper name, used as an appellative (cf. alius, II. G.):
Verres, alter Orcus,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 50:
alterum se Verrem putabat,
id. ib. 5, 33 fin.:
Hamilcar, Mars alter,
Liv. 21, 10.—
(β).
With a com. noun:
me sicut alterum parentem observat,
Cic. Fam. 5, 8:
altera patria,
Flor. 2, 6, 42 al. —
(γ).
Alter ego, a second self, of very intimate friends (in the class. per. perh. only in Cic. Ep.; cf. ho hetairos, heteros egô, Clem. Al. 450):
vide quam mihi persuaserim te me esse alterum,
Cic. Fam. 7, 5:
me alterum se fore dixit,
id. Att. 4, 1:
quoniam alterum me reliquissem,
id. Fam. 2, 15; Aus. praef. 2, 15.—
(δ).
Alter idem, a second self, like heteroi hautoi, Arist. Eth. M. 8, 12, 3 (on account of the singularity of the expression, introduced by tamquam):
amicus est tamquam alter idem,
Cic. Lael. 21, 82.—
3.
The one of two, either of two, without a more precise designation, for alteruter:
non uterque sed alter,
Cic. Ac. 2, 43, 132:
fortasse utrumque, alterum certe,
id. Att. 11, 18:
melius peribimus quam sine alteris vestrūm vivemus,
Liv. 1, 13:
nec rogarem, ut mea de vobis altera amica foret,
Ov. A. A. 3, 520:
ex duobus, quorum alterum petis, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 1, 7, 3:
ex duobus (quorum necesse est alterum verum), etc.,
Quint. 5, 10, 69:
ac si necesse est in alteram errare partem, maluerim etc.,
id. 10, 1, 26; 1, 4, 24; 9, 3, 6 al.—Once also with a negative, neither of two: hos, tamquam medios, [p. 98] nec in alterius favorem inclinatos, miserat rex, Liv. 40, 20, 4.—
II.
Transf.
A.
Another of a class = alius (as opp. to one's self, to another); subst., another, a neighbor, a fellow-creature, ho pelas (so sometimes heteros, Xen. Cyr. 2, 3, 17); cf. Ochsn. Eclog. 90 and 458 (alter designates the similarity of two objects; alius a difference in the objects contrasted): SI. INIVRIAM. FAXIT. ALTERI., Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 20, 1:
qui alterum incusat probri, eum ipsum se intueri oportet,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 58; id. Am. prol. 84: mox dum alterius abligurias bona, quid censes dominis esse animi? Enn. ap. Don. ad Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 25:
ut malis gaudeant atque ex incommodis Alterius sua ut comparent commoda,
Ter. And. 4, 1, 3: qui alteris exitium paret, etc., Att. ap. Cic. Tusc. 2, 17, 39:
qui nihil alterius causā facit et metitur suis commodis omnia,
Cic. Leg. 1, 14:
ut aeque quisque altero delectetur ac se ipso,
id. Off. 1, 17, 56; 1, 2, 4:
scientem in errorem alterum inducere,
id. ib. 3, 13, 55 et saep.:
cave ne portus occupet alter,
Hor. Ep. 1, 6, 32 Schmid.:
nil obstet tibi, dum ne sit te ditior alter,
id. S. 1, 1, 40; 1, 5, 33:
canis parturiens cum rogāsset alteram, ut etc.,
Phaedr. 1, 19:
nec patientem sessoris alterius (equum) primus ascendit,
Suet. Caes. 61; id. Tib. 58:
in quo judicas alterum, te ipsum condemnas,
Vulg. Rom. 2, 1:
nemo quod suum est quaerat, sed quod alterius,
ib. 1 Cor. 10, 24;
14, 17: sic in semet ipso tantum gloriam habebit et non in altero,
ib. Gal. 6, 4 al. —Hence, alter with a neg., or neg. question and comp., as an emphatic expression (mostly ante-class.; cf.
alius, II. H.): scelestiorem nullum illuxere alterum,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 22:
scelestiorem in terrā nullam esse alteram,
id. Cist. 4, 1, 8:
qui me alter audacior est homo?
id. Am. 1, 1, 1; id. Ep. 1, 1, 24.—
B.
The other, the opposite:
alterius factionis principes,
the leaders of the opposite party, Nep. Pelop. 1, 4 (cf. id. ib. 1, 2:
adversariae factioni): studiosiorem partis alterius,
Suet. Tib. 11. —
C.
In gen., different:
quotiens te speculo videris alterum,
Hor. C. 4, 10, 6: abeuntes post carnem alteram (Gr. heteros, q. v. L. and S. III.), Vulg. Jud. 7.—
D.
In the lang. of augury, euphem. for infaustus, unfavorable, unpropitious, Fest. p. 6 (v. L. and S. Gr. Lex. s. v. heteros, III. 2.).
► The gen.
alterius commonly serves as gen. of alius instead of alīus, Cic. Fam. 15, 1, 1; id. Att. 1, 5, 1; 1, 20, 2; Caes. B. G. 1, 36, 1; Sall. C. 52, 8; Liv. 21, 13, 3; 22, 14, 4; 26, 8, 2; 28, 37, 6 al.; Col. 8, 17, 2; 11, 2, 87; 12, 22, 2; Sen. Ep. 72, 10; 102, 3; id. Ben. 4, 3, 1; id. Ot. Sap. 4, 1; id. Brev. Vit. 16, 2; id. Q. N. 2, 34, 1 al.; Quint. 7, 9, 8; 8, 3, 73 al.; Tac. A. 15, 25; id. H. 2, 90; Plin. Ep. 10, 114, 2; Suet. Caes. 61; id. Tib. 58 al.; Gell. 2, 28 al.—It also stands as correlative to alius:
alius inter cenandum solutus est, alterius continuata mors somno est,
Sen. Ep. 66, 39:
cum inventum sit ex veris (gemmis) generis alterius in aliud falsas traducere,
Plin. 37, 12, 75, § 197; Plin. Pan. 2, 6 (Neue, Formenl. II. p. 216).
► ‡ altĕras, adv.
[alter], for alias, acc. to Paul. ex. Fest. p. 27 Müll.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > alter
3 alteras

alter, tĕra, tĕrum, adj. (the measure of the gen. sing. āltĕrĭŭs as paeon primus is supported in good Latin only by examples from dactylic verse (but see alterĭus in trochaic measure, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 56), in which īpsĭŭs, īllĭŭs, īstĭŭs, ūnĭŭs, etc., are used as dactyls; on the contr., the regular measure āltĕrīŭs, as ditrochaeus, is sufficiently confirmed by the foll. verses of Enn., Ter., and Ter. Maur.: mox cum alterīus abligurias bona, Enn. ap. Donat. ad Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 25 (Sat. 29 Vahl.):
alterīus sua comparent commoda? ah!
Ter. And. 4, 1, 4:
nec alter[imacracute]us indigéns opís veni,
Ter. Maur. p. 2432 P.;
and sescupló vel una víncet alter[imacracute]us singulum,
id. ib. p. 2412 ib.; Prisc. p. 695 ib.; alterius is also commonly used as the gen. of alius, as alīus is little used (v. h. v. fin.).— Dat. sing. f.:
alterae,
Plaut. Rud. 3, 4, 45; Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 30; Caes. B. G. 5, 27; Nep. Eum. 1, 6; Col. 5, 11, 10) [a comp. form of al-ius; cf. Sanscr. antara = alius; Goth. anthar; Lith. antras = secundus; Germ. ander; Gr. heteros; Engl. either, other; also Sanscr. itara = alius], the other of two, one of two, the other, ho heteros.
I.
Lit.
A.
In gen.:
nam huic alterae patria quae sit, profecto nescio,
Plaut. Rud. 3, 4, 45:
necesse est enim sit alterum de duobus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 41, 97:
altera ex duabus legionibus,
Caes. B. C. 2, 20: mihi cum viris ambobus est amicitia;
cum altero vero magnus usus,
Cic. Clu. 42, 117:
alter consulum,
Liv. 40, 59:
alter ex censoribus,
id. 40, 52:
in alterā parte fluminis legatum reliquit,
on the other side, Caes. B. G. 2, 5; id. B. C. 3, 54:
si quis te percusserit in dexteram maxillam tuam, praebe illi et alteram,
Vulg. Matt. 5, 39; 28, 1.—Hence: alter ambove, one or both; commonly in the abbreviation:
A. A. S. E. V. = alter ambove si eis videretur: utique C. Pansa, A. Hirtius consules alter ambove S. E. V. rationem agri habeant,
Cic. Phil. 5 fin. Wernsd.; cf. id. ib. 8, 11; 9, 7 fin.; 14, 14 fin.; cf.
Brison. Form. pp. 218 and 219: absente consulum altero ambobusve,
Liv. 30, 23: ambo alterve, S. C. ap. Front. Aquaed. 100 fin. —
B.
Esp.
1.
a.. In distributive clauses: alter... alter, the one... the other (cf. alius, II. A.): ho heteros... ho heteros:
Si duobus praefurniis coques, lacunā nihil opus erit. Cum cinere eruto opus erit, altero praefurnio eruito, in altero ignis erit,
Cato, R. R. 38, 9:
alteram ille amat sororem, ego alteram,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 68; id. Am. 1, 2, 19; 1, 2, 20; Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 50:
quorum alter exercitum perdidit, alter vendidit,
Cic. Planc. 35; so id. Rosc. Am. 6, 16: namque alterā ex parte Bellovaci instabant;
alteram Camulogenus tenebat,
Caes. B. G. 7, 59 Herz.:
conjunxit alteram (cortinam) alteri,
Vulg. Exod. 36, 10; 36, 22; ib. Joan. 13, 14; ib. Rom. 12, 5.—
b.
In same sense, unus... alter, one... the other, as in later Gr. heis men... heteros de: vitis insitio una est per ver, altera est cum uva floret;
ea optima est,
Cato, R. R. 41, 1: Phorm. Una injuria est tecum. Chrem. Lege agito ergo. Phorm. Altera est tecum, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 90: uni epistolae respondi;
venio ad alteram,
Cic. Fam. 2, 17, 6:
nomen uni Ada, et nomen alteri Sella,
Vulg. Gen. 4, 19; ib. Matt. 6, 24:
Erant duae factiones, quarum una populi causam agebat, altera optimatium,
Nep. Phoc. 3, 1; Liv. 31, 21:
consules coepere duo creari, ut si unus malus esse voluisset, alter eum coërceret,
Eutr. 1, 8:
Duo homines ascenderunt in templum, unus pharisaeus et alter publicanus,
Vulg. Luc. 18, 10 al. —
c.
Sometimes a subst., or hic, ille, etc., stands in the place of the second alter:
Epaminondas... Leonidas: quorum alter, etc... Leonidas autem, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 30, 97; so Vell. 2, 71, 3:
alter gladiator habetur, hic autem, etc.,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 6, 17:
quorum alteri Capitoni cognomen est, iste, qui adest, magnus vocatur,
id. ib.:
alterum corporis aegritudo, illum, etc.,
Flor. 4, 7.—Sometimes
(α).
one alter is entirely omitted (cf. alius, II. A.; heteros, L. and S. I. 2.):
duae turmae haesere: altera metu dedita hosti, pertinacior (sc. altera), etc.,
Liv. 29, 33:
hujus lateris alter angulus ad orientem solem, inferior ad meridiem spectat,
Caes. B. G. 5, 13; or
(β).
the form changed:
dialecticam adjungunt et physicam, alteram quod habeat rationem.... Physicae quoque etc.,
Cic. Fin. 3, 21, 72, and 3, 22, 73. —Sometimes a further distributive word is added:
alter adulescens decessit, alter senex, aliquis praeter hos infans,
Sen. Ep. 66, 39:
alter in vincula ducitur, alter insperatae praeficitur potestati, alius etc.,
Amm. 14, 11.—
d.
In plur.: nec ad vivos pertineat, nec ad mortuos;
alteri nulli sunt, alteros non attinget,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 91:
alteri dimicant, alteri victorem timent,
id. Fam. 6, 3: binas a te accepi litteras; quarum alteris mihi gratulabare... alteris dicebas etc., in one of which,... in the other, id. ib. 4, 14:
quorum alteri adjuvabant, alteri etc.,
Caes. B. G. 7, 17: duplices similitudines, unae rerum, alterae verborum, Auct. ad Her. 3, 20. —
e.
The second alter in a different case:
alter alterius ova frangit,
Cic. N. D. 2, 49:
uterque numerus plenus, alter alterā de causā habetur,
Macr. Somn. Scip. 2:
qui noxii ambo, alter in alterum causam conferant,
Liv. 5, 11:
alteri alteros aliquantum attriverant,
Sall. J. 79, 4; so id. ib. 42, 4;
53, 7 al. —Also with alteruter: ne alteruter alterum praeoccuparet,
Nep. Dion. 4, 1.—With unus:
quom inter nos sorderemus unus alteri,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 30:
dicunt unus ad alterum,
Vulg. Ez. 33, 30:
ne unus adversus alterum infletur pro alio,
ib. 1 Cor. 4, 6.—With uterque:
uterque suo studio delectatus contempsit alterum,
Cic. Off. 1, 1, 4:
utrique alteris freti finitimos sub imperium suum coëgere,
Sall. J. 18, 12.—With nemo, nullus, neuter:
ut nemo sit alteri similis,
Quint. 2, 9, 2:
cum tot saeculis nulla referta sit causa, quae esset tota alteri similis,
id. 7, prooem. 4:
neutrum eorum contra alterum juvare,
Caes. B. C. 1, 1, 3:
ut neutra alteri officiat,
Quint. 1, 1, 3.—After two substt., the first alter generally refers to the first subst., and the second to the second:
Philippum rebus gestis superatum a filio, facilitate video superiorem fuisse. Itaque alter semper magnus, alter saepe turpissimus,
Cic. Off. 1, 26; cf. Plaut. Am. 1, 2, 21; Brem. ad Suet. Claud. 20.—Sometimes the order is reversed: contra nos (summa gratia et eloquentia) raciunt in hoc tempore;
quarum alteram (i. e. eloquentiam) vereor, alteram (i. e. gratiam) metuo,
Cic. Quinct. 1; so id. Off. 3, 18; 1, 12; cf. Spald. ad Quint. 9, 2, 6.—
2.
As a numeral = secundus, the second, the next, o heteros:
primo die, alter dies, tertius dies, deinde reliquis diebus etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 7:
proximo, altero, tertio, reliquis consecutis diebus non intermittebas etc.,
id. Phil. 1, 13 Wernsd.:
quadriennio post alterum consulatum,
id. Sen. 9:
die altero,
Vulg. Jos. 10, 32: alteris Te mensis adhibet deum, i. e. at the dessert (= mensā secundā), Hor. C. 4, 5, 31.—So, alterā die, the next day, têi allêi hêmerai, têi heterai:
se alterā die ad conloquium venturum,
Caes. B. C. 3, 19; Vulg. Gen. 19, 34; ib. Matt. 27, 62:
die altero,
ib. Num. 11, 32; ib. Jos. 5, 11 al.—So in comparative sense:
alterā die quam a Brindisio solvit, in Macedoniam trajecit,
Liv. 31, 14; Suet. Vit. 3:
intermittere diem alterum quemque oportet,
every other day, Cels. 3, 23; 3, 13; 4, 12:
Olea non continuis annis, sed fere altero quoque fructum adfert,
Col. R. R. 5, 8.—With prepp.:
qui (Ptolemaeus) tum regnabat alter post Alexandream conditam,
next after, Cic. Off. 2, 23, 82; so, fortunate puer, tu nunc eris alter ab illo, the second or next after him, Verg. E. 5, 49:
alter ab undecimo jam tum me ceperat annus,
id. ib. 8, 39.—Hence,
b.
Also with tens, hundreds, etc.:
accepi tuas litteras, quas mihi Cornificius altero vicesimo die reddidit,
on the twenty-second day, Cic. Fam. 12, 25 Manut.:
anno trecentesimo altero quam condita Roma erat,
in the three hundred and second year, Liv. 3, 33:
vicesima et altera laedit,
Manil. 4, 466.—
c.
So of a number collectively:
remissarios pedum XII., alteros pedum X.,
a second ten, Cato, R. R. 19, 2:
ad Brutum hos libros alteros quinque mittemus,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 41, 121:
basia mille, deinde centum, dein mille altera, dein secunda centum,
Cat. 5, 7.—So with the numeral understood: aurea mala decem misi;
cras altera (sc. decem) mittam,
a second ten, Verg. E. 3, 71.—Hence,
d.
Unus et alter, unus atque alter, unus alterque, the one and the other.
(α).
For two (as in Gr. heis kai heteros):
unus et alter dies intercesserat,
Cic. Clu. 26:
adductus sum tuis unis et alteris litteris,
id. Att. 14, 18:
et sub eā versus unus et alter erunt,
Ov. H. 15, 182; so Suet. Tib. 63; id. Calig. 56; id. Claud. 12 (cf. id. Gram. 24: unum vel alterum, vel, cum plurimos, tres aut quattuor admittere).—
(β).
More freq. of an indef. number, one and another; and: unusalterve, one or two:
Unus et item alter,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 50:
mora si quem tibi item unum alterumve diem abstulerit,
Cic. Fam. 3, 9; so id. Clu. 13, 38; 13, 26:
versus paulo concinnior unus et alter,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 74; so id. S. 1, 6, 102; 2, 5, 24; id. A. P. 15:
ex illis unus et alter ait,
Ov. F. 2, 394; id. Am. 2, 5, 22; Petr. 108; Plin. Pan. 45 Schwarz; cf. id. ib. 52, 2; Suet. Caes. 20; id. Galb. 14 al.:
paucis loricae, vix uni alterive cassis aut galea,
Tac. G. 6.—
e.
Alterum tantum, as much more or again, twice as much (cf. Gr. heteron tosouton or hetera tosauta):
etiamsi alterum tantum perdundum est, perdam potius quam sinam, etc.,
Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 81; so id. Bacch. 5, 2, 65:
altero tanto aut sesqui major,
Cic. Or. 56, 188:
altero tanto longior,
Nep. Eum. 8, 5; so Dig. 28, 2, 13:
numero tantum alterum adjecit,
Liv. 1, 36; so id. 10, 46; Auct. B. Hisp. 30; Dig. 49, 14, 3 al.—
f.
Alteri totidem, as many more:
de alteris totidem scribere incipiamus,
Varr. L. L. 8, 24 Müll. —
g.
To mark the similarity of one object to another in qualities, etc., a second, another (as in English, a second father, my second self, and the like). So,
(α).
With a proper name, used as an appellative (cf. alius, II. G.):
Verres, alter Orcus,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 50:
alterum se Verrem putabat,
id. ib. 5, 33 fin.:
Hamilcar, Mars alter,
Liv. 21, 10.—
(β).
With a com. noun:
me sicut alterum parentem observat,
Cic. Fam. 5, 8:
altera patria,
Flor. 2, 6, 42 al. —
(γ).
Alter ego, a second self, of very intimate friends (in the class. per. perh. only in Cic. Ep.; cf. ho hetairos, heteros egô, Clem. Al. 450):
vide quam mihi persuaserim te me esse alterum,
Cic. Fam. 7, 5:
me alterum se fore dixit,
id. Att. 4, 1:
quoniam alterum me reliquissem,
id. Fam. 2, 15; Aus. praef. 2, 15.—
(δ).
Alter idem, a second self, like heteroi hautoi, Arist. Eth. M. 8, 12, 3 (on account of the singularity of the expression, introduced by tamquam):
amicus est tamquam alter idem,
Cic. Lael. 21, 82.—
3.
The one of two, either of two, without a more precise designation, for alteruter:
non uterque sed alter,
Cic. Ac. 2, 43, 132:
fortasse utrumque, alterum certe,
id. Att. 11, 18:
melius peribimus quam sine alteris vestrūm vivemus,
Liv. 1, 13:
nec rogarem, ut mea de vobis altera amica foret,
Ov. A. A. 3, 520:
ex duobus, quorum alterum petis, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 1, 7, 3:
ex duobus (quorum necesse est alterum verum), etc.,
Quint. 5, 10, 69:
ac si necesse est in alteram errare partem, maluerim etc.,
id. 10, 1, 26; 1, 4, 24; 9, 3, 6 al.—Once also with a negative, neither of two: hos, tamquam medios, [p. 98] nec in alterius favorem inclinatos, miserat rex, Liv. 40, 20, 4.—
II.
Transf.
A.
Another of a class = alius (as opp. to one's self, to another); subst., another, a neighbor, a fellow-creature, ho pelas (so sometimes heteros, Xen. Cyr. 2, 3, 17); cf. Ochsn. Eclog. 90 and 458 (alter designates the similarity of two objects; alius a difference in the objects contrasted): SI. INIVRIAM. FAXIT. ALTERI., Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 20, 1:
qui alterum incusat probri, eum ipsum se intueri oportet,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 58; id. Am. prol. 84: mox dum alterius abligurias bona, quid censes dominis esse animi? Enn. ap. Don. ad Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 25:
ut malis gaudeant atque ex incommodis Alterius sua ut comparent commoda,
Ter. And. 4, 1, 3: qui alteris exitium paret, etc., Att. ap. Cic. Tusc. 2, 17, 39:
qui nihil alterius causā facit et metitur suis commodis omnia,
Cic. Leg. 1, 14:
ut aeque quisque altero delectetur ac se ipso,
id. Off. 1, 17, 56; 1, 2, 4:
scientem in errorem alterum inducere,
id. ib. 3, 13, 55 et saep.:
cave ne portus occupet alter,
Hor. Ep. 1, 6, 32 Schmid.:
nil obstet tibi, dum ne sit te ditior alter,
id. S. 1, 1, 40; 1, 5, 33:
canis parturiens cum rogāsset alteram, ut etc.,
Phaedr. 1, 19:
nec patientem sessoris alterius (equum) primus ascendit,
Suet. Caes. 61; id. Tib. 58:
in quo judicas alterum, te ipsum condemnas,
Vulg. Rom. 2, 1:
nemo quod suum est quaerat, sed quod alterius,
ib. 1 Cor. 10, 24;
14, 17: sic in semet ipso tantum gloriam habebit et non in altero,
ib. Gal. 6, 4 al. —Hence, alter with a neg., or neg. question and comp., as an emphatic expression (mostly ante-class.; cf.
alius, II. H.): scelestiorem nullum illuxere alterum,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 22:
scelestiorem in terrā nullam esse alteram,
id. Cist. 4, 1, 8:
qui me alter audacior est homo?
id. Am. 1, 1, 1; id. Ep. 1, 1, 24.—
B.
The other, the opposite:
alterius factionis principes,
the leaders of the opposite party, Nep. Pelop. 1, 4 (cf. id. ib. 1, 2:
adversariae factioni): studiosiorem partis alterius,
Suet. Tib. 11. —
C.
In gen., different:
quotiens te speculo videris alterum,
Hor. C. 4, 10, 6: abeuntes post carnem alteram (Gr. heteros, q. v. L. and S. III.), Vulg. Jud. 7.—
D.
In the lang. of augury, euphem. for infaustus, unfavorable, unpropitious, Fest. p. 6 (v. L. and S. Gr. Lex. s. v. heteros, III. 2.).
► The gen.
alterius commonly serves as gen. of alius instead of alīus, Cic. Fam. 15, 1, 1; id. Att. 1, 5, 1; 1, 20, 2; Caes. B. G. 1, 36, 1; Sall. C. 52, 8; Liv. 21, 13, 3; 22, 14, 4; 26, 8, 2; 28, 37, 6 al.; Col. 8, 17, 2; 11, 2, 87; 12, 22, 2; Sen. Ep. 72, 10; 102, 3; id. Ben. 4, 3, 1; id. Ot. Sap. 4, 1; id. Brev. Vit. 16, 2; id. Q. N. 2, 34, 1 al.; Quint. 7, 9, 8; 8, 3, 73 al.; Tac. A. 15, 25; id. H. 2, 90; Plin. Ep. 10, 114, 2; Suet. Caes. 61; id. Tib. 58 al.; Gell. 2, 28 al.—It also stands as correlative to alius:
alius inter cenandum solutus est, alterius continuata mors somno est,
Sen. Ep. 66, 39:
cum inventum sit ex veris (gemmis) generis alterius in aliud falsas traducere,
Plin. 37, 12, 75, § 197; Plin. Pan. 2, 6 (Neue, Formenl. II. p. 216).
► ‡ altĕras, adv.
[alter], for alias, acc. to Paul. ex. Fest. p. 27 Müll.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > alteras
4 conparative

ADV

in a comparative sense

Latin-English dictionary > conparative
5 ultra

ultrā, adv. and prep. [ulter].
I.
Adv.
A.
Prop., on the other side:
dextera nec citra mota nec ultra,
neither on that side nor on this, neither backwards nor forwards, Ov. M. 5, 186.—
B.
Transf., in gen., beyond, farther, over, more, besides; of space (rare): ultra procedendi facultas, Auct. B. Afr. 50, 3.—
2.
Of time, degree, etc.:
estne aliquid ultra, quo progredi crudelitas possit?
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 45, § 119:
ne quid ultra requiratis,
id. Univ. 3:
ut nihil possit ultra,
id. Att. 15, 1, B, 2:
quia ultra nihil habemus,
id. Tusc. 1, 39, 94:
melius ultra quam citra stat oratio,
Quint. 8, 6, 76; 3, 1, 9:
quid ultra Provehor?
Verg. A. 3, 480:
jam nihil ultra exspectantibus,
Quint. 9, 4, 30; cf. id. 7, 1, 59: eam (mortem) cuncta mortalium mala dissolvere;
ultra neque curae neque gaudio locum esse,
Sall. C. 51, 20:
hac tempestate serviundum aut imperandum... nam quid ultra? id. Or. Lepid. contra Sull. 5: nullum ultra periculum vererentur,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 39:
quos alios muros, quae jam ultra moenia habetis?
Verg. A. 9, 782.—Of time:
usque ad Attium et ultra porrectas syllabas geminis vocalibus scripserunt,
farther, later, Quint. 1, 7, 14:
nec ultra bellum Latinum dilatum,
Liv. 2, 19, 2.—
C.
Esp., on account of its comparative sense, freq. followed by quam:
ultra enim quo progrediar, quam ut veri videam similia, non habeo,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 17:
ultra quam homini datum est provehi,
Quint. 6, prooem. §
10: ultra quam satis est,
Cic. Inv. 1, 49, 91; 1, 18, 26; Quint. 12, 7, 12:
ultra quam oporteat,
id. 2, 4. 7;
2, 5, 24: ultra quam ullus spiritus durare possit,
id. 8, 2, 17; Liv. 40, 30, 5:
nec ultra moratus, quam, etc.,
Tac. A. 6, 44.—
D.
Comp.: ultĕrĭus, in the signif. of the posit., beyond, farther on, farther (mostly poet.; in prose rare and only postAug.).
(α).
= ultra, cum quo Riphaeos possim conscendere montes Ulteriusque domo vadere Memnoniā, Prop. 1, 6, 4:
abire,
Ov. M. 2, 872:
ulterius nihil est, nisi non habitabile frigus,
id. Tr. 3, 4, 51.—
(β).
Transf., = longius or amplius;
procedere,
Quint. 5, 11, 34:
ulterius ne tende odiis,
Verg. A. 12, 938:
si me ulterius provexerit ira,
Prop. 2, 15 (3, 7), 19:
revocavit me cogitationi aptae traditum, et iturum, si licuisset, ulterius,
Sen. Ep. 102, 1:
robur ulterius adversus eam saeviendi gentem,
Val. Max. 1, 1, 15:
nec ulterius dare corpus inutile leto Aut vacat aut curat,
farther, longer, more, Ov. M. 12, 344:
non tulit ulterius,
id. ib. 3, 487:
rogabat Ulterius justo,
beyond what was right, more than was right, id. ib. 6, 470.—
E.
Sup.: ultĭmē.
1.
Extremely, to the last degree:
nudam flagris ultime verberat,
App. M. 10, p. 250, 33:
affectus,
id. ib. 1, p. 105, 22.—
2.
At last, Sen. Ep. 76, 22 (dub.; al. ultimum).
II.
Prep. with acc., on the farther side of, beyond, past:
cis Padum ultraque,
Liv. 5, 35, 4:
ultra Silianam villam,
Cic. Att. 12, 27, 1:
milibus passuum II. ultra eum (montem) castra fecit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 48; 1, 49; id. B. C. 3, 26; 3, 66:
ultra Terminum,
Hor. C. 1, 22, 10:
dextra paulum prolata ultra sinum,
Quint. 11, 3, 159; cf. id. ib. §
118.— Placed after the noun: sunt certi denique fines, Quos ultra citraque nequit consistere rectum,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 107:
portas ultra procedere,
Prop. 4 (5), 7, 29:
Euphratem ultra,
Tac. A. 15, 17 fin. —
b.
Transf.
(α).
Of time, beyond, past, longer than:
(Gorgias) et illorum fuit aemulus ut ultra Socratem usque duravit,
Quint. 3, 1, 9:
non durat ultra poenam abdicationis,
id. 9, 2, 88: ultra rudes annos, id. 1, 1, 20:
ultra pueriles annos,
id. 1, 11, 19.—
(β).
Of number, measure, degree, quality, etc., beyond, above, over, more than, = supra:
paulo ultra eum numerum, Auct. B. Alex. 21: non ultra heminam aquae assumere,
Cels. 4, 2, 4 fin.:
adhibent modum quendam, quem ultra progredi non oporteat,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 17, 38:
ultra fidem,
Quint. 8, 6, 73:
modum,
id. 10, 3, 32; 11, 1, 90:
quid est ultra pignus aut multam?
Cic. Phil. 1, 5, 12: ultra Romanorum et mortalium etiam morem aliquem curare, Sall. Fragm. ap. Macr. S. 2, 9:
juvenis ultra barbarum, promptus ingenio,
Vell. 2, 118, 2:
Maecenas otio ac mollitiis paene ultra feminam fluens,
id. 2, 88, 2:
si mortalis ultra Fas trepidat,
Hor. C. 3, 29, 31:
ultra Legem tendere opus,
id. S. 2, 1, 1:
vires ultra sortemque senectae,
Verg. A. 6, 114:
si ultra placitum laudarit,
id. E. 7, 27.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ultra
6 περισσός

περισσός, ή, όν (cp. πέριξ and s. three next entries; Hes., Hdt.+. Prim.: ‘exceeding the usual number or size’; Gignac I 146)

① pert. to that which is not ordinarily encountered, extraordinary, remarkable (Pla., Apol. 20c οὐδὲν τῶν ἄλλων περισσὸν πραγματεύεσθαι; BGU 417, 22 περισσὸν ποιήσω=I am going to do someth. extraordinary; En 102:7) τί περισσὸν ποιεῖτε; what are you doing that is remarkable? Mt 5:47 (cp. Plut., Mor. 233a τί οὖν μέγα ποιεῖς; what, then, are you doing that is so great?—ELombard, L’Ordinaire et l’Extraordinaire [Mt 5:47]: RTP 15, 1927, 169–86). Subst. τὸ περισσόν the advantage (WSchubart, Der Gnomon des Idios Logos 1919, 102 [II A.D.]) τὸ π. τοῦ Ἰουδαίου the advantage of the Judean (Jew) Ro 3:1 (s. Ἰουδαῖο 2a). LCerfaux, Le privilège d’Israël sel. s. Paul: ETL 17, ’40, 5–26.

② pert. to being extraordinary in amount, abundant, profuse

ⓐ going beyond what is necessary περισσὸν ἔχειν have (someth.) in abundance J 10:10 (cp. X., Oec. 20, 1 οἱ μὲν περισσὰ ἔχουσιν, οἱ δὲ οὐδὲ τὰ ἀναγκαῖα δύνανται πορίζεσθαι; Plut., Mor. 523d). For περισσότερον J 10:10 P⁷⁵ s. περισσότερο c.

ⓑ superfluous, unnecessary (Trag. et al.; cp. 2 Macc 12:44; TestJob 47:1) περισσόν μοί ἐστιν τὸ γράφειν ὑμῖν it is unnecessary for me to write to you 2 Cor 9:1 (Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 238 II, 4 περισσὸν ἡγοῦμαι διεξοδέστερον ὑμῖν γράφειν). περισσὸν ἡγοῦμαι I consider it superfluous (Appian, Prooem. 13 §50; Jos., Ant. 3, 215; cp. Philo, Agr. 59) Dg 2:10. W. ἄχρηστος 4:2.

③ in the comparative sense; περισσός together w. its adv. and comp. is a colloquial substitute for μᾶλλον, μάλιστα as well as for πλείων, πλεῖστος (B-D-F §60, 3; Rob. 279; KKrumbacher, ByzZ 17, 1908, 233). τό περισσὸν τούτων whatever is more than this, whatever goes beyond this Mt 5:37 (on the gen. s. B-D-F §185, 1; Rob. 660).—ἐκ περισσοῦ (Περὶ ὕψους 34, 2; Vi. Aesopi I G 43 P.; Dositheus 40, 4; Da 3:22 Theod.) Mk 6:51 s. ἐκ 6c and λίαν a.—DELG s.v. περί. M-M. TW.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > περισσός
7 EN

but

* * *

I)

conj.

1) but;

en heima mun ek sitja, but I will stay at home;

2) as a copulative, and, = ok;

ek kann ráðum, Gunnhildar, en kappsemd Egils, I know the devices of G. and (on the other hand) Egil’s eagerness;

3) = ‘an’, than (óbrigðra vin fær maðr aldregi en mannvit mikit).

II)

in Norse MSS. = ef, er (rel. pron. and temp. conj.);

1) if;

sælar væri sálurnar, en þær vissi, if they knew;

2) as a rel. pron., = er;

mína dóttur, en (= er) allra meyja er fegrst, who is the fairest of all maidens;

3) when, = er, þá er ( þeir vóru í hjá, en upp var lesit).

* * *

1.

disjunctive conj.; in MSS. spelt either en or enn, [a particle peculiar to the Scandin.; in Danish men; in Swedish both men, än, and endast; Norse enn and also men, Ivar Aasen]:—but; en ef hann hefir, þá …, but if he has, then …, Grág. i. 261; en ef menn gefa þeim mat, id.; en heima mun ek sitja, but I will stay at home, Fms. vi. 100; en fjöldi féll, but a great many fell, Fas. ii. 514; eyrum hlýðir en augum skoðar, Hm. 7; en ekki eigu annarra manna orð, Grág. i. 84, 99, 171; en Skíðblaðnir skipa, en jóa Sleipnir, en hunda garmr, Gm. 44; en ór sveita sjár, en ór beinum björg, Vþm. 21; and passim. It is even used with a slight conjunctive sense; þykki mér sem því muni úhægt saman at koma, kappi þínu ok dirfð ‘en’ skaplyndi konungs, methinks it will be hard to make the two things go together, thy vehemence and rashness ‘and’ (on the other hand) the temper of the king, Eg. 521; ek kann ráðum Gunnhildar ‘en’ kappsemd Egils, I know the devices of Gunnhilda ‘and’ (on the other hand) Egil’s eagerness, 257: used in narratives to begin a sentence, merely denoting the progress of the tale, much the same as ‘and,’ cp. the use of auk III, p. 33; thus in Ýt. some verses begin with ‘en,’—En dagskjarr …, 2, 3, 14, 23; En Gunnlaugr grimman tamði, Hlt.; En Hróalds á höfuðbaðmi, Ad. 19, without any disjunctive notion.

2.

temporal adv., better spelt enn, [prob. akin to endr and eðr, q. v.]:—yet, still; þú hefir enn eigi ( not yet) heyrða kenning Drottins, Mar. 656 A. ii. 14; vildi hann enn svá, Fms. i. II; at hann mundi enn svá göra, vi. 100; þá ríkir hann enn fyrir mik, Al. 29; til betri tíma en ( than) enn ( still) er kominn, Sks. 596 B.

2. before a comparative; enn síðarr, still later, N. G. L. i. 94; enn betr, still better; enn fyrr, still later; enn verri, still worse; enn æðri, still worthier; enn hærri, still higher; enn firr, still further off; enn nær, still nearer; enn heldr, still more, Sks. 304: separated from the comparative, enn vóru fleiri dætr Haralds, the daughters of H. were still more, i. e. H. had more daughters yet, Fms. i. 5.

β. curious is the use of en (usually spelt in or inn) in old poems, viz. before a comparative, where in prose the ‘en’ can be left out without impairing the sense; thus, hélt-a in lengr rúmi, be kept not his place longer, i. e. ran away, Am. 58; ráð en lengr dvelja, to delay no longer, 61; menn in sælli, a happier man, Skv. 3. 18; né in mætri mægð, worthier affinity, id.; mann in harðara = harðara mann, a hardier man, Hbl. 14; nema þú in snotrari sér, unless thou art wiser, Vþm. 7; drekka in meira mjöð, to drink more mead; bíta en breiðara, to bite broader, i. e. eat with better appetite, Þkv. 35; þars þætti skáld in verri, where poets were kept in less honour, Jomsv. S. (in a verse); né in heldr, neither; né hests in heldr, neither for his horse, Hm. 60; né in heldr hugðir sem var Högni, neither are ye minded as H., Gh. 3, Sdm. 36, Hkv. 1. 12, Skv. 1. 21: in prose, eigi in heldr ætla ek, þat …, neither do I think, that …, Nj. 219.

3. to boot, further, moreover; bolöxar ok enn amboð nokkur, pole-axes and some tools to boot, Dipl. v. 18; ok þat enn, at, and that still more, that, Róm. 302; Ingibjörg hét enn dóttir Haralds, Ingeburg was further Harold’s daughter, Fms. i. 5.

3.

or enn, conj., written an in very old MSS., e. g. Hom., Greg., Eluc., but in the great bulk of MSS. en is the standing form, both ancient and modern; [formed by anacope, by dropping the initial þ; Ulf. þanuh; A. S. þanne; Engl. than; Hel. than; O. H. G. danna; Germ. dann, but here almost replaced by ‘als;’ Swed. änn; Dan. end; Norse enn, Ivar Aasen; the anacope is entirely Scandin.]:—than, Lat. quam; heldr faðir an móðir, more father than mother, Eluc. 5; bjartari an sól, brighter than the sun, 45, 52; meira an aðrir, more than others, Greg. 51; víðara an áðr, wider than before, id.; betr an þegja, better than being silent, 96; æðri an þetta, Eluc. 51; annat an annat, one thing rather than another, 50; ljósara an nú, 44; heldr an vér, 17; annat an dauðan, 15; meira an Guð, 13; fyr an, 6; annat an þú ert, 59; framarr an þeir hafa, id.; framar an vesa, 60; heldr an færi eðr fleiri, Hom. 45; heldr an, 63; betra er þagat an mælt, 96; helgari an annarra manna, 126; framar an sín, 135, etc.; cp. Frump. 158–163: ‘en’ however occurs in Hom. 126.

II. the form ‘en’ (or ‘enn’) occurs passim, Grág. i. 173, ii. 13, Al. 29, Sks. 596 B, N. G. L. i. 32, etc. etc.

☞ The particle en differs in sense when placed before or after the comparative; if before, it means still; if after, than; thus, fyrr enn, áðr enn, before, Lat. prinsquam, but enn fyrr, still earlier, sooner; enn heldr, still more, but heldr enn, rather than; enn betr, still better, but betr enn, better than; enn síðar, still later, but síðar enn, later than, etc. Again, there is a difference of sense, when neither en is a comparative; en ef, but if; ef enn, if still, etc.

4.

is now and then in MSS., esp. Norse, used = er, ef, q. v., but this is a mere peculiarity or false spelling:

1. when; mér vórum í hjá en (= er) þeir, when they, D. N. i. 271; til þess en = til þess er, 81.

2. as a relat. particle, which; sú hin ríka frú en ( which), Str.; mína dóttur en allra meyja er fegrst, my daughter who is the fairest of all women, Þiðr. 249; af því en hann hefir fingit, Al. 145; sá ótti en, 107; en sungin er, which is sung, Hom. 41; but hvárt en er, whether, N. G. L. i. 349.

3. = ef, if, [cp. Old Engl. an]; sælar yæri sálurnar, en þær vissi, if they knew, Al. 114; en þeir vildi = ef þeir vildi, 118; en vér færim = ef vér færim, 120, esp. freq. in D. N. (vide Fr.) Very rare in Icel. writings or good MSS., e. g. en ek hefi með Guðs miskunn (i. e. er ek heti), as I have, because I have, Bs. i. 59, Hung. ch. 1; vide er.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > EN
8 mejor

adj.

better.

no hay nada mejor que… there's nothing better than…

es mejor que no vengas it would be better if you didn't come

será mejor que te calles you'd better shut up, I suggest you shut up

adv.

1 better.

ahora veo mejor I can see better now

estar mejor to feel better; (no tan malo) to be better (recuperado)

mejor no se lo digas it'd be better if you don't tell him

mejor dicho (or) rather

mejor que mejor so much the better

2 best.

el que la conoce mejor the one who knows her best

* * *

mejor

► adjetivo

1 (comparativo) better

■ este libro es mejor que aquél this book is better than that one

■ es mejor no hablar de eso it's better not talk about that

2 (superlativo) best

■ la mejor película que he visto jamás the best film I've ever seen

■ mi mejor amigo,-a my best friend

► adverbio

1 (comparativo) better

■ cada vez mejor better and better every day

2 (superlativo) best

■ es el que mejor canta he's the one who sings the best

► nombre masculino,nombre femenino el/la mejor

1 the best (one)

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

a lo mejor perhaps, maybe

en el mejor de los casos at the very best

mejor dicho or rather

mejor o peor one way or another

mejor que mejor so much the better

tanto mejor so much the better

* * *
1. adj.
1) better

2) best
2. adv.
1) better

2) best

3) rather

•

- a lo mejor

* * *

1. ADJ

1) [comparativo]

a) (=más bueno) [resultado, producto] better; [calidad, oferta] better, higher

a falta de otra cosa mejor que hacer — for lack of anything better to do

nunca he visto nada mejor — I've never seen anything better

es mejor de lo que creía — it's better than I thought

• y lo que es mejor — and even better, and better still

• mejor que algo — better than sth

este es mejor que aquel — this one is better than that one

no hay nada mejor que una buena comida — there's nothing better than a good meal

b) (=preferible)

• ser mejor — to be better

sería mejor callarse — it'd be better to keep quiet

hubiera sido mejor no decir nada — it would have been better to say nothing

será mejor que te vayas — you'd better go

2) [superlativo]

a) [de dos] better

de estos dos refrescos, ¿cuál es el mejor? — which is the better (out) of these two drinks?

b) [de varios] [persona, producto] best; [calidad] top, highest; [oferta] highest, best

¿quién es tu mejor amigo? — who is your best friend?

está entre las diez mejores — she is among the ten best

ser el mejor de la clase — to be the best in the class, be top of the class

es el mejor de todos — he's the best of all

vive el mejor momento de su carrera deportiva — he is at the peak of his sporting career

un jamón de la mejor calidad — a top quality ham, a ham of the highest quality

- llevarse la mejor parte

c)

• lo mejor — the best

os deseo (todo) lo mejor — I wish you all the best, my best wishes (to you)

lo mejor de España es el clima — the best thing about Spain is the climate

lo mejor del caso es que... — the good thing is that..., the best part of it is that...

• os deseo lo mejor del mundo — I wish you all the best

tengo unos abuelos que son lo mejor del mundo — my grandparents are the best in the world

• tenéis que hacerlo lo mejor posible — you have to do the best you can, you have to do your best

• lo hice lo mejor que pude — I did it the best I could, I did it as well as I could

lo mejor que podemos hacer es callarnos — the best thing we can do is keep quiet

• estar en lo mejor de la vida — to be in the prime of life
partir 1., 3)
2. ADV

1) [comparativo de bien] better

ahora lo entiendo todo un poco mejor — I understand everything a bit better now

yo canto mejor que tú — I can sing better than you

lo hace cada vez mejor — he's getting better and better

¿te sientes algo mejor? — do you feel any better?

ahora estoy un poco mejor de dinero — I'm a bit better off now

así está mucho mejor — it's much better like that

¡pues si no quieres venir con nosotros, mejor! — well, if you don't want to come with us, so much the better!

• mejor dicho — or rather, or I should say

lleva tres años en Inglaterra, o mejor dicho, en el Reino Unido — she's been in England, or rather o or I should say the United Kingdom, for three years

• mucho mejor — much better, a lot better *

• mejor o peor, mejor o peor, ya saldremos adelante — for better or (for) worse, we'll come through this

• mejor que mejor, tanto mejor — so much the better, all the better
nunca
2) [superlativo de bien] best

¿quién es el que lo hace mejor? — who does it best?

este es el texto mejor redactado de todos — this text is the best written of all

3) (=preferiblemente)

mejor quedamos otro día — why don't we meet another day?, it'd be better if we met another day

mejor vámonos — we'd better go

tú, mejor te callas — * you'd better keep quiet *

mejor me voy — * I'd better go
cuanto 2., 2)
4)

• a lo mejor — maybe

a lo mejor viene mañana — he might come tomorrow, maybe he'll come tomorrow

a lo mejor hasta nos toca la lotería — we might even win the lottery

-¿crees que lloverá hoy? -a lo mejor — "do you think it will rain today?" - "maybe" o "it might"

* * *
I
adjetivo

1)

a) ( comparativo de bueno) <producto/profesor> better; < calidad> better, higher, superior

va a ser mejor que... — it's better if...

tanto mejor or mejor que mejor — so much the better

cuanto más grande mejor — the bigger the better

al final todo fue para mejor — it was all for o it all worked out for the best in the end

es mejor que te sientes ahí — you'd be better off sitting there

b) ( comparativo de bien) better

sabe mucho mejor así — it tastes much better like that

2)

a) ( superlativo de bueno) ( entre dos) better; ( entre varios) best

mi mejor amiga — my best friend

productos de la mejor calidad — products of the highest quality

lo mejor es que le digas la verdad — it's best if you tell her the truth

le deseo lo mejor — I wish you the very best o all the best

b) ( superlativo de bien)

éste es el mejor — it's the best one o this one is the best
II
adverbio

1)

a) ( comparativo) better

luego lo pensé mejor — then I thought better of it

pintas cada vez mejor — your painting is getting better and better

b)

mejor dicho: me lleva dos años, mejor dicho, dos y medio — she's two years older than me, or rather, two and a half

2)

a) ( superlativo) best

éste es el lugar desde donde se ve mejor — this is where you can see best (from)

la versión mejor ambientada de la obra — the best-staged production of the play

lo hice lo mejor que pude — I did it as best I could o (frml) to the best of my ability

b)

a lo mejor: a lo mejor este verano vamos a Italia — we may o might go to Italy this summer

3) (esp AmL) ( en sugerencias)

mejor lo dejamos para otro día — why don't we leave it for another day?

mejor me callo — I think I'd better shut up

mejor pídeselo tú — it would be better if you asked him
III
masculino y femenino

el/la mejor — ( de dos) the better; ( de varios) the best

es la mejor de la clase — she's the best in the class

* * *

= advantageous, better, improved, increased, optimal, superior, top, top quality, high-end, best ever.

Ex. Often it would be advantageous to be able to snap the camera and to look at the picture immediately.

Ex. Some degree of ignorance of this kind is not unusual since the usual objective in consulting an information source is to become better informed.

Ex. The matter of bulk is well taken care of by improved microfilming.

Ex. Information networks are critical tools to ensure the exchange, transfer, and use of information which will facilitate the increased quality and quantity of agricultural production.

Ex. The information manager supervises all services to ensure competitiveness, optimal staff deployment and attention to users.

Ex. Superior cataloguing may result, since more consistency and closer adherence to standard codes are likely to emerge with cataloguers who spend all of their time cataloguing, than with a librarian who tackles cataloguing as one of various professional tasks.

Ex. ISI's indexes let you locate research in the world's top journals by citation, title word, author, institution, or journal.

Ex. The quality of a university's research library may not be sufficient to attract top quality students.

Ex. The system provides extensive map facilities which until now have been available only on high-end hypermedia systems like Intermedia.

Ex. The conference had a wobbly start in 1997 but has since grown increasingly stronger and has had its best ever year with over 650 attendees.

----

* acabar con mejor cara = end up on + a high note.

* acabar mejor de lo que + empezar = end up on + a high note.

* alcanzar + Posesivo + mejor momento = peak.

* alcanzar + Posesivo + mejor momento demasiado pronto = peak + too early.

* al mejor precio = at the best price.

* al mejor precio posible = at the best possible price.

* apreciar mejor = gain + an appreciation.

* aprovechar mejor = make + the best use of.

* aprovechar mejor el dinero = get + more for + Posesivo + money.

* arreglárselas lo mejor posible = make + the best of things.

* arreglarse lo mejor posible = look + Posesivo + best.

* atraído por la promesa de una vida mejor = drawn by the promise of a better life.

* aun mejor = better still.

* ayudar a comprender mejor = offer + insights, improve + understanding, glean + insights, give + an insight into, provide + insight into, lend + understanding to.

* ayudar a conocer mejor = advance + understanding.

* ayudar a entender mejor = lend + understanding to.

* bestseller de los mejores = runaway bestseller.

* cada vez mejor = from strength to strength.

* cambiar para mejor = change for + the better.

* como mejor + poder = as best + Pronombre + can.

* comprender mejor = gain + insight into, increase + understanding, gain + a better understanding, gain + a greater understanding, gain + a better sense of, get + a better sense of, place + Nombre + in/into + perspective.

* con la mejor voluntad del mundo = in good faith.

* con las mejores intenciones = best-intentioned.

* conocer mejor = gain + a better understanding, gain + a greater understanding.

* cuando uno se encuentra mejor de ánimo = on the upswing.

* cuanto antes mejor = sooner the better, the.

* cuantos más, mejor = the more the merrier, the more the better.

* dar lo mejor de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.

* dársele a Uno mejor Algo = be better at.

* dársele mejor a Uno = do + best.

* de la mejor forma posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.

* de la mejor manera posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.

* del mejor modo posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.

* de los mejores = high-end, as good as any, top-class.

* de mejor manera = best.

* demostrar ser mejor = prove + superior.

* el ataque es la mejor defensa = attack is the best form of defence.

* el mejor = best of breed, the.

* el mejor de todos = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.

* el mejor hasta ahora = the best yet.

* el mejor modo de = the best way of.

* el mejor momento de todos = the time of all times.

* el mejor + Nombre = the best available + Nombre.

* el mejor que ha hecho hasta ahora = Posesivo + best yet.

* el perro es el mejor amigo del hombre = a dog is man's best friend.

* empezar a jugar mejor = get back into + the game.

* encontrarse en una mejor situación económica = be economically better off.

* en el mejor de los casos = at best, at most, ideally, in the best of circumstances, the best case scenario, at the most, at the best of times, at the very best.

* en el mejor momento de Uno = at + Posesivo + (very) best.

* en la mejor posición = best-positioned.

* en las mejores condiciones posibles = in the best possible conditions.

* en su mejor momento = at + Posesivo + peak.

* entender mejor = gain + a better sense of, get + a better sense of, place + Nombre + in/into + perspective.

* estar en la mejor posición para = be best positioned to.

* estar mejor = be better off, be better served by.

* funcionar mejor = work + best, do + best.

* hacer el mejor uso de = make + the best of.

* hacerlo lo mejor que uno pueda = do + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + best.

* hacerlo mejor = do + a better job.

* hacer lo mejor que Uno pued = give of + Posesivo + best.

* hacer lo mejor que Uno pueda = put + Posesivo + best into.

* hacer lo mejor que Uno puede = try + Posesivo + heart out.

* hacer mejor = give + Nombre + an edge.

* hacer resaltar las mejores cualidades de = bring out + the best in.

* interpretar la ley según le convenga mejor a Uno = bend + the rules to suit + Posesivo + own purposes.

* ir cada vez mejor = go from + strength to strength, go + great guns.

* la mejor forma de hacer Algo = lessons learned [lessons learnt].

* la mejor manera = how best.

* la mejor manera de = the best way of.

* la mejor oferta = the best deal.

* la mejor opción = the best bet.

* la mejor salida = the best way forward.

* la mejor solución = the best way forward.

* lo mejor = the top of the tree.

* lo mejor de = the beauty of, showpiece.

* lo mejor de ambas partes = the best of both worlds.

* lo mejor de lo mejor = the best of the best.

* lo mejor de todo = best of all.

* lo mejor entre lo mejor = the best of the best.

* lo mejor es que... = the good news is (that)....

* lo mejor está aún por llegar = the best is yet to come.

* lo mejor posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability, at + Posesivo + (very) best, optimally.

* lo mejor que pueda = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.

* lo mejor que se puede hacer = the best bet.

* lo mejor + ser = the beautiful part + be.

* lo que es aun mejor = better still.

* lo que es mejor aun = better still.

* mejor amigo = best friend.

* mejor aun = better still.

* mejor compra = best buy.

* mejor conservado = best-preserved.

* mejor dicho = nay.

* mejor diseñado = best-designed, best-laid, best-laid.

* mejor, el = best, the.

* mejor imposible = as good as it gets.

* mejor intento = best stab, best shot.

* mejor oferta = best buy.

* mejor oferta, la = best value, the.

* mejor pensado = best-laid.

* mejor planeado = best-laid.

* mejor que = in preference to.

* mejor relación calidad-precio, la = best value for money, the.

* mejor sería que + Subjuntivo = might + as well + Verbo.

* mientras más, mejor = the more the merrier, the more the better.

* mucho mejor = far better.

* mucho mejor que = far superior to.

* nada es mejor que = nothing beats....

* nada sabe mejor que sentirse delgado = nothing tastes as good as thin feels.

* no estar en el mejor momento de Uno = be past + Posesivo + best.

* no hay nada mejor que = nothing beats....

* ocupar la mejor posición para = be in the best position to, be best positioned to, be the best placed to.

* Oficina para el Mejor Comercio = Better Business Bureau.

* o mejor dicho = or rather.

* para un futuro mejor = for a better future.

* pasar a mejor vida = bite + the dust, give up + the ghost.

* pasar a vida mejor = lay + Nombre + low.

* pastos mejores = greener pastures, pastures new.

* persona con la mejor nota = top scorer, top scorer.

* poner de manifiesto las mejores cualidades de = bring out + the best in.

* Posesivo + mejor amigo = Posesivo + best friend.

* potenciar las mejores cualidades de = bring out + the best in.

* ¡que gane el mejor! = may the best man win!, may the best man win!.

* que ocupa la mejor posición = best-positioned.

* sacar a relucir las mejores cualidades de = bring out + the best in.

* sacar el mejor partido de = get + the best out of.

* sacar el mejor partido de Algo = make + the best use of, make + the best advantage of, make + the best possible use of.

* sacar el mejor partido posible = get + the best of both worlds, get + the best of all worlds.

* sacar mejor partido = get + more for + Posesivo + money.

* secreto mejor guardado = best kept secret.

* sería mejor que + Imperfecto de Subjuntivo = had better + Infinitivo.

* sería mejor que + Subjuntivo = better + Infinitivo.

* sería mejor que yo = I'd better [I had better].

* ser la mejor alternativa = be the best bet.

* ser la mejor manera de = be the conduit for.

* ser mejor en = be better at.

* ser mejor que = be superior to, compare + favourably.

* ser mejor que + Subjuntivo = better + Infinitivo.

* tanto mejor = so much the better.

* tener el mejor aspecto posible = look + Posesivo + best.

* tener lo mejor de ambos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.

* tener lo mejor de los dos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.

* terminar con mejor cara = end up on + a high note.

* terminar mejor de lo que + empezar = end up on + a high note.

* tierras mejores = greener pastures, pastures new.

* todavía no ha pasado lo mejor = the best is yet to come.

* trabajar mejor = work + best.

* una mejor ocasión = a better time.

* un mejor momento = a better time.

* vida mejor = better life.

* y aun mejor = better yet.

* y mejor aun = better yet.

* * *
I
adjetivo

1)

a) ( comparativo de bueno) <producto/profesor> better; < calidad> better, higher, superior

va a ser mejor que... — it's better if...

tanto mejor or mejor que mejor — so much the better

cuanto más grande mejor — the bigger the better

al final todo fue para mejor — it was all for o it all worked out for the best in the end

es mejor que te sientes ahí — you'd be better off sitting there

b) ( comparativo de bien) better

sabe mucho mejor así — it tastes much better like that

2)

a) ( superlativo de bueno) ( entre dos) better; ( entre varios) best

mi mejor amiga — my best friend

productos de la mejor calidad — products of the highest quality

lo mejor es que le digas la verdad — it's best if you tell her the truth

le deseo lo mejor — I wish you the very best o all the best

b) ( superlativo de bien)

éste es el mejor — it's the best one o this one is the best
II
adverbio

1)

a) ( comparativo) better

luego lo pensé mejor — then I thought better of it

pintas cada vez mejor — your painting is getting better and better

b)

mejor dicho: me lleva dos años, mejor dicho, dos y medio — she's two years older than me, or rather, two and a half

2)

a) ( superlativo) best

éste es el lugar desde donde se ve mejor — this is where you can see best (from)

la versión mejor ambientada de la obra — the best-staged production of the play

lo hice lo mejor que pude — I did it as best I could o (frml) to the best of my ability

b)

a lo mejor: a lo mejor este verano vamos a Italia — we may o might go to Italy this summer

3) (esp AmL) ( en sugerencias)

mejor lo dejamos para otro día — why don't we leave it for another day?

mejor me callo — I think I'd better shut up

mejor pídeselo tú — it would be better if you asked him
III
masculino y femenino

el/la mejor — ( de dos) the better; ( de varios) the best

es la mejor de la clase — she's the best in the class

* * *

el mejor

= best, the

Ex: This fact further reinforces the notion that Western Europeans 'civilized' the world in the best interests of us -- the majority -- all.

= advantageous, better, improved, increased, optimal, superior, top, top quality, high-end, best ever.

Ex: Often it would be advantageous to be able to snap the camera and to look at the picture immediately.

Ex: Some degree of ignorance of this kind is not unusual since the usual objective in consulting an information source is to become better informed.

Ex: The matter of bulk is well taken care of by improved microfilming.

Ex: Information networks are critical tools to ensure the exchange, transfer, and use of information which will facilitate the increased quality and quantity of agricultural production.

Ex: The information manager supervises all services to ensure competitiveness, optimal staff deployment and attention to users.

Ex: Superior cataloguing may result, since more consistency and closer adherence to standard codes are likely to emerge with cataloguers who spend all of their time cataloguing, than with a librarian who tackles cataloguing as one of various professional tasks.

Ex: ISI's indexes let you locate research in the world's top journals by citation, title word, author, institution, or journal.

Ex: The quality of a university's research library may not be sufficient to attract top quality students.

Ex: The system provides extensive map facilities which until now have been available only on high-end hypermedia systems like Intermedia.

Ex: The conference had a wobbly start in 1997 but has since grown increasingly stronger and has had its best ever year with over 650 attendees.

* acabar con mejor cara = end up on + a high note.

* acabar mejor de lo que + empezar = end up on + a high note.

* alcanzar + Posesivo + mejor momento = peak.

* alcanzar + Posesivo + mejor momento demasiado pronto = peak + too early.

* al mejor precio = at the best price.

* al mejor precio posible = at the best possible price.

* apreciar mejor = gain + an appreciation.

* aprovechar mejor = make + the best use of.

* aprovechar mejor el dinero = get + more for + Posesivo + money.

* arreglárselas lo mejor posible = make + the best of things.

* arreglarse lo mejor posible = look + Posesivo + best.

* atraído por la promesa de una vida mejor = drawn by the promise of a better life.

* aun mejor = better still.

* ayudar a comprender mejor = offer + insights, improve + understanding, glean + insights, give + an insight into, provide + insight into, lend + understanding to.

* ayudar a conocer mejor = advance + understanding.

* ayudar a entender mejor = lend + understanding to.

* bestseller de los mejores = runaway bestseller.

* cada vez mejor = from strength to strength.

* cambiar para mejor = change for + the better.

* como mejor + poder = as best + Pronombre + can.

* comprender mejor = gain + insight into, increase + understanding, gain + a better understanding, gain + a greater understanding, gain + a better sense of, get + a better sense of, place + Nombre + in/into + perspective.

* con la mejor voluntad del mundo = in good faith.

* con las mejores intenciones = best-intentioned.

* conocer mejor = gain + a better understanding, gain + a greater understanding.

* cuando uno se encuentra mejor de ánimo = on the upswing.

* cuanto antes mejor = sooner the better, the.

* cuantos más, mejor = the more the merrier, the more the better.

* dar lo mejor de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.

* dársele a Uno mejor Algo = be better at.

* dársele mejor a Uno = do + best.

* de la mejor forma posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.

* de la mejor manera posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.

* del mejor modo posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.

* de los mejores = high-end, as good as any, top-class.

* de mejor manera = best.

* demostrar ser mejor = prove + superior.

* el ataque es la mejor defensa = attack is the best form of defence.

* el mejor = best of breed, the.

* el mejor de todos = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.

* el mejor hasta ahora = the best yet.

* el mejor modo de = the best way of.

* el mejor momento de todos = the time of all times.

* el mejor + Nombre = the best available + Nombre.

* el mejor que ha hecho hasta ahora = Posesivo + best yet.

* el perro es el mejor amigo del hombre = a dog is man's best friend.

* empezar a jugar mejor = get back into + the game.

* encontrarse en una mejor situación económica = be economically better off.

* en el mejor de los casos = at best, at most, ideally, in the best of circumstances, the best case scenario, at the most, at the best of times, at the very best.

* en el mejor momento de Uno = at + Posesivo + (very) best.

* en la mejor posición = best-positioned.

* en las mejores condiciones posibles = in the best possible conditions.

* en su mejor momento = at + Posesivo + peak.

* entender mejor = gain + a better sense of, get + a better sense of, place + Nombre + in/into + perspective.

* estar en la mejor posición para = be best positioned to.

* estar mejor = be better off, be better served by.

* funcionar mejor = work + best, do + best.

* hacer el mejor uso de = make + the best of.

* hacerlo lo mejor que uno pueda = do + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + best.

* hacerlo mejor = do + a better job.

* hacer lo mejor que Uno pued = give of + Posesivo + best.

* hacer lo mejor que Uno pueda = put + Posesivo + best into.

* hacer lo mejor que Uno puede = try + Posesivo + heart out.

* hacer mejor = give + Nombre + an edge.

* hacer resaltar las mejores cualidades de = bring out + the best in.

* interpretar la ley según le convenga mejor a Uno = bend + the rules to suit + Posesivo + own purposes.

* ir cada vez mejor = go from + strength to strength, go + great guns.

* la mejor forma de hacer Algo = lessons learned [lessons learnt].

* la mejor manera = how best.

* la mejor manera de = the best way of.

* la mejor oferta = the best deal.

* la mejor opción = the best bet.

* la mejor salida = the best way forward.

* la mejor solución = the best way forward.

* lo mejor = the top of the tree.

* lo mejor de = the beauty of, showpiece.

* lo mejor de ambas partes = the best of both worlds.

* lo mejor de lo mejor = the best of the best.

* lo mejor de todo = best of all.

* lo mejor entre lo mejor = the best of the best.

* lo mejor es que... = the good news is (that)....

* lo mejor está aún por llegar = the best is yet to come.

* lo mejor posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability, at + Posesivo + (very) best, optimally.

* lo mejor que pueda = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.

* lo mejor que se puede hacer = the best bet.

* lo mejor + ser = the beautiful part + be.

* lo que es aun mejor = better still.

* lo que es mejor aun = better still.

* mejor amigo = best friend.

* mejor aun = better still.

* mejor compra = best buy.

* mejor conservado = best-preserved.

* mejor dicho = nay.

* mejor diseñado = best-designed, best-laid, best-laid.

* mejor, el = best, the.

* mejor imposible = as good as it gets.

* mejor intento = best stab, best shot.

* mejor oferta = best buy.

* mejor oferta, la = best value, the.

* mejor pensado = best-laid.

* mejor planeado = best-laid.

* mejor que = in preference to.

* mejor relación calidad-precio, la = best value for money, the.

* mejor sería que + Subjuntivo = might + as well + Verbo.

* mientras más, mejor = the more the merrier, the more the better.

* mucho mejor = far better.

* mucho mejor que = far superior to.

* nada es mejor que = nothing beats....

* nada sabe mejor que sentirse delgado = nothing tastes as good as thin feels.

* no estar en el mejor momento de Uno = be past + Posesivo + best.

* no hay nada mejor que = nothing beats....

* ocupar la mejor posición para = be in the best position to, be best positioned to, be the best placed to.

* Oficina para el Mejor Comercio = Better Business Bureau.

* o mejor dicho = or rather.

* para un futuro mejor = for a better future.

* pasar a mejor vida = bite + the dust, give up + the ghost.

* pasar a vida mejor = lay + Nombre + low.

* pastos mejores = greener pastures, pastures new.

* persona con la mejor nota = top scorer, top scorer.

* poner de manifiesto las mejores cualidades de = bring out + the best in.

* Posesivo + mejor amigo = Posesivo + best friend.

* potenciar las mejores cualidades de = bring out + the best in.

* ¡que gane el mejor! = may the best man win!, may the best man win!.

* que ocupa la mejor posición = best-positioned.

* sacar a relucir las mejores cualidades de = bring out + the best in.

* sacar el mejor partido de = get + the best out of.

* sacar el mejor partido de Algo = make + the best use of, make + the best advantage of, make + the best possible use of.

* sacar el mejor partido posible = get + the best of both worlds, get + the best of all worlds.

* sacar mejor partido = get + more for + Posesivo + money.

* secreto mejor guardado = best kept secret.

* sería mejor que + Imperfecto de Subjuntivo = had better + Infinitivo.

* sería mejor que + Subjuntivo = better + Infinitivo.

* sería mejor que yo = I'd better [I had better].

* ser la mejor alternativa = be the best bet.

* ser la mejor manera de = be the conduit for.

* ser mejor en = be better at.

* ser mejor que = be superior to, compare + favourably.

* ser mejor que + Subjuntivo = better + Infinitivo.

* tanto mejor = so much the better.

* tener el mejor aspecto posible = look + Posesivo + best.

* tener lo mejor de ambos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.

* tener lo mejor de los dos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.

* terminar con mejor cara = end up on + a high note.

* terminar mejor de lo que + empezar = end up on + a high note.

* tierras mejores = greener pastures, pastures new.

* todavía no ha pasado lo mejor = the best is yet to come.

* trabajar mejor = work + best.

* una mejor ocasión = a better time.

* un mejor momento = a better time.

* vida mejor = better life.

* y aun mejor = better yet.

* y mejor aun = better yet.

* * *

mejor¹

adjective

A

1 (comparativo de bueno) ‹producto/obra/profesor› better; ‹calidad› better, higher, superior

resultó mejor que el otro/de lo que pensábamos it was better than the other one/than we expected

va a ser mejor que no nos veamos más it's better if we don't see each other anymore

y si no quiere comer tanto mejor or mejor que mejor and if she doesn't want to eat, all the better o so much the better

cuanto más grande mejor the bigger the better

al final todo fue para mejor it was all o it all worked out for the best in the end

2 (comparativo de bien) better

me siento mejor que ayer I feel better than (I did) yesterday

sabe mucho mejor así it tastes much better like that

B

1 (superlativo de bueno) (entre dos) better; (entre varios) best

es el mejor jugador del equipo he's the best player in the team

mi mejor amiga my best friend

productos de la mejor calidad products of the highest quality

este vino es de lo mejorcito que producen ( fam); this is one of their better wines

lo mejor es que le digas la verdad the best thing (to do) is to tell her the truth

le deseo lo mejor I wish you the very best o all the best

2 (superlativo de bien):

hoy es el día en que la he encontrado mejor today is the best I've seen her

la que está mejor de dinero the one who has most money o ( colloq) who's best off

mejor²

adverb

A

1 (comparativo) better

luego lo pensé mejor y decidí aceptar then I thought better of it and decided to accept

pintas cada vez mejor your painting is getting better and better o is getting better all the time

2

mejor dicho: me lleva dos años, mejor dicho, dos años y medio she's two years older than me, sorry, two and a half o or rather, two and a half o no, two and a half

B

1 (superlativo) best

éste es el lugar desde donde se ve mejor this is where you can see best (from)

la versión mejor ambientada de la obra the best-staged production of the play

lo hice lo mejor que pude I did it as well as I could, I did it as best I could o ( frml) to the best of my ability

2

a lo mejor: a lo mejor este verano vamos a Italia we may o might go to Italy this summer

a lo mejor no se han enterado they may o might not have heard, maybe o perhaps they haven't heard

C

( esp AmL) (en sugerencias): mejor lo dejamos para otro día why don't we leave it for another day?, I suggest we leave it o let's leave it for another day

mejor me callo I think I'd better shut up

mejor pídeselo tú it would be better if you asked him, why don't you ask him?

mejor³

masculine and feminine

el/la mejor (de dos) the better; (de varios) the best

se quedó con el mejor de los dos/de todos she kept the better of the two/the best one of all for herself

es la mejor de la clase she's the best in the class, she's top of the class

* * *

mejor adjetivo
1
a) ( comparativo de

◊ bueno) ‹producto/profesor› better;

‹ calidad› better, higher, superior;
◊ tanto mejor so much the better;

cuanto más grande mejor the bigger the better
b) ( comparativo de

◊ bien) better;

está mejor así it's better like this
2
a) ( superlativo de

◊ bueno) ( entre dos) better;

( entre varios) best;
◊ mi mejor amiga my best friend;

productos de la mejor calidad products of the highest quality;
lo mejor es que se lo digas the best thing (to do) is to tell her;
le deseo lo mejor I wish you the very best o all the best
b) ( superlativo de

◊ bien): la que está mejor de dinero the one who has the most money

■ adverbio
1 ( comparativo) better;
◊ luego lo pensé mejor then I thought better of it;

pintas cada vez mejor your painting is getting better and better;
me lleva dos años, mejor dicho, dos y medio she's two years older than me, or rather, two and a half
2 ( superlativo) best;
◊ este es el lugar desde donde se ve mejor this is where you can see best (from);

la versión mejor ambientada de la obra the best-staged production of the play;
lo hice lo mejor que pude I did it as best I could o (frml) to the best of my ability;
a lo mejor maybe, perhaps;
a lo mejor vamos a Italia we may o might go to Italy
3 (esp AmL) ( en sugerencias):
◊ mejor lo dejamos para otro día why don't we leave it for another day?;

mejor me callo I think I'd better shut up
■ sustantivo masculino y femenino:
◊ el/la mejor ( de dos) the better;

( de varios) the best;
◊ es la mejor de la clase she's the best in the class

mejor
I adjetivo
1 (comparativo de bueno) better: mi bolígrafo es mejor que el tuyo, my pen is better than yours
es mejor que confieses, you'd better confess
no hay nada mejor, there's nothing better
2 (superlativo de bueno) best
la mejor de la clase, the best in the class
lo mejor, the best thing
II adverbio
1 (comparativo de bien) better: canta mucho mejor, he sings much better
estamos mejor atendidos, we are better looked after
lo hace mejor que tú, she does it better than you do
2 (superlativo de bien) best: soy la que mejor lo hace, I'm the one who does it best
3 (antes, preferiblemente) mejor lo escribes, you'd better write it down
déjalo mejor para la tarde, it'd be better if you left it for the evening
♦ Locuciones: a lo mejor, maybe, perhaps, tanto mejor, so much the better

' mejor' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
bastante
- calaña
- caso
- concebir
- corta
- corto
- cuanta
- cuanto
- desear
- despersonalizada
- despersonalizado
- dicha
- dicho
- diplomacia
- don
- duda
- él
- embalarse
- flor
- gafar
- infinitamente
- ingeniar
- irse
- modestamente
- pegar
- pique
- postor
- postora
- premio
- que
- resbaladiza
- resbaladizo
- revolver
- según
- sentar
- sentirse
- superarse
- superior
- tanta
- tanto
- vaho
- vida
- voluntad
- alegrar
- caber
- cada
- camino
- casi
- como
- cuando
English:
acclaim
- acknowledge
- and
- any
- at
- attest
- awaken
- best
- better
- brand
- bust up
- but
- by
- change
- choose
- clean up
- dog
- ever
- eyesight
- far
- female
- few
- flagship
- gazump
- gazumping
- grade
- highlight
- institution
- job
- late
- laugh
- lion
- look up
- lot
- love
- male-dominated
- maybe
- mile
- more
- much
- next
- of
- off
- one-upmanship
- optimal
- out
- outdistance
- outmaneuver
- outmanoeuvre
- pain

* * *

mejor

♦ adj

1. [comparativo] better ( que than);
un mundo mejor a better world;

ella tiene una moto mucho mejor she has a much better motorbike;

una televisión de mejor calidad a better-quality television;

no hay nada mejor que… there's nothing better than…;

es mejor que no vengas it would be better if you didn't come;

será mejor que te calles you'd better shut up, I suggest you shut up;

sería mejor que llamáramos a un médico we ought to call a doctor;

un cambio a o [m5] para mejor a change for the better

2. [superlativo]
el/la mejor… the best…;

el mejor vino de todos/del mundo the best wine of all/in the world;

un producto de la mejor calidad a top-quality product, a product of the highest quality;

lo hice lo mejor que pude I did my best;

es lo mejor que nos pudo ocurrir it was the best thing that could have happened to us;

lo mejor es que nos marchemos it would be best if we left;

te deseo lo mejor I wish you all the best;

lo mejor fue que… the best thing was that…;

a lo mejor maybe, perhaps;

a lo mejor voy I may go

♦ nmf

el/la mejor (de) the best (in);

el mejor de todos/del mundo the best of all/in the world;

el mejor de los dos the better of the two;

en el mejor de los casos at best;

que gane el mejor may the best man win

♦ adv

1. [comparativo] better ( que than);
ahora veo mejor I can see better now;

el inglés se me da mejor que el alemán I'm better at English than I am at German;

lo haces cada vez mejor you're getting better and better at it;

¿qué tal las vacaciones? – mejor imposible Br how were your holidays?, US how was your vacation? – couldn't have been any better;

mejor me quedo I'd better stay;

mejor no se lo digas it'd be better if you didn't tell him;

mejor quedamos mañana it would be better if we met tomorrow;

estar mejor [no tan malo] to feel better;
[recuperado] to be better;
nos va mejor con este gobierno we're better off under this government;

me lo he pensado mejor I've thought better of it;

mejor dicho (or) rather;

mejor para ti/él/ etc so much the better;

si tienen mucho dinero, mejor para ellos if they've got lots of money, so much the better;

me han invitado a la ceremonia – mejor para ti I've been invited to the ceremony – good for you;

mejor que mejor so much the better;

tanto mejor so much the better

2. [superlativo] best;

el que la conoce mejor the one who knows her best;

esto es lo que se me da mejor this is what I'm best at;

los vinos mejor elaborados the finest wines;

el personal mejor preparado the best-qualified staff

* * *

mejor

I adj

1 comp better;

está mejor that’s better;

ir a mejor get better;

tanto mejor all the better

2 sup

:

el mejor the best;

lo mejor the best thing;

lo mejor posible as well as possible;

dar lo mejor de sí mismo do one’s best

II

:

mejor para ti good for you;

a lo mejor perhaps, maybe

* * *

mejor adv

1) : better

Carla cocina mejor que Ana: Carla cooks better than Ana

2) : best

ella es la que lo hace mejor: she's the one who does it best

3) : rather

mejor morir que rendirme: I'd rather die than give up

4) : it's better that...

mejor te vas: you'd better go

5)

a lo mejor : maybe, perhaps

mejor adj

1) (comparative of bueno) : better

a falta de algo mejor: for lack of something better

2) (comparative of bien) : better

está mucho mejor: he's much better

3) (superlative of bueno) : best, the better

mi mejor amigo: my best friend

4) (superlative of bien) : best, the better

duermo mejor en un clima seco: I sleep best in a dry climate

5) preferible: preferable, better

6)

lo mejor : the best thing, the best part

mejor nmf, (with definite article) : the better (one), the best (one)

* * *

mejor adj adv

1. (comparativo) better

su casa es mejor que la nuestra their house is better than ours

hoy me encuentro mejor que ayer I feel better today than I did yesterday

2. (superlativo) best

es la mejor película que he visto este año it's the best film I've seen this year

a lo mejor maybe

a lo mejor no sabe la dirección he may not know the address

(es) mejor que... it's better...

es mejor que no salgas it's better not to go out

Spanish-English dictionary > mejor
9 БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ

Мы приняли следующие сокращения для наиболее часто упоминаемых книг и журналов:

IJP - International Journal of Psycho-analysis

JAPA - Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association

SE - Standard Edition of the Complete Psychological Works of Sigmund Freud, ed. James Strachey (London: Hogarth Press and the Institute of Psycho-Analysis, 1953—74.)

PSOC - Psychoanalytic Study of the Child (New Haven: Yale University Press)

PQ - Psychoanalytic Quarterly

WAF - The Writings of Anna Freud, ed. Anna Freud (New York: International Universities Press, 1966—74)

PMC - Psychoanalysis The Major Concepts ed. Burness E. Moore and Bernard D. Fine (New Haven: Yale University Press)

\

О словаре: _about - Psychoanalytic Terms and Concepts

\

1. Abend, S. M. Identity. PMC. Forthcoming.

2. Abend, S. M. (1974) Problems of identity. PQ, 43.

3. Abend, S. M., Porder, M. S. & Willick, M. S. (1983) Borderline Patients. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

4. Abraham, K. (1916) The first pregenital stage of libido. Selected Papers. London, Hogarth Press, 1948.

5. Abraham, K. (1917) Ejaculatio praecox. In: selected Papers. New York Basic Books.

6. Abraham, K. (1921) Contributions to the theory of the anal character. Selected Papers. New York: Basic Books, 1953.

7. Abraham, K. (1924) A Short study of the development of the libido, viewed in the light of mental disorders. In: Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1927.

8. Abraham, K. (1924) Manic-depressive states and the pre-genital levels of the libido. In: Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1949.

9. Abraham, K. (1924) Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1948.

10. Abraham, K. (1924) The influence of oral erotism on character formation. Ibid.

11. Abraham, K. (1925) The history of an impostor in the light of psychoanalytic knowledge. In: Clinical Papers and Essays on Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books, 1955, vol. 2.

12. Abrams, S. (1971) The psychoanalytic unconsciousness. In: The Unconscious Today, ed. M. Kanzer. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

13. Abrams, S. (1981) Insight. PSOC, 36.

14. Abse, D W. (1985) The depressive character In Depressive States and their Treatment, ed. V. Volkan New York: Jason Aronson.

15. Abse, D. W. (1985) Hysteria and Related Mental Disorders. Bristol: John Wright.

16. Ackner, B. (1954) Depersonalization. J. Ment. Sci., 100.

17. Adler, A. (1924) Individual Psychology. New York: Harcourt, Brace.

18. Akhtar, S. (1984) The syndrome of identity diffusion. Amer. J. Psychiat., 141.

19. Alexander, F. (1950) Psychosomatic Medicine. New York: Norton.

20. Allen, D. W. (1974) The Feat- of Looking. Charlottesvill, Va: Univ. Press of Virginia.

21. Allen, D. W. (1980) Psychoanalytic treatment of the exhibitionist. In: Exhibitionist, Description, Assessment, and Treatment, ed. D. Cox. New York: Garland STPM Press.

22. Allport, G. (1937) Personality. New York: Henry Holt.

23. Almansi, R. J. (1960) The face-breast equation. JAPA, 6.

24. Almansi, R. J. (1979) Scopophilia and object loss. PQ, 47.

25. Altman, L. Z. (1969) The Dream in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

26. Altman, L. Z. (1977) Some vicissitudes of love. JAPA, 25.

27. American Psychiatric Association. (1987) Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 3d ed. revised. Washington, D. C.

28. Ansbacher, Z. & Ansbacher, R. (1956) The Individual Psychology of Alfred Adler. New York: Basic Books.

29. Anthony, E. J. (1981) Shame, guilt, and the feminine self in psychoanalysis. In: Object and Self, ed. S. Tuttman, C. Kaye & M. Zimmerman. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

30. Arlow. J. A. (1953) Masturbation and symptom formation. JAPA, 1.

31. Arlow. J. A. (1959) The structure of the deja vu experience. JAPA, 7.

32. Arlow. J. A. (1961) Ego psychology and the study of mythology. JAPA, 9.

33. Arlow. J. A. (1963) Conflict, regression and symptom formation. IJP, 44.

34. Arlow. J. A. (1966) Depersonalization and derealization. In: Psychoanalysis: A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

35. Arlow. J. A. (1969) Fantasy, memory and reality testing. PQ, 38.

36. Arlow. J. A. (1969) Unconscious fantasy and disturbances of mental experience. PQ, 38.

37. Arlow. J. A. (1970) The psychopathology of the psychoses. IJP, 51.

38. Arlow. J. A. (1975) The structural hypothesis. PQ, 44.

39. Arlow. J. A. (1977) Affects and the psychoanalytic situation. IJP, 58.

40. Arlow. J. A. (1979) Metaphor and the psychoanalytic situation. PQ, 48.

41. Arlow. J. A. (1979) The genesis of interpretation. JAPA, 27 (suppl.).

42. Arlow. J. A. (1982) Problems of the superego concept. PSOC, 37.

43. Arlow. J. A. (1984) Disturbances of the sense of time. PQ, 53.

44. Arlow. J. A. (1985) Some technical problems of countertransference. PQ, 54.

45. Arlow, J. A. & Brenner, C. (1963) Psychoanalytic Concepts and the Structural Theory, New York: Int. Univ. Press.

46. Arlow, J. A. & Brenner, C. (1969) The psychopathology of the psychoses. IJP, 50.

47. Asch, S. S. (1966) Depression. PSOC, 21.

48. Asch, S. S. (1976) Varieties of negative therapeutic reactions and problems of technique. JAPA, 24.

49. Atkins, N. (1970) The Oedipus myth. Adolescence, and the succession of generations. JAPA, 18.

50. Atkinson, J. W. & Birch, D. (1970) The Dynamics of Action. New York: Wiley.

51. Bachrach, H. M. & Leaff, L. A. (1978) Analyzability. JAPA, 26.

52. Bacon, C. (1956) A developmental theory of female homosexuality. In: Perversions,ed, S. Lorand & M. Balint. New York: Gramercy.

53. Bak, R. C. (1953) Fetishism. JAPA. 1.

54. Bak, R. C. (1968) The phallic woman. PSOC, 23.

55. Bak, R. C. & Stewart, W. A. (1974) Fetishism, transvestism, and voyeurism. An American Handbook of Psychiatry, ed. S. Arieti. New York: Basic Books, vol. 3.

56. Balint, A. (1949) Love for mother and mother-love. IJP, 30.

57. Balter, L., Lothane, Z. & Spencer, J. H. (1980) On the analyzing instrument, PQ, 49.

58. Basch, M. F. (1973) Psychoanalysis and theory formation. Ann. Psychoanal., 1.

59. Basch, M. F. (1976) The concept of affect. JAPA, 24.

60. Basch, M. F. (1981) Selfobject disorders and psychoanalytic theory. JAPA, 29.

61. Basch, M. F. (1983) Emphatic understanding. JAPA. 31.

62. Balldry, F. Character. PMC. Forthcoming.

63. Balldry, F. (1983) The evolution of the concept of character in Freud's writings. JAPA. 31.

64. Begelman, D. A. (1971) Misnaming, metaphors, the medical model and some muddles. Psychiatry, 34.

65. Behrends, R. S. & Blatt, E. J. (1985) Internalization and psychological development throughout the life cycle. PSOC, 40.

66. Bell, A. (1961) Some observations on the role of the scrotal sac and testicles JAPA, 9.

67. Benedeck, T. (1949) The psychosomatic implications of the primary unit. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 19.

68. Beres, C. (1958) Vicissitudes of superego functions and superego precursors in childhood. FSOC, 13.

69. Beres, D. Conflict. PMC. Forthcoming.

70. Beres, D. (1956) Ego deviation and the concept of schizophrenia. PSOC, 11.

71. Beres, D. (1960) Perception, imagination and reality. IJP, 41.

72. Beres, D. (1960) The psychoanalytic psychology of imagination. JAPA, 8.

73. Beres, D. & Joseph, E. D. (1965) Structure and function in psychoanalysis. IJP, 46.

74. Beres, D. (1970) The concept of mental representation in psychoanalysis. IJP, 51.

75. Berg, M D. (1977) The externalizing transference. IJP, 58.

76. Bergeret, J. (1985) Reflection on the scientific responsi bilities of the International Psychoanalytical Association. Memorandum distributed at 34th IPA Congress, Humburg.

77. Bergman, A. (1978) From mother to the world outside. In: Grolnick et. al. (1978).

78. Bergmann, M. S. (1980) On the intrapsychic function of falling in love. PQ, 49.

79. Berliner, B. (1966) Psychodynamics of the depressive character. Psychoanal. Forum, 1.

80. Bernfeld, S. (1931) Zur Sublimierungslehre. Imago, 17.

81. Bibring, E. (1937) On the theory of the therapeutic results of psychoanalysis. IJP, 18.

82. Bibring, E. (1941) The conception of the repetition compulsion. PQ, 12.

83. Bibring, E. (1953) The mechanism of depression. In: Affective Disorders, ed. P. Greenacre. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

84. Bibring, E. (1954) Psychoanalysis and the dynamic psychotherapies. JAPA, 2.

85. Binswanger, H. (1963) Positive aspects of the animus. Zьrich: Spring.

86. Bion Francesca Abingdon: Fleetwood Press.

87. Bion, W. R. (1952) Croup dynamics. IJP, 33.

88. Bion, W. R. (1961) Experiences in Groups. London: Tavistock.

89. Bion, W. R. (1962) A theory of thinking. IJP, 40.

90. Bion, W. R. (1962) Learning from Experience. London: William Heinemann.

91. Bion, W. R. (1963) Elements of Psychoanalysis. London: William Heinemann.

92. Bion, W. R. (1965) Transformations. London: William Heinemann.

93. Bion, W. R. (1970) Attention and Interpretation. London: Tavistock.

94. Bion, W. R. (1985) All My Sins Remembered, ed. Francesca Bion. Adingdon: Fleetwood Press.

95. Bird, B. (1972) Notes on transference. JAPA, 20.

96. Blanck, G. & Blanck, R. (1974) Ego Psychology. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.

97. Blatt, S. J. (1974) Levels of object representation in anaclitic and introjective depression. PSOC, 29.

98. Blau, A. (1955) A unitary hypothesis of emotion. PQ, 24.

99. Bleuler, E. (1911) Dementia Praecox or the Group of Schizophrenias. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1951.

100. Blos, P. (1954) Prolonged adolescence. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 24.

101. Blos, P. (1962) On Adolescence. New York: Free Press.

102. Blos, P. (1972) The epigenesia of the adult neurosis. 27.

103. Blos, P. (1979) Modification in the traditional psychoanalytic theory of adolescent development. Adolescent Psychiat., 8.

104. Blos, P. (1984) Son and father. JAPA_. 32.

105. Blum, G. S. (1963) Prepuberty and adolescence, In Studies ed. R. E. Grinder. New York: McMillan.

106. Blum, H. P. Symbolism. FMC. Forthcoming.

107. Blum, H. P. (1976) Female Psychology. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).

108. Blum, H. P. (1976) Masochism, the ego ideal and the psychology of women. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).

109. Blum, H. P. (1980) The value of reconstruction in adult psychoanalysis. IJP, 61.

110. Blum, H. P. (1981) Forbidden quest and the analytic ideal. PQ, 50.

111. Blum, H. P. (1983) Defense and resistance. Foreword. JAFA, 31.

112. Blum, H. P., Kramer, Y., Richards, A. K. & Richards, A. D., eds. (1988) Fantasy, Myth and Reality: Essays in Honor of Jacob A. Arlow. Madison, Conn.: Int. Univ. Press.

113. Boehm, F. (1930) The femininity-complex In men. IJP,11.

114. Boesky, D. Structural theory. PMC. Forthcoming.

115. Boesky, D. (1973) Deja raconte as a screen defense. PQ, 42.

116. Boesky, D. (1982) Acting out. IJP, 63.

117. Boesky, D. (1986) Questions about Sublimation In Psychoanalysis the Science of Mental Conflict, ed. A. D. Richards & M. S. Willick. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.

118. Bornstein, B. (1935) Phobia in a 2 1/2-year-old child. PQ, 4.

119. Bornstein, B. (1951) On latency. PSOC, 6.

120. Bornstein, M., ed. (1983) Values and neutrality in psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 3.

121. Bowlby, J. (1960) Grief and morning in infancy and early childhood. PSOC. 15.

122. Bowlby, J. (1961) Process of mourning. IJP. 42.

123. Bowlby, J. (1980) Attachment and Loss, vol. 3. New York: Basic Books.

124. Bradlow, P. A. (1973) Depersonalization, ego splitting, non-human fantasy and shame. IJP, 54.

125. Brazelton, T. B., Kozlowsky, B. & Main, M. (1974) The early motherinfant interaction. In: The Effect of the Infant on Its Caregiver, ed. M. Lewis & L. Rosenblum New York Wiley.

126. Brenner, C. (1957) The nature and development of the concept of repression in Freud's writings. PSOC, 12.

127. Brenner, C. (1959) The masochistic character. JAPA, 7.

128. Brenner, C. (1973) An Elementary Textbook of Psycho-analysis. New York Int. Univ. Press.

129. Brenner, C. (1974) On the nature and development of affects PQ, 43.

130. Brenner, C. (1976) Psychoanalytic Technique and Psychic Conflict. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

131. Brenner, C. (1979) The Mind in Conflict. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

132. Brenner, C. (1979) Working alliance, therapeutic alliance and transference. JAPA, 27.

133. Brenner, C. (1981) Defense and defense mechanisms. PQ, 50.

134. Brenner, C. (1983) Defense. In: the Mind in Conflict. New York Int. Univ. Press.

135. Bressler, B. (1965) The concept of the self. Psychoanalytic Review, 52.

136. Breuer, J. & Freud, S. (1983—95) Studies on Hysteria. SE, 3.

137. Breznitz, S., ed. (1983) The Denial of Stress. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

138. Brody, S. (1964) Passivity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

139. Brown, H. (1970) Psycholinquistics. New York: Free Press.

140. Bruner, J. S. (1964) The course of cognitive growth. Amer. Psychologist. 19.

141. Bruner, J., Jolly, A. & Sylva, K. (1976) Play. New York Basic Books.

142. Bruner, J. E., Olver, R. R. &Greenfield, P. M. (1966) Studies in Cognitive Growth. New York: Wiley.

143. Buie, D H. (1981) Empathy. JAPA, 29.

144. Burgner, M. & Edgeumble, R. (1972) Some problems in the conceptualization of early object relationships. PSOC, 27.

145. Call, J. ed. (1979) Basic Handbook of Child Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.

146. Carroll, G. (1956) Language, Thought and Reality. Cambridge & London: M. I. T. Press & John Wiley.

147. Cavenar, J. O. & Nash, J. L. (1976) The effects of Combat on the normal personality. Comprehensive Psychiat., 17.

148. Chassequet-Smirgel, J. (1978) Reflections on the connection between perversion and sadism. IJP, 59.

149. Chomsky, N. (1978) Language and unconscious knowledge. In: Psychoanalysis and Language, ed. J. H. Smith. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, vol. 3.

150. Clower, V. (1975) Significance of masturbation in female sexual development and function. In: Masturbation from Infancy to Senescence, ed. I. Marcus & J. Francis. New York: Int. Uni" Press.

151. Coen, S. J. & Bradlow, P. A. (1982) Twin transference as a compromise formation. JAPA, 30.

152. Compton, A. Object and relationships. PMC. Forthcoming.

153. Cullen, W. (1777) First Lines of the Practice of Psysic. Edinburgh: Bell, Brandfute.

154. Curtis, B. C. (1969) Psychoanalytic understanding and treatment of impotence. In: Sexual Function and Dysfunction, ed. P. J. Fink & V. B. O. Hummett. Philadelphia: F. A. Davis.

155. Darwin, C. (1874) The Descent of Man. New York: Hurst.

156. Davidoff-Hirsch, H. (1985) Oedipal and preoedipal phenomena. JAPA, 33.

157. Davis, M. & Wallbridge, D. (1981) Boundary and Space. New York: Brunner-Mazel.

158. Deutsch, H. (1932) Homosexuality in women. PQ, 1.

159. Deutsch, H. (1934) Some forms of emotional disturbance and their relationship to schizophrenia. PQ, 11.

160. Deutsch, H. (1937) Absence of grief. PQ, 6.

161. Deutsch, H. (1942) Some forms of emotional disturbance and their relationship to schizophrenia. PQ, 11.

162. Deutsch, H. (1955) The impostor. In: Neuroses and Character Types. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1965.

163. Devereux, G. (1953) Why Oedipus killed Lains. IJP, 34.

164. Dewald, P. (1982) Psychoanalytic perspectives On resistance. In: resistance, Psychodynamics. and Behavioral Approaches, ed. P. Wachtel. New York: Plenum Press.

165. Dickes, R. (1963) Fetishistic behavior. JAPA. 11.

166. Dickes, R. (1965) The defensive function of an altered state of consciousness. JAPA, 13.

167. Dickes, R. (1967) Severe regressive disruption of the therapeutic alliance. JAPA, 15.

168. Dickes, R. (1981) Sexual myths and misinformation. In: Understanding Human Behaviour in Health and Illness, ed. R. C. Simon & H. Pardes. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.

169. Dorpat, T. L. (1985) Denial and Defense in the Therapeutic Situation. New York: Jason Aronson.

170. Downey, T. W. (1978) Transitional phenomena in the analysis of early adolescent males. PSOC, 33.

171. Dunbar, F. (1954) Emotions and Bodily Functions. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.

172. Easson, W. M. (1973) The earliest ego development, primitive memory traces, and the Isakower phenomenon. PQ, 42.

173. Edelheit, H. (1971) Mythopoiesis and the primal scene. Psychoanal. Study Society, 5.

174. Edgcumbe, R. & Burgner, M. (1972) Some problems in the conceptualization of early object relation ships, part I. PSOC, 27.

175. Edgcumbe, R. & Burgner, M. (1975) The phallicnarcissistic phase. PSOC, 30.

176. Eidelberg, L. (1960) A third contribution to the study of slips of the tongue. IJP, 41.

177. Eidelberg, L. (1968) Encyclopedia of Psychoanalysis. New York: The Free Press; London: Collier-MacMillan.

178. Eissler, K. R. (1953) The effect of the structure of the ego on psychoanalytic technique. JAPA, 1.

179. Ellenberg, H. F. (1970) The Discovery of the Unconscious. New York: Basic Books.

180. Emde, R. N. (1980) Toward a psychoanalytic theory of affect: I. & G. H. Pollock. Washington NYMH.

181. Emde R., Gaensbaner, T. & Harmon R. (1976) Emotional Expression in Infancy. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

182. Erode R. & Harmon, R. J. (1972) Endogenous and exogenous smiling systems in early infancy. J. Amer. Acad. Child Psychiat., 11.

183. Engel, G. L. (1962) Psychological Development in Health and Disease. New York Saunders.

184. Engel, G. L. (1967) Psychoanalytic theory of somatic disorder. JAPA, 15.

185. Engel, G. L. (1968) A reconsideration of the role of conversion in somatic disease. Compr. Psychiat., 94.

186. English, H. B. & English, A. C. (1958) A comprehensive Dictionary of Psychological and Psychoanalytical Terms. New York: David McKay.

187. Erard, R. (1983) New wine in old skins. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 10.

188. Erdelyi, M. H. (1985) Psychoanalysis. New York: W. H. Freeman.

189. Erikson, E. H. (1950) Childhood and Society. New York: Norton.

190. Erikson, E. H. (1956) The concept of ego identity. JAPA, 4.

191. Erikson, E. H. (1956) The problem of ego identity. JAPA, 4.

192. Esman, A. H. (1973) The primal scene. PSOC, 28.

193. Esman, A. H. (1975) The Psychology of Adolescence. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

194. Esman, A. H. (1979) Some reflections on boredom. JAPA, 27.

195. Esman, A. H. (1983) The "stimulus barrier": a review and reconsideration. PSOC, 38.

196. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1952) Psychoanalytic Studies of the Personality. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

197. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1954) An Object-Relations Theory of the Personality. New York: Basic Books.

198. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1963) Synopsis of an Object-Relations theory of the personality. IJP, 44.

199. Fawcett, J., Clark, D. C., Scheftner, W. H. & Hedecker, D. (1983) Differences between anhedonia and normal hedonic depressive states. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 40.

200. Fenichel, O. (1934) On the psychology of boredom. Collected Papers. New York: Norton, 1953, vol. 1.

201. Fenichel, O. (1941) Problems of Psychoanalytic Technique. Albany, N. Y.: Psychoanalytic Quaterly.

202. Fenichel, O. (1945) Character disorders. In: The Psychoanalytic Theory of the Neurosis. New York: Norton.

203. Fenichel, O. (1945) The Psychoanalytic Theory of Neurosis New York: Norton.

204. Fenichel, O. (1954) Ego strength and ego weakness. Collected Papers. New York: Norton, vol. 2.

205. Ferenczi, S. (1909) Introjection and transference. In: Sex in Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books.

206. Ferenczi, S. (191617) Disease or patho-neurosis. The Theory and Technique of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press, 1950.

207. Ferenczi, S. (1925) Psychoanalysis of sexual habits. In: The Theory and Technique of Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books.

208. Fine, B. D., Joseph, E. D. & Waldhorn, H. F., eds. (1971) Recollection and Reconstruction in Psychoanalysis. Monograph 4, Kris Study Group. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

209. Fink, G. (1967) Analysis of the Isakower phenomenon. JAPA, 15.

210. Fink, P. J. (1970) Correlation between "actual" neurosis and the work of Masters and Johson. P. Q, 39.

211. Finkenstein, L. (1975) Awe premature ejaculation. P. Q, 44.

212. Firestein, S. K. (1978) A review of the literature. In: Termination in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

213. Fisher, C. et. al. (1957) A study of the preliminary stages of the construction of dreams and images. JAPA, 5.

214. Fisher, C. et. al. (1968) Cycle of penile erection synchronous with dreaming (REM) sleep. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 12.

215. Fliess, R. (1942) The metapsychology of the analyst. PQ, 12.

216. Fliess, R. (1953) The Revival of Interest in the Dream. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

217. Fodor, N. & Gaynor, F. (1950) Freud: Dictionary of Psycho-analysis. New York: Philosophical Library.

218. Fordham, M. (1969) Children as Individuals. London: Hodder & Stoughton.

219. Fordham, M. (1976) The Self and Autism. London: Academic Press.

220. Fraiberg, S. (1969) Object constancy and mental representation. PSOC, 24.

221. Frank, A. Metapsychology. PMS. Forthcoming.

222. Frank, A. & Muslin, H. (1967) The development of Freud's concept of primal repression. PSOC, 22.

223. Frank, H. (1977) Dynamic patterns for failure in college students. Can. Psychiat. Ass. J., 22.

224. French, T. & Fromm, E. (1964) Dream Interpretation. New York: Basic Books.

225. Freud, A. (1936) The Ego and the Mechanisms of Defense. New York Int. Univ. Press.

226. Freud, A. (1951) Observations on child development. PSOC, 6.

227. Freud, A. (1952) The mutual influences in the development of ego and id. WAF, 4.

228. Freud, A. (1958) Adolescence. WAF, 5.

229. Freud, A. (1962) Assessment of childhood disturbances. PSOC, 17.

230. Freud, A. (1962) Comments on psychic trauma. In: Furst (1967).

231. Freud, A. (1963) The concept of developmental lines. PSOC, 18.

232. Freud, A. (1965) Assessment of pathology, part 2. WAF, 6.

233. Freud, A. (1965) Normality and Pathology in Childhood. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

234. Freud, A. (1970) The infantile neurosis. WAF, 7.

235. Freud, A. (1971) Comments on aggression. IJP, 53.

236. Freud, A. (1971) The infantile neurosis. PSOC, 26.

237. Freud, A. (1981) Insight. PSOC, 36.

238. Freud, S. (1887—1902) Letters to Wilhelm Fliess. New York: Basic Books, 1954.

239. Freud, S. (1891) On the interpretation of the aphasias. SE, 3.

240. Freud, S. (1893—95) Studies on hysteria. SE, 2.

241. Freud, S. (1894) The neuropsychoses of defence. SE, 3.

242. Freud, S. (1895) On the ground for detaching a particular syndrome from neurasthenia under the description "anxiety neurosis". SE, 3.

243. Freud, S. (1895) Project for a scientific psychology. SE, 1.

244. Freud, S. (1896) Draft K, Jameary 1, 1896, Neuroses of defense (A Christmas fairytale). In: Extracts from the Fliess papers (1892—99).

245. Freud, S. (1896) Further remarks on the neuropsychosis of defense. SE, 3.

246. Freud, S. (1896) Heredity and aetiology of neurosis. SE, 3.

247. Freud, S. (1898) Sexuality in the aetiology of the neurosis. SE, 3.

248. Freud, S. (1899) Screen memories. SE, 3.

249. Freud, S. (1900) The interpretation of dreams. SE, 4—5.

250. Freud, S. (1901) Childhood memories and screen memories SE, 6.

251. Freud, S. (1901) On dreams. SE, 5.

252. Freud, S. (1901) The psychopathology of everyday life. SE, 6.

253. Freud, S. (1905) Fragments of an analysis of a case of hysteria. SE, 7.

254. Freud, S. (1905) Jokes and their relation to the unconscious. SE, 8.

255. Freud, S. (1905) Psysical (or mental) treatment. SE, 7.

256. Freud, S. (1905) Three essays on the theory of sexuality. SE. 7.

257. Freud, S. (1908) Character and anal erotism. SE, 9.

258. Freud, S. (1908) On the sexual theories of children. SE, 9.

259. Freud, S. (1908) Preface to Wilhelm Stekel's Nervous Anxiety-States and Their Treatment. SE, 9.

260. Freud, S. (1909) Analysis of a phobia in a five-year-old boy. SE, 10.

261. Freud, S. (1909) Family romances. SE, 9.

262. Freud, S. (1909) Notes upon a case of obsessional neurosis. SE, 10.

263. Freud, S. (1910) A special type of choice of object made by men. SE, 11.

264. Freud, S. (1910) The autithentical meaning of primal words. SE, 11.

265. Freud, S. (1910) The future prospects of psychoanalytic therapy. SE, 11.

266. Freud, S. (1910) The psychoanalytic view of psychogenic disturbance of vision. SE, 11.

267. Freud, S. (1911) Formulations on the two principles of mental functioning. SE, 12.

268. Freud, S. (1911) Notes on a case of paranoia. SE, 12.

269. Freud, S. (1911) Psychoanalytic notes on an autobiographical account of a case of paranoia. SE, 12.

270. Freud, S. (1911—15) Papers on technique. SE, 12.

271. Freud, S. (1912) Contribution to a discussion on masturbation. SE, 12.

272. Freud, S. (1912) On the universal tendency to abasement in the sphere of love. SE, 11.

273. Freud, S. (1912) The dynamics of transference. SE, 12.

274. Freud, S. (1913) Editor's note The disposition to obsessional neurosis. SE, 12.

275. Freud, S. (1913) On beginning the treatment. SE, 12.

276. Freud, S. (1913) Totem and taboo. SE, 13.

277. Freud, S. (1914) Fausse reconnaissance (deja reconte) in psychoanalytic treatment. SE, 13.

278. Freud, S. (1914) Mourning and melancholia. SE, 15.

279. Freud, S. (1914) Observations on transference love. SE, 12.

280. Freud, S. (1914) On narcissism. SE. 14.

281. Freud, S. (1914) On the history of the psychoanalytic movement. SE, 14.

282. Freud, S. (1914) Remembering, repeating, and working-through. SE, 12.

283. Freud, S. (1914—16) Some character types met with in psychoanalysis. (II) Those wrecked by success SE, 14.

284. Freud, S. (1915) Das UnbewuЯte. Gesammelte Werke, 10.

285. Freud, S. (1915) Instincts and their vicissitudes. SE, 14.

286. Freud, S. (1915) Observation on transference-love. SE, I2.

287. Freud, S. (1915) Repression. SE, 14.

288. Freud, S. (1915) The unconscious. SE, 14.

289. Freud, S. (1915—17) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 15 & 16.

290. Freud, S. (1916) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 16.

291. Freud, S. (1916) Some character types met with in psychoanalytic work. SE, 16.

292. Freud, S. (1917) A metapsychological supplement to the theory of dreams. SE, 14.

293. Freud, S. (1917) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 16.

294. Freud, S. (1917) Mourning and melancholia. SE, 14.

295. Freud, S. (1917) On transformations of instinct as exemplified in anal erotism. SE, 17.

296. Freud, S. (1918) From the history of an infantile neurosis. SE, 17.

297. Freud, S. (1919) "A child is being beaten". SE, 17.

298. Freud, S. (1919) Lines of advance in psychoanalytic therapy. SE, 17.

299. Freud, S. (1919) The uncanny. SE, 17.

300. Freud, S. (1920) Beyond the pleasure principle. SE, 18.

301. Freud, S. (1920) The Psychogenesis of a case of homosexuality in a woman. SE, 18.

302. Freud, S. (1921) Group psychology and the analysis of the ego. SE, 18.

303. Freud, S. (1923) The ego and the id. SE, 19.

304. Freud, S. (1923) The infantile genital organization. SE, 19.

305. Freud, S. (1924) A short account of psychoanalysis. SE, 19.

306. Freud, S. (1924) Neurosis and psychosis. SE, 19.

307. Freud, S. (1924) The dissolution of the Oedipus complex SE, 19.

308. Freud, S. (1924) The economic problem of masochism. SE, 19.

309. Freud, S. (1924) The loss of reality in neurosis and psychosis. SE, 19.

310. Freud, S. (1925) Negation. SE, 19.

311. Freud, S. (1925) Some psychical consequences of the anatomical distinction between the sexes. SE, 19.

312. Freud, S. (1926) Inhibitions, symptoms and anxiety. SE, 20.

313. Freud, S. (1926) The question of lay analysis. SE, 20.

314. Freud, S. (1927) Fetishism. SE, 21.

315. Freud, S. (1930) Civilization and its discontents. SE, 21.

316. Freud, S. (1931) Female sexuality. SE, 21.

317. Freud, S. (1931) Libidinal types. SE, 21.

318. Freud, S. (1933) Femininity. SE, 22,.

319. Freud, S. (1933) New introductory lectures on psycho-analysis. SE, 22.

320. Freud, S. (1933) The psychology of women. New introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 22.

321. Freud, S. (1936) A disturbance of memory on the Acropolis. SE, 22.

322. Freud, S. (1937) Analysis terminable and interminable. SE, 23.

323. Freud, S. (1937) Constructions in analysis. SE, 23.

324. Freud, S. (1938) An outline on psychoanalysis. SE, 23.

325. Freud, S. (1938) Splitting of the ego in the process of defense. SE, 23.

326. Freud, S. (1939) Moses and monotheism. SE, 23.

327. Freud, S. (1940) An outline of psychoanalysis. SE, 23.

328. Frosch, J. (1966) A note on reality constancy. In: Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

329. Frosch, J. (1967) Delusional fixity sense of conviction and the psychotic conflict. IJP, 48.

330. Frosch, J. (1977) The relation between acting out and disorders of impulse control. Psychiatry, 40.

331. Frosch, J. (1980) Neurosis and psychosis. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. J. Greenspan & G. H. Pollock. Washington, D. C.: National Institute of Health, vol. 3.

332. Frosch, J. (1983) The Psychotic Process. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

333. Furer, M. (1972) The history of the superego concept in psychoanalysis. In: Moral Value and the Superego concept in Psychoanalysis, ed. S. C. Fost. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

334. Furman, E. (1974) A Child s Parent Dies. New Heaven: Yale Univ. Press.

335. Furman, E. (1980) Transference and externalization. PSOC, 35.

336. Furst, S. Trauma. PMC, Forthcoming.

337. Furst, S. (1967) Psychic trauma. In: Psychic Trauma, ed. S. S. Furst. New York: Basic Books.

338. Furst, S. (1978) The stimulus barrier and the pathogenecity of trauma. IJP, 59.

339. Gaddini, R. (1978) Transitional object and the psychosomatic symptom. In: Grolnich et. al. (1978).

340. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1976) Some suggested revisions concerning early female development. JAPA, 24(5).

341. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1980) The preoedipal development of the boy. JAPA, 28.

342. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1981) Infantile Origins of Sexual Identity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

343. Ganzarain, R. Group psychology. PMC. Forthcoming.

344. Ganzarain, R. (1980) Psychotic-like anxieties and primitive defenses. Issues on Ego Psychology, 3(2).

345. Ganzarain, R. (1988) A comparative study of Bion's concepts about groups. In: Object Relations Group Psychotherapy. Madison, Ct.: Int. Univ. Press.

346. Gediman, H. K. (1971) The concept of the stimulus barrier. IJP, 52.

347. Gedo, J. & Goldberg, A. (1973) Models of the Mind. Chicago & London: Univ. of Chicago Press.

348. Geerts, A. E. & Prechardt, E., reporters (1978) Colloquium on "trauma". IJP, 59.

349. Gero, G. (1943) The idea of psychogenesis in modern psychiatry and in psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. Rev., 30.

350. Gill. M. M. (1963) Topography and Systems in Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, Monogr. 10. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

351. Gill. M. M. (1967) The primary process in motives and thought. In: Motives and Thought, ed. R. R. Holt. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

352. Gill. M. M. (1974) Psychoanalysis and psychotherapy. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 11.

353. Gill, M. M & Rapaport, D. (1942) A case of amnesia and its bearing on the theory of memory. Character and Personality, 11.

354. Gillespie, W. (1956) The general theory of Sexual perversion. IJP, 37.

355. Glenn, J. (in press) A parameter. In: Annu. Psychoanal.

356. Glenn, J. & Kaplan, E. H. (1968) Types of orgasm in women. JAPA, 16.

357. Glower, E. (1929) The "screening" function of traumatic memories. IJP, 4.

358. Glower, E. (1931) Sublimation, substitution, and social anxiety. IJP, 12.

359. Glower, E. (1933) The relation of perversion-formation to the development of reality sense. IJP, 14.

360. Glower, E. (1955) The terminal phase. In: The Technique of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

361. Goldberg, A. (1975) The evolution of psychoanalytic concepts of depression. In: Depression and Human Existence, ed. E. J. Anthony & T. Benedeck. Boston: Little, Brown.

362. Goldberg, A. ed. (1978) The Psychology of the Self. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

363. Goldberg, A. (1983) Self psychology and alternate perspectives on internalization. In: Reflections on Self Psychology, ed. J. Lichtenberg & S. Kaplan. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.

364. Green, A. (1978) Potential space in Psychoanalysis. In: Grolnich et. al. (1978).

365. Greenacre, P. (1949) A contribution to the study of screen memories. FSOC, 3/4.

366. Greenacre, P. (1950) General problems of acting out. PQ, 19.

367. Greenacre, P. (1950) Special problems of early female sexual development. In: Trauma, Growth and Personality New York: Int. Univ. Press.

368. Greenacre, P. (1952) Pregenital patterning. IJP, 33.

369. Greenacre, P. (1953) Penis awe and its relation to penis envy. In: Drives, Affects, Behavior, ed. R. M. Loewenstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

370. Greenacre, P. (1956) Experiences of awe in childhood. PSOC,11.

371. Greenacre, P. (1957) The childhood of the artist. PSOC, 12.

372. Greenacre, P. (1958) The family romance of the artist. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1971, vol. 2.

373. Greenacre, P. (1958) The relation of the impostor to the artist. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1971, vol. 1.

374. Greenacre, P. (1968) Perversions. PSOC, 23.

375. Greenacre, P. (1969) The fetish and the transitional object, part 1. PSOC, 24.

376. Greenacre, P. (1970) The fetish and the transitional object, part 2. IJP 51, vol. 4.

377. Greenacre, P. (1970) The transitional object and the fetish. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

378. Greenacre, P. (1972) Crowds and crisis. PSOC, 27.

379. Greenacre, P. (1973) The primal scene and the sense of reality. PQ, 42.

380. Greenacre, P. (1975) On reconstruction. JAPA, 21.

381. Greenberg, J. R. & Mitchell, S. A. (1983) Object Relations in Psychoanalytic Theory. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.

382. Greenson, R. R. (1949) The psychology of apathy. PQ, 18.

383. Greenson, R. R. (1953) On boredom. JAPA, 1.

384. Greenson, R. R. (1960) Empathy and its vicissitudes. IJP, 41.

385. Greenson, R. R. (1962) On enthusiasm. JAPA, 10.

386. Greenson, R. R. (1965) The working alliance and the transference neurosis. PQ, 34.

387. Greenson, R. R. (1967) The technique and Practice of Psycho-analysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

388. Greenson, R. R. (1978) Exploration in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

389. Greenspan, S. & Pollock, G., eds. (1980) The Course of Life. Vol. I. Washington, D. C.: U. S. Government Printing office.

390. Grinberg, L., Sor, D. & Tabak de Bianchedi, E. (1975) Introduction to the Work of Bion, trans. A. Hahn. Scotland: Clunie Press.

391. Grinker, E. R (1945) Psychiatric disorders in combat crews overseas and in returnees. Med. Clin. North. Amer., 29.

392. Grinstein, A. (1983) Freud's Rules of Dream Interpretation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

393. Grolnick, S., Barkin, L. & Muensterberger, W., eds. (1978) Between Reality and Fantasy. New York: Jason Aronson.

394. Grosskurth, P. (1986) Melanie Klein. New York: Alfred Knopf.

395. Grossman, W. E. & Stewart, W. A. (1976) Penis envy. JAPA, 24 (5).

396. Grotstein, J. S. (1981) Splitting and Projective Indentification. New York: Jason Aronson.

397. Guntrip, H. (1961) Personality Structure and Human Interaction. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

398. Guntrip, H. (1968) Schizoid Phenomena, Object-Relations and the Self. London: Hogarth Press.

399. Harley, M. (1967) Transference developments in a five-year old child. In: the Child Analyst at Work, ed. E. Geleerd. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

400. Harley, M. (1974) Analyst and Adolescent at Work. New York: Quadrangle.

401. Harley, M. (1986) Child analysis, 1947—1984, a retrospective. PSOC, 41.

402. Harre, R. and Lamb, R. (1983) The Encyclopedia Dictionary of Psychology. Cambridge: M. I. T. Press.

403. Harrison, J. B. (1975) On the maternal origins of awe. PSOC, 30.

404. Harrison, J. B. (1979) On Freud's view of the infant-mother relationship and of the oceanic feeling. JAPA, 27.

405. Harrison, S. J. (1970) Is psychoanalysis "our science?". JAPA, 18.

406. Hartmann, H. PSOC, 5.

407. Hartmann, H. (1937) Ego Psychology and the Problem of Adaptation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

408. Hartmann, H. (1939) Ego Psychology and the Problem of Adaptation. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1958.

409. Hartmann, H. (1939) Psychoanalysis and the concept of health. In: Hartmann (1964).

410. Hartmann, H. (1947) On rational and irrational action. In: Essays on Ego Psychology. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1964.

411. Hartmann, H. (1948) Comments on the theory of instinctual drives. PQ, 17.

412. Hartmann, H. (1950) Comments on the psychoanalytic theory of the ego. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

413. Hartmann, H. (1951) Technical implications of ego psychology PQ, 20.

414. Hartmann, H. (1952) The mutual influences in the development of ego and id. PSOC, 7.

415. Hartmann, H. (1953) Contribution to the metapsychology of schizophrenia. In: Hartmann, PSOC, 8.

416. Hartmann, H. (1953) The metapsychology of schizophrenia. PSOC, 8.

417. Hartmann, H. (1955) Notes on the theory of sublimation. PSOC, 10.

418. Hartmann, H. (1956) The development of the ego concept in Freud's work. IJP, 37.

419. Hartmann, H. (1964) Essays in Ego Psychology. New York Int. Univ. Press.

420. Hartmann, H. (1964) The development of the ego concept in Freud's work. IJP, 37.

421. Hartmann, H., Kris, E. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1946) Comments in the formation of psychic structure. PSOC, 2.

422. Hartmann, H., Kris, E. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1949) Notes on the theory of aggression. PSOC, 3/4.

423. Hartmann, H. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1962) Notes on the superego. PSOC, 17.

424. Hassler, A. D. (1960) Guideposts of migrating fish. Science, 122.

425. Hastings, D. W. (1963) Impotence and Frigidity. Boston: Little, Brown.

426. Heimann, P. (1952) Certain functions of introjection and projection in early infancy. In: Klein et al. (1952).

427. Heimann, P. & Valenstein, A. F. (1962) Notes on the anal stage IJP, 43.

428. Heimann, P. & Valenstein, A. F. (1972) The psychoanalytical concept of aggression. IJP, 53.

429. Hendrick, I. (1958) Facts and Theories of Psychoanalysis, 3rd ed. New York: Alfred Knopf.

430. Hill, M. (1982) Analysis of transference. In: Theory and Technique, vol. 1. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

431. Hoffer, W. (1949) Mouth, hand, and ego integration. PSOC, 3/4.

432. Holder, A. (1982) Preoedipal contributions to the formation of the superego. PSOC, 37.

433. Holt, R. R. (1964) The emergence of cognitive psychology JAPA, 12.

434. Holt, R. R. (1967) Beyond vitalism and mechanism. In: Science and Psychoanalysis, ed. J. H. Masserman. Hew York: Grune & Stratton, vol. 2.

435. Hook, S. (1959) Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method and Philosophy. New York: Grove Press.

436. Horney, K. (1924) On the genesis of the castration complex in women. IJP, 5.

437. Horney, K. (1926) The flight from womanhood. IJP, 7.

438. Horowitz, M. J. (1972) Modes of representation of thought. JAFA, 20.

439. Horowitz, M. J. (1979) States of Mind, 2d. ed. New York: Plenum, 1987, chap. 3.

440. Hurvich, M. (1970) On the concept of reality testing. IJP, 51.

441. Isaacs, S. (1952) The nature and function of phantasy. In: Klein et. al. (1952).

442. Isakower, O. (1938) A contribution to the pathopsychology of phenomena associated with falling asleep. IJP, 19.

443. Isakower, O. (1963) Minutes of the faculty meeting. New York Psychoanalytic Institute, Oct. 14—Nov. 20. A. Z. Pteffer, reporter.

444. Isay, R. A. (1986) Homosexuality in homosexual and heterosexual men. In: The Psychology of Men, ed. G. Fogel, F. Lane & R. Liebert. New York: Basic Books.

445. Jacobi, J. (1959) Complex (Archetype) Symbol in the Work of C. G. Jung. Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press.

446. Jacobs, T. J. (1986) Transference relationships, relationships between transferences and reconstruction. In: Psycho-analysis, the Science of Mental Conflict, ed. A. D. Richards & M. S. Willick. Hillsdale N. J.: Analytic Press.

447. Jacobson, E. (1953) Contribution to the metapsychology of cyclothymic depression. In: Affective Disorders, ed. P. Greenacre. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

448. Jacobson, E. (1954) Contribution to the metapsychology of psychotic identifications. JAPA, 2.

449. Jacobson, E. (1957) Normal and pathological moods. PSOC, 12.

450. Jacobson, E. (1959) Depersonalization. JAPA, 7.

451. Jacobson, E. (1964) The Self and the Object World. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

452. Jacobson, E. (1967) Psychotic Conflict and Reality. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

453. Jacobson, E. (1971) Depression. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

454. Jacobson, E. (1971) Depression: Comparative Studies of Normal, Neurotic and Psychotic Conditions. Madison, Conn.: Int. Univ. Press.

455. Jacobson, E. (1971) Normal and pathological moods. In: Depression. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

456. Jacobson, E. (1975) The regulation of self-esteem. In: Depression and Human Existence. ed. E. J. Anthony & T. Benedeck. Boston: Little, Brown.

457. Jaffe, A. (1971) The Myth of Meaning. New York: Putnam.

458. Jaffe, D. S. (1970) Forgetting and remembering. P. Q, 39.

459. Janet, Dr. Pierre (1924) Principles of Psychotherapy. New York: Macmillan.

460. John, E. R. (1976) A model of consciousness. In: Consciousness and Self-Regulation, ed. G. E. Schwartz & D. Shapiro. New York: Plenum Press, 1976, vol. 1.

461. Jones, E. (1908) Rationalization in everyday life J Abnorm. Psychol., 3: 161—169.

462. Jones, E. (1918) Anal-erotic character traits. In: Papers on Psychoanalysis London— Balliere Tindall & Cox, 1948.

463. Jones, E. (1931) The concept of a normal mind. In: Papers on Psychoanalysis, 5th ed., London. Bailliйre, Tindall & Cox, 1948.

464. Jones, E. (1933) The phallic phase. IJP, 14.

465. Jones, E. (1934) Editorial preface to the Collected Papers of Sigmund Freud, 4. London— Hogarth Press.

466. Jones, E. (1941) Evolution and revolution. IJP, 22.

467. Jones, E. (1949) Hamlet and Oedipus. New York: Norton.

468. Jones, E. (1957) The life and work of Sigmund Freud, vol. 3. New York: Basic Books.

469. Joseph, E. D. (1965) Regressive Ego Phenomena in Psychoanalysis. Monograph I, Kris Study Group. New York Int. Univ. Press.

470. Joseph, E. D. (1966) Memory and conflict. PQ, 35.

471. Joseph, E. D. & Wallerstein, R. S (1982) Psychotherapy. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

472. Jung, C. G. (1921—57) Collected Works of C. G. Jung Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press.

473. Jung, C. G. (1938) Psychological aspects of the mother archetype. In: Collected Works, vol. 9, pt. 1.

474. Jung, C. G. (1957) Animus and Anima. Zurich: Spring.

475. Jung, C. G. (1963) Memories Dreams, Reflections. New York Pantheon.

476. Kamyer, M. (1985) Identification and its vicissitudes. IJP, 66.

477. Kandell, E (1976) Cellular Basis of Behavior. San Francisco— W H. Freeman.

478. Kanzer, M. (1948) The passing of the Oedipus complex' in Greek drama. IJP, 29.

479. Kanzer, M. (1964) On interpreting the Oedipus plays Psychoanal Study Society, 3.

480. Kanzer, M. (1981) Freud's "analytic pact". JAPA, 29.

481. Kardiner, A. (1941) The Traumatic Neurosis of War New. York: Hoeber.

482. Karma, L. (1981) A clinical report of penis envy. JAPA, 29.

483. Karush, A., Daniels, C. E., Flood, C. & O'Connor, J. F. (1977) Psychotherapy in Chronic Ulcerative Colitis. Philadelphia: Sannders.

484. Katan, A. (1972) The infant's first reaction to strangers. IJP, 53.

485. Katan, M. (1940) The role of the word in mania. Bull. Phi la. Assn. Psychoanal., 22.

486. Katz, J. (1963) On primary gain and secondary gain. PSOC, 18.

487. Katz, J. (1985) Book review of Melanie Klein by Hanna Segal. New York: Viking Press. 1980 JAPA, 33 (suppl.).

488. Kaywin, L. (1966) Problems of sublimation. JAPA, 14.

489. Kernberg, O. F. (1966) Structural derivations of object relationships. IJP, 47.

490. Kernberg, O. F. (1967) Borderline personality organization. JAPA, 15.

491. Kernberg, O. F. (1975) Borderline Conditions and Pathological Narcissism. New York: Jason Aronson.

492. Kernberg, O. F. (1976) Object Relations Theory and Clinical Psychoanalysis. New York: Jason Aronson.

493. Kernberg, O. F. (1977) Boundaries and structure in love relations. JAPA, 25.

494. Kernberg, O. F. (1980) Fairbairn's theory and challenge. In: Internal World and External Reality: Object Relations Theory Applied. New York: Jason Aronson.

495. Kernberg, O. F. (1980) Internal World and External Reality. New York: Jason Aronson.

496. Kernberg, O. F. (1984) Severe Personality Disorders. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.

497. Kessler, J. W. (1970) Contributions of the mentally retarded toward a theory of cognitive development. In: Cognitive Studies, ed. J. Hellmuth. New York Brunner/Mazel.

498. Kestenberg, J. S. (1967) Phases of adolescence. J. Amer. Acad. Child. Psychiat., 6.

499. Khan, M. (1982) Introduction. In: D. W. Winnicott, Through Paediatrics to Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.

500. Klein, G. S. (1966) The several grades of memory. In: Psychoanalysis. A General Psychology, pd. H. M. Lowenstein, L M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York Int. Univ. Press.

501. Klein, M. (1932) The Psychoanalysis of Children London: Hogarth Press.

502. Klein, M. (1946) Notes on some schizoid mechanisms IJP, 27.

503. Klein, M. (1948) Contributions to Psychoanalysis, 1921—45. London: Hogarth Press.

504. Klein, M. (1950) Narrative of a Child Analysis. New York Basic Books.

505. Klein, M. (1957) Envy and Gratitude. New York: Basic Books.

506. Klein, M. (1957) On identification. In: New Directions in Psychoanalysis, ed. M. Klein, P. Heimann & R. Money-Kyrle. New York: Basic Books.

507. Klein, M. (1959) On the development of Mental functioning. In: Envy and Gratitude London: Delacorte Press, 1975.

508. Klein, M., Heimann, P., Isaacs, S. & Riviere J. (eds.) (1952) Developments in Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.

509. Knight, R. P. (1953) Borderline states. Bull. Menn. Clin., 17.

510. Knight, R. P. (1972) Clinician and Therapist: Selected Papers of Robert P. Knight, ed. Stuart C. Miller. New York: Basic Books.

511. Kohut, H. (1959) Introspection, empathy, and psycho-analysis. JAPA, 7.

512. Kohut, H. (1971) The Analysis of the Self. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

513. Kohut, H. (1977) The Restoration of the Self. New York Int. Univ. Press.

514. Kohut, H. (1978) The Search for the Self, ed. P. Ornstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

515. Kohut, H. (1984) How Does Analysis Cure? ed. A Goldben & P. Stepansky. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press.

516. Kohut, H. & Wolf, E. S. (1978) The disorders of the self and their treatment. IJP, 59.

517. Krapf, E. E. (1961) The concept of normality and mental, health in psychoanalysis. IJP, 59.

518. Kreisler, L. (1984) Fundamentals for a psychosomatic pathology of infants. In: Frontiers of Infant Psychiatry, ed. J. D. Call, E. Galenson & R. L. Tyson. New York: Basic Books, vol. 2.

519. Kris, A. O. (1982) Free Association. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.

520. Kris, A. O. (1984) The conflicts of ambivalence. PSOC, 39.

521. Kris, E. (1951) Ego psychology and interpretation in psychoanalytic therapy. P. Q, 20.

522. Kris, E. (1952) Psychoanalytic Exploration in Art. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

523. Kris, E. (1956) On some vicissitudes of insight in psychoanalysis. IJP, 37.

524. Kris, E. (1956) The personal myth. JAPA, 4.

525. Kris, E. (1956) The recovery of childhood memories in psychoanalysis. PSOC, 11.

526. Krupuick, J. L. & Horowitz, M. J. (1981) Stress response syndromes. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 38.

527. Krystal, H. ed. (1968) Massive Psychic Trauma. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

528. Krystal, H. (1978) Trauma and affects. PSOC, 33.

529. Krystal, H. (1981) The hedonic element in affectivity. J. Psychoanal., 9.

530. Krystal, H. (1982) Alexithymia and the affectiveness of psychoanalytic treatment. Int. J. Psychoanal. Psychother., 9.

531. Kubie, L. S. (1947) The fallacious use of quantitative concepts in dynamic psychology. P. Q, 16.

532. Kubie, L. S. (1962) The fallacious misuse of the concept of sublimation. PQ, 31.

533. Kubie, L. S. (1972) Personal communication.

534. Kubie, L. S. (1975) The language tools of psychoanalysis. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 2.

535. Labov, W. (1972) Language in the Inner City. Philadelphia: Univ. Penn. Press.

536. Lagache, D. (1953) Behavior and psychoanalytic experience In Drives. Affects, Behavior, ed. R. Loewenstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

537. Langer, S. K. (1962) Problems and techniques of psychoanalytic validation and progress. In: Psychoanalysis as Science, ed. E. Pumplan-Mindlin. Stanford: Stanford Univ. Press.

538. Langer, W. (1958) The next assignment. Amer. Imago, 15.

539. Langhlin, H. P. (1967) The Neurosis. Washington: Butterworth.

540. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1967) Vocabulaire de la Psychoanalyse. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.

541. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1973) The Language of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.

542. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1983) The Language of psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.

543. Laseque, C. (1977) Les exhibitionnistes. L'Union Medicale, Froisieme Serie, 23.

544. Leaff, L. A. (1971) Affect versus feeling. JAPA, 19.

545. Leon, I. G. (1984) Psychoanalysis, Piaget and attachment. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 11.

546. Lerner, H. E. (1976) Parental Mislabeling of female genitals as a determinant of penis envy and learning inhibitions in women. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).

547. Levey, M. (1985) The concept structure in psychoanalysis. Annu. Psychoanal. 12—13.

548. Levy, D. (1983) Wittgenstein on the form of psychoanalytic interpretation. Int. Rev. Psycho-anal., 10.

549. Levy, S. T. (1984) Principles of Interpretaion. New York: Aronson.

550. Levy, S. T. (1984) Psychoanalytic perspectives on emptiness. JAPA, 32.

551. Levy, S. T. (1985) Empathy and psychoanalytic technique. JAPA, 33.

552. Lewin, B. D. (1933) The body as phallus. PQ, 2.

553. Lewin, B. D. (1946) Sleep, the mouth, and the dream screen. PQ, 15.

554. Lewin, B. D. (1950) The Psychoanalysis of Elation. New York: Norton.

555. Lewin, B. D. (1953) Reconslde ration of the dream screen. PQ, 22.

556. Lewis, H. B. (1971) Shame and Guilt in Neurosis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

557. Lichtenberg, J., Bornstein, M. & Silver, D., eds. (1984) Empathy, vols. 1—2. Hillsdale & London: Analytic Press.

558. Lichtenberg, J. D. & Kaplan, S. (1983) Reflections on Self Psychology. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.

559. Lichtenberg, J. D. & Slap, J. W. (1973) Notes on the concept of splitting and defense mechanism of splitting of representations. JAPA, 21.

560. Lichtenstein, H. (1961) Identity and sexuality. JAPA, 9.

561. Lichtenstein, H. (1970) Changing implications of the concept of psychosexual development. JAPA, 18.

562. Lidz, T., Fleck, S. & Cornelison. A. R. (1965) Schizophrenia and the Family. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

563. Lifschutz, J. E. (1976) A critique of reporting and assessment in the training analysis. JAPA, 24.

564. Limentani, A. (1979) The significance of transsexualism in relation to some basic psychoanalytic concepts. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 6.

565. Loewald, H. W. (1951) Ego and reality. IJP, 32.

566. Loewald, H. W. (1959) The waning of the Oedipus complex. JAPA, 27.

567. Loewald, H. W. (1962) Internalization, separation, mourning, and the superego. PQ, 31.

568. Loewald, H. W. (1971) Some considerations on repetition and repetition compulsion. IJP, 52.

569. Loewald, H. W. (1973) On internalization. IJP, 54.

570. Loewenstein, R. M. (1951—72) Practice and Precept in Psycho analytic Technique. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, 1982.

571. Loewenstein, R. M. (1951) The problem of interpretation. PQ, 20.

572. Loewenstein, R. M. (1957) A contribution to the psychoanalytic theory of masochism. JAPA, 5.

573. Loewenstein, R. M., Newman, L. M., Schur, M. & Solnit, A. J., eds. (1966) Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

574. Lorand, S. (1950) Clinical Studies in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

575. Lowinger, J. (1976) Ego Development. San Francisco: Jossey Bass.

576. Luria, A. R. (1978) The human brain and conscious activity. In: Consciousness and Self-Regulation, ed. G. E. Shwarta & D. Shapiro. New York: Plenum Press, 1978, vol. 2.

577. Lustman, J. (1977) On splitting. PSOC, 32.

578. Lynd, H. M. (1961) On Shame and the Search for Identity New York: Science Editions.

579. Madow, Z. & Snow, L. H., eds. (1970) The Psychodynamic Implications of the Physiological Studies on Dreams. Springfield, III: Thomas.

580. Mahler, M. S. (1952) On child psychosis and schizophrenia. PSOC, 7.

581. Mahler, M. S. (1963) Thoughts and development and individuation. PSOC. 12.

582. Mahler, M. S. (1966) Notes on the development of basic moods: the depressive affect in psychoanalysis. In: Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schuz & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

583. Mahler, M. S. (1968) On Human Symbiosis and the Vicissitudes of Individuation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

584. Mahler, M. S. (1975) Discussion on Bernard L. Pacella's paper. JAPA, 23.

585. Mahler, M. S. (1975) On the current status of infantile neurosis. JAPA, 23.

586. Mahler, M. S. (1979) Selected Papers of Margaret S. Mahler, vol. 2. New York: Jason Aronson.

587. Mahler, M. S. & Purer, M. (1968) On Human Symbiosis and the Vicissitudes of Individuation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

588. Mahler, M. S. & Gosliner, B. J. (1955) On Symbiotic child psychosis. PSOC, 10.

589. Mahler, M. S., Pine, F. & Bergman, A. (1975) The Psychological Birth of the Human Infant. New York: Basic Books.

590. Mahony, P. (1979) The boundaries of free association. Psychoanal. Contemp. Thought, 2.

591. Malcove, L. (1975) The analytic situation (and Panel discussion). J. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 2.

592. Marcovitz, E. (1973) On confidentiality in psychoanalysis. Bull. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 23.

593. Marcus, I. M. & Francis, J. J. (1975) Masturbation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

594. Marty, P. & de M'Uzan, M. (1963) La pensйe opйratoire. Rev. Psychoanaltique, 27 suppl.

595. Masson, J. M. (1980) The Oceanic Feeling. Boston: D. Reidel Publishing Company.

596. Masters, W. H. & Johnson, V. E. (1966) Human Sexual Response. Boston: Little, Brown.

597. McDaugall, J. (1984) The "dis-affected" patient. PQ, 53.

598. McDevitt, J. B. (1975) Separation-individuation and object constancy. JAPA, 23.

599. Meehl, P. E. (1962) Hedonic capacity. Bull. Menn. Clin., 39.

600. Meissner, W. H. (1978) The Paranoid Process. New York: Aronson.

601. Meissner, W. W. (1979) Internalization and object relations. JAPA, 27.

602. Meissner, W. W. (1981) Internalization in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

603. Meissner, W. W. (1981) Metapsychology: who needs it. JAPA, 29.

604. Meissner, W. W., Mack, J. E. & Semrad, E. V. (1975) Classical Psychoanalysis. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. A. M. Freedman, H. I. Kaplan & J. Sadock. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.

605. Menninger, W. (1943) Characterologic and symptomatic expressions related to the anal phase of psycho sexual development. PQ, 12.

606. Mesmer, Franz Anton (1965) The Nature of Hypnosis, ed. Ronald E. Shor and Martin T. Orne. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.

607. Metcalf, D. & Spitz, R. A. (1978) The transitional object. In: Grolnick et al. (1978).

608. Meyer, B. C. (1972) The contribution of psychoanalysis to biography. Psychoanal. Contemp. Sci., 1.

609. Meyer, J. (1982) The theory of gender identity disorders. JAPA, 30.

610. Meyer, J. (1985) Ego-dystonic homosexuality. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, 4th ed., ed. H. Kaplan & B. Sadock. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.

611. Meyer, J. (1985) Paraphilia. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. Kaplan & B. Sadock. Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 4th ed.

612. Michaels, R. & Gaeger, R. K. Adaptation. PMC. Forthcoming.

613. Milrod, D. (1982) The wished-for-self-image. PSOC, 37.

614. Modell, A. H. (1958) The Theoretical implications of hallucinatory experiences in schizophrenia. JAFA, 6.

615. Modell, A. H. (1965) Object Love and Reality. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

616. Modell, A. H. (1970) The transitional object and the creative act. PQ, 39.

617. Modell, A. H. (1975) The ego and the id. IJP, 56.

618. Money, J. & Green, R. (1969) Transsexualism and Sex Reassignment. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.

619. Monroe, R. R (1970) Episodic Behavior Disorders. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.

620. Moore, B. E. (164) Frigidity. PQ. 33.

621. Moore, B. E. (1975) Freud and female sexuality. IJP, 57.

622. Moore, B. E. (1975) Toward a clarification on the concept of narcissism. PSOC, 30.

623. Moore, B. E. (1976) Freud and female sexuality. IJP, 57.

624. Moore, B. E. (1977) Psychic representation and female orgasm. In: Female Psychology, ed. H. P. Blum. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

625. Moore, B. E. & Fine, B. D., eds. (1967) A Glossary of Psychoanalytic Terms and Concepts. New York: Amer. Psychoanal. Assn.

626. Moore, B. E. & Rubinfine, D. Z. (1969) The mechanism of denial. Kris Study Group Monographs, New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 3.

627. Moses, R. (1978) Adult psychic trauma. IJP, 59.

628. Murray, C. D. (1930) Psychogenic factors in the etiology of ulcerative colitis and bloody diarrhea. Amer. J. Med. Sci., 180.

629. Nagera, H., ed. (1966) Early Childhood Disturbances, the Infantile Neurosis, and the Adulthood Disturbances. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

630. Nagera, H. (1967) The concepts of structure and structuralization. PSOC, 22.

631. Nagera, H. (1969—71) Basic Psychoanalytic Concepts. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

632. Nagera, H. (1976) Obsessional Neuroses. New York: Aronson.

633. Natterson, J. M. (1980) The Dream in Clinical Practice. New York: Jason Aronson.

634. Nemiah, J. C. & Sifneos, P. E. (1970) Affect and fantasy in patients with psychosomatic disorders. In: Modern Trends in Psychosomatic Medicine, ed. O. W. Hill. London: Butterworths, vol. 2.

635. Neubaner, P. B. (1979) The role of insight in psychoanalysis JAPA, 27.

636. Neubaner, P. B. (1982) Rivalry, envy, and Jealousy. PSOC, 37.

637. Novick, J. (1982) Varieties of transference in the analysis of an adolescent. IJP, 42.

638. Novick, J. & Kelly, K. (1970) Projection and externalization. PSOC, 25.

639. Noy, P. Wollstein, S. & Kaplan-de-Nour, A. (1966) Clinical observations of the psychogenesis of impotence. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 39.

640. Nunberg, H. (1948) The synthetic function of the ego. In: Practice and Theory of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 1.

641. Nunberg, H. (1954) Evaluation of the results of psychoanalytic treatment. IJP, 35.

642. Nunberg, H. (1955) Principles of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

643. Ogden, T. (1982) Projective Identification and Psycho-therapeutic Technique. New York: Jason Aronson.

644. Olinick, S. Z. (1964) The negative therapeutic reaction. IJP, 45.

645. Olinick, S. Z. (1980) The Psychotheraputic Instrument. New York: Jason Aronson.

646. Ornston, D. G. (1978) On projection. PSOC, 33.

647. Ornston, D. G. (1982) Strachey's influence. IJP, 63.

648. Ornston, D. G. (1985a) Freud's conception is different from Strachey's. JAPA, 33.

649. Ornston, D. G. (1985b) The invention of "cathexes" and Strachey's strategy. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 12.

650. Ornston, D. G. (1988) How standard is the "Standard Edition? In Freud in Exile, ed. E. Timns & N. Segal. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.

651. Orr, D. W. (1954) Transference and countertransference. JAPA, 2.

652. Ostow, M. (1974) Sexual Deviation. New York: Quadrangle.

653. Pacella, B. (1975) Early ego development and the deja vu. JAPA, 23.

654. Panel (1957) Acting out and its relation to impulse disorders. M. Kanzer, reporter. JAPA, 5.

655. Panel (1958) Problems of identity. D. Z. Rubinfine, reporter. JAPA, 6.

656. Panel (1958) Technical aspects of regression during psychoanalysis. K. T. Calder, reporter. JAFA, 11.

657. Panel (1963) The concept of the id. E. Marcovitz, reporter. JAPA, 11.

658. Panel (1964) Depersonalization. W. A. Stewart, reporter. JAPA, 12.,.

659. Panel (1966) Clinical and theoretical aspects of "as-if" characters. J. Weiss, reporter. JAPA, 11.

660. Panel (1969) The theory of genital primacy in the light of ego psychology. M. Berezin, reporter. JAPA, 17.

661. Panel (1971) Action, acting out, and the symptomatic act. N. Actins, reporter. JAPA, 18.

662. Panel (1970) Psychoanalytic theory of affects. L. B. Lofgren, reporter. JAPA, 16.

663. Panel (1970) The development of the child's sense of his sexual identity. Virginia, L. Glower, reporter. JAPA, 18.

664. Panel (1970) The negative therapeutic reaction. S. L. Olinick, reporter. JAPA, 18.

665. Panel (1972) Levels of confidentiality in the psychoanalytic situation. A. S. Watson, reporter JAPA, 20.

666. Panel (1974) Toward a theory of affects. P. Castelneuvo-Tedesco, reporter. JAPA, 22. W.

667. Panel (1975) The analytic situation. S. T. Shapiro, reporter. J. Phila. Aasn. Psychoanal.,2.

668. Panel (1980) New directions in affect theory. E. P. Lester, reporter. JAPA, 30.

669. Panel (1981) Insight. K. H. Blacker, reporter. JAPA, 29.

670. Panel (1981) Masochism. W. Fischer, reporter. JAPA, 29.

671. Panel (1982) Beyond lay analysis. H. Fischer, reporter. JAPA, 30.

672. Panel (1983) Clinical aspects of character. M. Willick, reporter. JAPA, 31.

673. Panel (1983) Theory of character. S. M. Abend, reporter. JAPA, 31.

674. Panel (1984) The neutrality of the analyst in the analytic situation, R. J. Leider, reporter. JAPA, 32. (1985) Perspectives on the nature of psychic reality. E. Roughton, reporter. JAPA, 33.

675. Panel (1987) Toward the further understanding of homosexual women. A Wolfson, reporter. JAPA, 35.

676. Pao, P.-N. (1971) Elation, hypomania and mania. JAFA, 19.

677. Parens, H. (1979) The Development of Aggression in Early Childhood. New York: Jason Aronson.

678. Parens, H. (1980) Psychic development during the second and third years of life. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. Greenspan & G. Pollock. Washington: Nat. Inst. Health.

679. Parens, H. & Saul, L. J. (1971) Dependence in Man. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

680. Person, E. & Ovesey, L. (1974) The transsexual syndrome in males. Amer. J. Psychother., 28.

681. Person, E. & Ovesey, L. (1983) Psychoanalytic theories of gender identity. J. Amer. Acad. Psychoanal., 2.

682. Peterfreund, E. & Schwartz, J. T. (1971) Information, systems, and Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

683. Peto, A. (1976) The etiological significance of the primal scene in perversions. PQ, 44.

684. Pfeffer, A. Z. (1984) Modes of obsessional thinking. Presented at the New York Psychoanalytic Society, October 23.

685. Piaget, J. (1937) The Construction of Reality in the Child. New York: Basic Books, 1954.

686. Piaget, J. (1962) Play, Dreams and Imitation in Childhood New York: Norton.

687. Piers, G. & Singer, M. B. (1953) Shame and Guilt. Springfield: Thomas; New ed., New York: Norton.

688. Pine, F. (1985) Developmental Theory and Clinical Process. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.

689. Poland, W. S. (1984) On the analyst's neutrality. JAFA, 32.

690. Pollock, G. H. (1961) Mourning and adaptation. IJP, 42.

691. Pollock, G. H. (1978) Process and affect. IJP, 59.

692. Potamianau, A. (1985) The personal myth. PSOC, 40.

693. Provence, S. & Lipton, R. (1962) Infants in Institutions. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

694. Pulver, S. E. Symptomatology. PMC. Forthcoming.

695. Pulver, S. E. (1970) Narcissism. JAPA, 18.

696. Rado, S. (1949) An adaptational view of sexual behavior In Psychosexual Development in Health and Disease, ed. P. H. Hock & J. Lubin. New York: Grune & Stratton.

697. Rangell, L. Affects. PMC. Forthcoming.

698. Rangell, L. (1959) The nature of conversion. JAPA, 7.

699. Rangell, L. (1963) Structural problems in intrapsychic conflict. PSOC, 18.

700. Rangell, L. (1966) An overview of the ending of an analysis. In: Psychoanalysis in Americas, ed. R. E. Litman. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

701. Rangell, L. (1968) A point of view on acting out. IJP, 49.

702. Rangell, L. (1981) From insight to change. JAPA, 29.

703. Rangell, L. (1981) Psychoanalysis and dynamic psychotherapy. PQ, 50.

704. Rangell, L. (1983) Defense and resistance in psychoanalysis and life. JAPA, 31 (suppl.).

705. Rangell, L. (1985) The object in psychoanalytic theory. JAPA, 33.

706. Rank, O. (1909) The Myth of the Birth of the Hero. New York: Nerv. Ment. Dis. Monogr., 18.

707. Rank, O. (1924) The Trauma of Birth. New York: Robert Brunner, 1952.

708. Rapaport, D. (1942) Emotions and Memory. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1950.

709. Rapaport, D. (1960) The structure of Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, monogr. 6, New York: Int. Univ. Press.

710. Rapaport, D. & Gill, M. M. (1959) The points of view and assumptions of metapsychology. In: The Collected Papers of David Rapaport. New York: Basic Books, 1967.

711. Rapoport, A. (1955) The role of symbols in human behavior. Psychiatric Research Reports, vol. 2, ed. J. S. Gottlieb et al. Washington: Amer. Psychiat. Assn.

712. Rappaport, E. A. (1968) Beyond traumatic neurosis. IJP, 49.

713. Reich, A. (1951) On countertransference. In: Psychoanalytic Contributions. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1973.

714. Reich, A. (1953) Narcissistic object choice in women. JAPA, 1.

715. Reich, A. (1954) Early identifications as archaic elements in the superego. JAPA, 2.

716. Reich, A. (1960) Pathologic forms of self-esteem regulation. PSOC, 15.

717. Reich, W. (1933) Character Analysis. New York: Orgone Press, 1949.

718. Reich, W. (1933) Some circumscribed character forms. In: Character Analysis. New York: Orgone Institute Press.

719. Reik, T. (1919) Ritual. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

720. Reiser, M. (1984) Mind, Brain and Body New York: Basic Books.

721. Richards, A. D. (1985) Isakower-like experience on the couch. PQ. 54.

722. Ricoeur, P. (1970) Freud and Philosophy. New Haven — Yale Univ. Press.

723. Ricoeur, P. (1976) Interpretation Theory. Forth Worth-Texas Christian Univ. Press.

724. Rinsley, D. B. (1982) Fairbairn's object relations and classical concepts of dynamics and structure. In: Borderline and Other Self Disorders' A Developmental and Object-Relations Respective New York: Jason Aronson.

725. Rioch, M. (1970) The work of W. R Bion on groups. Psychiatry, 33.

726. Ritvo, S. (1971) Late adolescence. PSOC, 18.

727. Ritvo, S. (1974) Current status of the concept of infantile neurosis. PSOC, 29.

728. Robbins, F & Sadow, L (1974) A developmental hypothesis of reality processing. JAPA, 22.

729. Rodman, F. R. (1987) Introduction In the Spontaneous Gesture — Selected Letters of D. W. Winnicott, ed. F. R. Rodman Cambridge—Harvard Univ. Press.

730. Roiphe, H. (1968) On an early genital phase. PSOC, 23.

731. Roiphe, H. & Galenson, E. (1981) Infantile Roots of Sexual Identity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

732. Rose, G. (1978) The creativity of everyday life. In: Grolnick et al (1978).

733. Rose, H. (1928) A Handbook of Greek Mythology. London: Methuen.

734. Rosenblatt, A. D. & Thickstun, J T. (1970) A study of the concept of psychic energy. IJP, 51.

735. Rosenthal, S. M. (1968) The involutional depressive syndrome. Amer J. Psychiat., 124.

736. Ross, N. (1967) The "as-if" concept. JAPA, 15.

737. Ross, N. (1970) The primacy of genitality in the light of ego psychology. JAPA, 18.

738. Rothstein, A. (1983) The Structural Hypothesis. New York: Int., Univ. Press.

739. Roughton, R. Action and acting out. FMC. Forthcoming.

740. Rubinstein, B. B. (1972) On metaphor and related phenomena. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Science, ed. A. R. Holt & E. Peterfreund., New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 1.

741. Rutter, M. (1972) Maternal Deprivation. Baltimore: Penguin Books.

742. Rycroft, C. (1968) A critical Dictionary of Psychoanalysis New York: Basic Books.

743. Sachs, D. M. (1979) On the relationship between psycho-analysis and psychoanalytic psychotherapy. Bull. Phila Assn. Psychoanal, 6.

744. Sachs, H. (1942) The Creative Unconscious Cambridge, Mass.: Sci. Art. Publishers.

745. Samuels, A. (1985) Jung and the Post-Jungians London — Routledge & Kegan Paul.

746. Sandler, J. (1960) On the concept of the superego. PSOC, 15.

747. Sandler, J., Dare, C. & Holder, A (1973) The negative therapeutic reaction. In: The Patient and the Analyst New York: Int. Univ. Press.

748. Sandler, J. & Freud, A. (1985) The Analysis of Defense. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

749. Sandler, J., Hodler, A. & Meers, D. (1963) The ego ideal and the ideal self. PSOC, 18.

750. Sandler, J., Kennedy, H & Tyson, R. L (1980) The Technique of Child Psychoanalysis. Cambridge—Harvard Univ. Press.

751. Sandler, J. & Rosenblatt, B. (1962) The concept of the representational world. PSOC, 17.

752. Sandler, J. & Sandier, A. M. (1978) On the development of object relationships and affects. IJP, 59.

753. Sarlin, C. N. (1962) Depersonalization and derealization. JAPA, 10.

754. Sarlin, C. N. (1970) The current status of the concept of genital primacy. JAPA. 18.

755. Sarnoff, C. A. (1978) Latency. New York: Aronson.

756. Saussure de, F. (1911) Course in General Linguistic. New York: McGraw Hill.

757. Schafer. R. (1968) Aspects of Internalization. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

758. Schafer. R. (1974) Problems in Freud's psychology of women. JAPA, 22.

759. Schafer. R. (1975) Psychoanalysis without psychodynamics. IJP, 56.

760. Schafer. R. (1976) A New Language for Psychoanalysis. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.

761. Schafer. R. (1983) The Analytic Attitude. New York: Basic Books.

762. Schechner, R. & Schuman, M. (1976) Ritual, Play and Performance New York: Seabury Press.

763. Schlesinger, N. & Robbins, F. P. (1983) A Developmental View of the Psychoanalytic Process. New York; Int. Univ. Press.

764. Schneirla, T. C. (1959) An evolutionary and developmental theory of biphasic processes underlying approach and withdrawal. In: Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, ed. H. R. Jones. London: Univ. Nebraska Press.

765. Schur, M. (1955) Comments on the metapsychology of somatization. PSOC, 10.

766. Schur, M. (1966) The Id and the Regulatory Principles of Mental Functioning. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

767. Schuster. D. B. (1969) Bisexuality and body as phallus. PQ, 38.

768. Schwartz, H. J., ed. (1984) Psychotherapy of the Combat Veteran. New York: SP Medical and Scientific Books.

769. Segal, H. (1957) Notes on symbol formation. IJP, 39.

770. Segal, H. (1964) Introduction to the Work of Melanie Klein. London: Hogarth Press, 1973.

771. Segal, H. (1973) Introduction to the work of Melanie Klein. London: W. Heinemann.

772. Segal, H. (1981) The Work of Hanna Segal. New York: Jason Aronson.

773. Segal, H. (1986) Illumination of the dim, shadowy era. Sunday Times, London, May 11, 1986.

774. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1982) Psychoanalytic theories of aggression. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 2.

775. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1984) The end phase of analysis. JAPA, 32.

776. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1985) Change and integration in psychoanalytic developmental theory. In: New Ideas in Psychoanalysis, ed. C. F. Settlage & R. Brockbank. Hillsdale, N. J. Analytic Press.

777. Shapiro, T. (1979) Clinical Psycholinguistics. New York: Plenum Press.

778. Shapiro, T. (1984) On neutrality. JAPA, 32.

779. Shengold, L. (1967) The effects of overstimulation. IJP, 48.

780. Shopper, M. (1979) The (re)discovery of the vagina and the importance of the menstrual tampon. In: Female Adolescent Development, ed. M. Sugar. New York: Brunner/Mazel.

781. Sifneos, P. E. (1975) Problems of psychotherapy of patients with alexithymic characteristics and physical disease Psychother & Psychosom., 26.

782. Slap, J. & Saykin, J. (1984) On the nature and organization of the repressed. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 4.

783. Slovenko, R. (1973) Psychiatry and Law. Boston: Little, Brown.

784. Smith, J. H. (1976) Language and the genealogy of the absent object. In: Psychiatry and the Humanities, vol. 1, ed. J. H. Smith. New Haven-Yale Univ. Press.

785. Smith, J. H. ed. (1978) Psychoanalysis and Language. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.

786. Smith, W. R. (1894) The Religion of the Semites. New York: Meridian Library, 1956.

787. Socarides, C. W. (1963) The historical development of theoretical and clinical aspects of female homosexuality. JAPA, 11.

788. Socarides, C. W. (1970) A psychoanalytic study of the desire for sexual transformation ("transsexualism"). IJP, 51.

789. Socarides, C. W. (1978) Homosexuality. New York: Jason Aronson.

790. Socarides, C. W. (1982) Abdication fathers, Homosexual Sons. In: Father and Child, ed. S. H. Cath, A. R. Gurwitt & J. M. Ross. Boston: Little, Brown.

791. Solnit, A. J. & Ritvo, S. Instinct theory. PMC. Forthcoming.

792. Sophocles. The Oedipus Cycle, tr. D. Fitts & R. Fitzgerald. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, 1969.

793. Sours, J. A. (1974) The anorexia nervosa syndrome. IJP, 55.

794. Sours, J. A. (1980) Starving to Death in a Sia of Objects. New York: Aronson.

795. Spence, J. T. & Helmrich, R. L. (1978) Masculinity and Femininity. Austin and London: Univ. of Texas Press.

796. Sperber, D. (1974) Rethinking Symbolism. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press.

797. Sperling, M. (1976) Anorexia nervosa. In: Psychosomatic Disorders in Childhood, ed. O. Sperling. New York: Aronson.

798. Spitz, R. A. (1945) Hospitalism. FSOC. 1.

799. Spitz, R. A. (1946) Anaclitic depression. PSOC, 2.

800. Spitz, R. A. (1946) Hospitalism: A follow-up report. PSOC, 2.

801. Spitz, R. A. (1946) The smiling response. Genet. Psychol. Monagr. 34.

802. Spitz, R. A. (1955) The primal cavity. PSOC, 10.

803. Spitz, R. A. (1957) No and Yes. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

804. Spitz, R. A. (1959) A Genetic Field Theory of Ego Formation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

805. Spitz, R. A. (1965) The First Year of Life. New York:Int. Univ. Press.

806. Spitz, R. A. & Wolf, K. M. (1946) The smiling response. Genet. Psycholol. Monogr., 34.

807. Spruiell, V. The self. PMC. Forthcoming.

808. Stamm, J. L. (1962) Altered ego states allied to the depersonalization. JAPA, 10.

809. Stein, M. (1971) The principle of multiple function. Bull. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 21.

810. Stekely, L. (1960) Success, success neurosis and the self. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 33.

811. Sterba, R. E. (1936—37) Hardwцrterbuch der Psychoanalyse. Vienna: Int. Psychoanal. Verlag.

812. Stern, D. N. (1974) The goal and structure of mother-infant play. J. Amer. Acad. Child Psychiat., 13.

813. Stern, D. N. (1984) Affect attunement. In: Frontiers of Infant Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books, vol. 2.

814. Stern, D. N. (1985) The Interpersonal World of the Infant New York: Basic Books.

815. Stevens, A. (1982) Archetype. London: Rouledge & Kegan Paul.

816. Stoller, R. J. (1971) The term "transvestism". Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 24.

817. Stoller, R. J. (1972) The "bedrock" of masculinity and femininity: bisexuality. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 26.

818. Stoller, R. J. (1974) Hostility and mystery in perversion. IJP, 55.

819. Stoller, R. J. (1975) Sex and Gender, vol. 2. New York: Jason Aronson.

820. Stoller, R. J. (1976) Primary femininity. JAPA, 24 (5).

821. Stoller, R. J. (1982) Hear miss. In: Eating, Sleeping, and Sexuality, ed. M. Zalea. New York: Brunner/ Mazel.

822. Stoller, R. J. (1985) Observing the Erotic Imagination. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.

823. Stolorow, R. (1984) Self psychology — a structural psychology. In: Reflections on Self Psychology, ed. J. Lichtenberg & S. Kaplan Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.

824. Stolorow, R. Transference. PMC. Forthcoming.

825. Stone, L. (1954) The widening scope of indications for psychoanalysis. JAPA, 2.

826. Stone, L. (1961) The Psychoanalytic Situation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

827. Stone, L. (1967) The psychoanalytic situation and transference. JAPA, 15.

828. Stone, L. (1971) Reflections on the psychoanalytic concept of aggression. FQ, 40.

829. Stone, L. (1973) On resistance to the psychoanalytic process. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Science, ed. B. B. Rubinstein. New York: Macmillan, vol. 2.

830. Stone, M. H. (1980) Borderline Syndromes. New York: McGrow Hill.

831. Strachey, J. (1934) The nature of the therapeutic action of psychoanalysis. IJP, 15.

832. Strachey, J. (1962) The emergence of Freud's fundamental hypothesis. SE, 3.

833. Strachey, J. (1963) Obituary (Joan Riviere). IJP, 44.

834. Strachey, J. (1966) General preface. SE, 1.

835. Swank, R. L. (1949) Combat exhaustion. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 109.

836. Szekely, L. (1960) Success, success neurosis and the self. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 33.

837. Taylor, G. J. (1977) Alexithymia and countertranceference. Psychother & Psychosom., 28.

838. Ticho, E. (1972) Termination of psychoanalysis. PQ, 41.

839. Tolpin, M. (1970) The infantile neurosis. PSOC, 25.

840. Tolpin, M. (1971) On the beginnings of a cohesive self. PSOC. 26.

841. Tolpin, M. & Kohut, H. (1980) The disorders of the self. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. Greenspan & G. Pollock. Washington, B. C.: U. S. Dept. Health and Human Services.

842. Turkle, S. (1986) A review of Grosskurth, P.: Molanie Klein. New York: Times Books, Review, May 18, 1986.

843. Tyson, P. Development. PMC. Forthcoming.

844. Tyson, P. (1982) A developmental line of gender identity, gender role, and choice of love object. JAPA, 30.

845. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. Development. PMC. Forthcoming.

846. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. The psychoanalitic theory of development. PMC. Forthcoming.

847. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. (1984) Narcissism and superego development. JAPA, 34.

848. Tyson, R. & Sundler, J. (1971) Problems in the selection of patients for psychoanalysis. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 44.

849. Valenstein, A. F. (1979) The concept of "classical" psycho-analysis. JAPA. 27. (suppl.).

850. Volkan, V. D. (1981) Linking Objects and Linking Phenomena. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

851. Waelder, R. (1930) The principle of multiple function. PQ, 5.

852. Waelder, R. (1962) Book review of Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method and Philosophy, ed. S. Hook. JAPA, 10.

853. Waelder, R. (1962) Psychoanalysis scientific method, and philosophy. JAPA, 10.

854. Waelder, R. (1963) Psychic determinism and the possibility of prediction. PQ, 32.

855. Waelder, R. (1967) Trauma and the variety of extraordinary challenges. In: Fuest (1967).

856. Waelder, R. (1967) Inhibitions, symptoms and anxiety: forty years later. PQ, 36.

857. Waldhorn, H. F. (1960) Assessment of analyzability. PQ, 29.

858. Waldhorn, H. F. & Fine, B. (1971) Trauma and symbolism. Kris Study Group monogr. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

859. Wallace, E. R. (1983) Freud and Anthropology. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

860. Wallerstein, R. Reality. PMC. Forthcoming.

861. Wallerstein, R. (1965) The goals of psychoanalysis. JAPA, 13.

862. Wallerstein, R. (1975) Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

863. Wallerstein, R. (1983) Defenses, defense mechanisms and the structure of the mind. JAPA, 31 (suppl.).

864. Wallerstein, R. (1988) One psychoanalysis or many? IJP, 69.

865. Wangh, M. (1979) Some psychoanalytic observations on boredom. IJP, 60.

866. Weinshel, E. M. (1968) Some psychoanalytic considerations on moods. IJP, 51.

867. Weinshel, E. M. (1971) The ego in health and normality. JAPA, 18.

868. Weisman, A. D. (1972) On Dying and Denying. New York: Behavioral Publications.

869. Weinstock, H. J. (1962) Successful treatment of ulcerative colitis by psychoanalysis. Brit. J. Psychoanal. Res., 6.

870. Welmore, R. J. (1963) The role of grief in psychoanalysis. IJP. 44.

871. Werner, H. & Kaplan, B. (1984) Symbol Formation. Hillsdale N. J.: Lawrence Eribaum.

872. White. R. W. (1963) Ego and Reality in Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, 3.

873. Whitman, R. M. (1963) Remembering and forgetting dreams in psychoanalysis. JAPA, 11.

874. Wiedeman, G. Sexuality. PMC. Forthcoming.

875. Wiedeman, G. (1962) Survey of psychoanalytic literature on overt male homosexuality. JAPA, 10.

876. Wieder, H. (1966) Intellectuality. PSOC, 21.

877. Wieder, H. (1978) The psychoanalytic treatment of preadolescents In Child Analysis and Therapy, ed. J. Glenn. New York Aronson.

878. Willick, M. S. Defense. PMC. Forthcoming.

879. Wilson, C. P. (1967) Stone as a symbol of teeth. PQ, 36.

880. Wilson, C. P Hohan, C. & Mintz, I. (1983) Fear of Being Fat. New York: Aronson.

881. Wilson, C. P. S Mintz, I. (1982) Abstaining and bulimic anorexics. Primary Care, 9.

882. Wilson, E. O. (1978) On Human Nature. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.

883. Winnicott, C. (1978) D. W. W.: a reflection. In: Between Reality and Fantasy. New York: Jason Aronson.

884. Winnicott, D. W. (1953) Transitional object and transitional phenomena. In: Collected Papers. New York Basic Books, 1958.

885. Winnicott, D. W. (1956) Primary maternal preoccupation. In: Winnicott (1958).

886. Winnicott, D. W. (1958) Collected Papers. New York: Basic Books, Inc.

887. Winnicott, D. W. (1960) Ego distortions in terms of true and false self. In: The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1965.

888. Winnicott, D. W. (1960) The theory of the parent-infant relationship. In: Winnicott (1965).

889. Winnicott, D. W. (1965) The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

890. Winnicott, D. W. (1971) Playing and Reality. New York: Basic Books.

891. Winnicott, D. W. (1971) Therapeutic Consultations in Child Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.

892. Winnicott, D. W. (1977) The Piggle. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

893. Winson, J. (1985) Brain and Psyche. New York: Anchor Press.

894. Wolf, E. S. (1976) Ambience and abstinence. Annu. Psycho-anal., 4.

895. Wolf, E. S. (1980) On the developmental line of self-object relations. In: Advances in Self Psychology, ed. A. Goldberg. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

896. Wolf, E. S. (1983) Empathy and countertransference. In: The Future of Psychoanalysis, ed. A. Coldberg. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

897. Wolf, E. S. (1984) Disruptions in the psychoanalytic treatment of disorders of the self. In: Kohut's Legacy, ed. P. Stepansky & A. Coldberg, Hillsdale, H. J.: Analytic Press, 1984.

898. Wolf, E. S. (1984) Selfobject relations disorders. In: Character Pathology, ed. M. Zales. New York: Bruner/Mazel.

899. Wolf, E. S. & Trosman, H. (1974) Freud and Popper-Lynkeus. JAPA, 22.

900. Wolfenstein, M. (1966) How is mourning possible? PSOC, 21.

901. Wolman, B. B. ed. (1977) The International Encyclopedia of Psychiatry, Psychology, Psychoanalysis, and Neurology. New York: Aesculapius.

902. Wolpert, E. A. (1980) Major affective disorders. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. I. Kaplan, A. M. Freedman & B. J. Saddock. Boston: Williams & Wilkins, vol. 2.

903. Wurmser, L. (1977) A defense of the use of metaphor in analytic theory formation. PQ, 46.

904. Wurmser, L. (1981) The Mask of Shame. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.

905. Zetzel, E. R. (1956) Current concepts of transference. TJP, 37.

Словарь психоаналитических терминов и понятий > БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ
10 contra

contrā, adv. and prep. [stem con, i. e. cum, through a comparative form conter; cf.: alter, uter, inter, praeter, etc.; in abl. fem. form like the locative adverbs ea, qua, etc.; cf.: ultra, intra, extra, citra], orig., in comparison with; hence, over against, fronting, in front, opposite, in opposition to, against, contrary to, opposed to, etc.
I.
Adv. (referring to an opposed object often with the force of a preposition with ellipsis of a pronoun, = against it, against him, etc.).
A.
Local.
1.
Lit., of position in front of a person, place, or thing.
a.
With verb of being or position expressed or understood.
(α).
Referring to living beings, opposite, in face of, face to face, facing, in front of, fronting, confronting (not in Cic., Caes., or Sall.):
feminam scelestam te, adstans contra, contuor,
Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 26:
ut confidenter mihi contra adstitit,
id. Capt. 3, 5, 6; Lucr. 4, 223; 6, 929:
signum contra, quoad longissume oculi ferebant, animo finivit,
Liv. 1, 18, 8:
stat contra starique jubet,
Juv. 3, 290:
stat contra dicitque tibi tua pagina Fures!
Mart. 1, 55, 12:
ulmus erat contra,
in front of her, Ov. M. 14, 661:
templa vides contra,
in front (of us), id. ib. 7, 587.—Of position in front of the enemy:
contra conserta manu,
Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 3: contra consistere, to make front against them, Caes. B. G. 2, 17.—
(β).
Referring to things and places, over against (it), opposite (to it), on the opposite side (mostly post-Aug.):
contra jacet Cancer patulam distentus in alvum,
Manil. 2, 253:
posita contra Hispania,
Tac. Agr. 11:
promuntorium quod contra procedit,
Plin. 4, 2, 3, § 6: relinquendae autem contra erunt vacuae tabellae, on the opposite side, i. e. of the leaf, Quint. 10, 3, 32: illo quaerente cur non decidant contra siti, the antipodes (cf. Cic. Ac. 2, 39, 123; v. II. A. 1. c. a), Plin. 2, 65, 65, § 161.—With the governing verb understood:
arguam hanc vidisse apud te contra conservum meum,
face to face, Plaut. Mil. 2, 2, 91:
jam omnia contra circaque hostium plena erant, Liv 5, 37, 8: eadem verba contra (i. e. ponuntur),
side by side, Quint. 9, 3, 36; Verg. A. 6, 23.—
b.
With verbs of motion, so as to be opposite to an object or face to face with a person, variously rendered.
(α).
Referring to persons:
accede ad me atque adi contra,
come right up to me, Plaut. Rud. 1, 4, 23; id. Bacch. 3, 6, 6: hostes crebri cadunt; nostri contra ingruunt, advance to their front (in Plaut. hostility is not implied in contra), id. Am. 1, 1, 84: quis nos pater aut cognatu' volet contra tueri, face to face, eye to eye, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 12 Mull. (Trag. Rel. v. 444 Rib.); Att. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, 55 (Trag. Rel. v. 538 ib.):
adspicedum contra me = contra adspice me,
Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 56 Lorenz ad lec.:
contra adspicere,
id. Mil. 2, 1, 45:
contra intueri,
Liv. 1, 16, 6; 9, 6, 8; Sen. Q. N. 1, 3, 6:
cum veniret contra Marcianus,
Quint. 6, 3, 95; Plin. 9, 46, 70, § 152.—
(β).
Of things:
hic ubi sol radiis... Adversa fulsit nimborum aspergine contra,
Lucr. 6, 525; Cels. 8, 8, 1:
quam (turrim) promoti contra validi asseres... perfregere,
Tac. H. 4, 30.—Reciprocally: oscula non pervenientia contra, not coming through (the wall) so as to meet, Ov. M. 4, 80.—
2.
Transf. to equivalents of weight, value, and price; so,
(α).
In Plaut. only in the colloq. phrases auro contra, aurichalco contra, and contra auro (sc. posito); lit., for gold placed against; cf.:
aes contrarium, s. v. contrarius: (servus) non carus'st auro contra,
at his weight in gold, Plaut. Ep. 3, 3, 30: jam auro contra constat filius, id. Truc. 2, 6, 57 (Speng. aurichalco): auro contra cedo modestum amatorem! A me aurum accipe. Pa. Cedo mihi contra aurichalco quoi ego sano serviam, id. Curc. 1, 3, 45 sq.; id. Mil. 3, 1, 63; 4, 2, 85; id. Ps. 2, 3, 23.—
(β).
In post-Aug. prose (very rare):
at si aquae et ejus rei quam contra pensabis par pondus erit, nec pessum ibit, nec exstabit, etc.,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 25, 5.—
3.
Of reciprocal actions, = vicissim, in turn, in return, back, on my, his, etc., part, likewise, counter-.
(α).
In gen.:
te ut deludam contra, lusorem meum,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 71:
quae me amat, quam ego contra amo,
id. Merc. 5. 2, 77; id. Cist. 1, 1, 96; id. Trin. 4, 2, 55; id. As. 2, 2, 110:
qui arguat se, eum contra vincat jurejurando suo,
make a victorious counter-charge, id. Mil. 2, 2, 37:
si laudabit haec Illius formam, tu hujus contra (i. e. lauda),
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 54:
audi nunc contra jam,
listen in turn, id. Phorm. 4, 4, 18; id. Ad. 5, 4, 23:
at tu mihi contra nunc videre fortunatus, Phaedria, Cui, etc.,
you likewise seem fortunate to me, id. Phorm. 1, 3, 21:
Mettius Tullo gratulatur, contra Tullus Mettium benigne alloquitur,
Liv. 1, 28, 1:
contra ut me diligat illa,
Cat. 76. 23; Hor. S. 1, 3, 27 Orell. ad loc.—Hence, with ellipsis of inquit, = respondit:
cui latrans contra senex,
Phaedr. 5, 10, 7:
scietis, inquam, etc., contra Nigrinus: ad quem missi sunt? ego, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 7, 6, 4.—
Rarely with inquit, etc., expressed: at ille contra, renidens, Audi, inquit, discipule, etc.,
Gell. 15, 9, 9; cf.:
contra talia reddit,
Claud. B. Gild. 379.—
(β).
With dat. pers.:
consulo quem dolum doloso contra conservo parem,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 2, 45:
facere contra huic aegre,
Ter. Eun. 4, 1, 10:
hiscine contra insidiabere?
id. Hec. 1. 1, 13:
tibi contra gratiam Referre,
id. ib. 4, 2, 7.—
(γ).
With item:
item a me contra factum est,
Plaut. Aul. prol. 20:
puellam senex Amat et item contra filius,
id. Cas. prol. 49; id. Pers. 5, 2, 36; id. Am. 1, 1, 67; Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 25.—
(δ).
Combining a reciprocal with a local relation (A. 1. a. a, and b. a): contra carinantes verba, exchanging abusive words ( face to face), Enn. ap. Serv. ad Verg. A. 8, 361 (Ann. v. 181 Vahl.): tubae utrimque contra canunt;
Consonat terra,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 73; 1, 1, 86:
confer gradum Contra pariter,
id. Ps. 2, 4, 18; id. Truc. 1, 2, 28:
video amicam... Ubi contra adspexit me, etc.,
id. Mil. 2, 1, 45; Verg. E. 7, 8; cf. Lucr. 4, 243:
vesper adest, juvenes consurgite!... Cernitis, innuptae, juvenes? consurgite contra!
Cat. 62, 6.—
(ε).
Implying also opposition: Pe. Conpellabo. Ph. Orationis aciem contra conferam, Plaut. Ep. 4, 1, 20:
si scias quod donum huic dono contra comparet,
what counter gift, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 63: quod Scipio postulavit... ut, etc. Et quod contra collega postulavit ne, etc., Annal. Trib. Pleb. ap. Gell. 7 (6), 19, 5:
si vobis aequa et honesta postulatio videtur, ego contra brevem postulationem adfero,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 2, 7; Nep. Epam. 6, 1;
Auct. B. Alex. 24: illo licente contra liceri audeat nemo,
to bid in opposition, Caes. B. G. 1, 18; Liv. 4, 53, 6:
agedum pauca accipe contra,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 38.—So in battle:
Numidae... Romanorum ordines conturbare... neque contra feriundi copia erat,
Sall. J. 50, 4; and in law: et ab eo is qui adoptat vindicat... et illo contra non vindicante, etc., Gai Inst. 1, 134; 2, 24.—Esp. in replies:
oratio contra a Demosthene pro Ctesiphonte edita,
Cic. de Or. 3, 56, 213:
dicit accusator haec: primum, etc.... quid contra reus?
id. Clu. 30, 81; id. Fin. 5, 22, 63; Curt. 4, 1, 10; 7, 9, 1.
B.
Of opposition, strife, etc., against; constr. absol., with dat., and ne, quominus or quin.
1.
Of physical exertion.
(α).
Lit.:
concurrunt... aetheriae nubes contra pugnantibu' ventis,
struggling against each other, Lucr. 6. 98:
nec nos obniti contra... Sufficimus,
bear up, battle against, Verg. A. 5, 21; Ov. M. 9, 50; 2, 434:
at ille contra nititur,
resists, Plin. 2, 38, 38, § 103; 7, 20, 19, § 82:
pars remigum, tamquam imperitia... officia nautarum impediebant. Mox contra tendere,
rowed in an opposite direction, Tac. H. 4, 16.—
(β).
Trop.:
te rogo ne contrahas ac demittas animum, neque te obrui tamquam fluctu... sinas, contraque erigas ac resistas,
Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 1, § 4:
et torrens judicem vel nitentem contra feret, cogatque ire qua rapiet,
Quint. 12, 10, 61.— With ne: vi contra niti, ne advorsus eum fiat, Cato ap. Gell. 7 (6), 3, 16.—With quominus, Lucr. 1, 780.—
2.
Of mental exertion:
si tibi vera videntur, Dede manus, aut, si falsum est, accingere contra,
arm yourself against them, Lucr. 2, 1043; 2, 280. —With dat.:
siti contra... pugnandum,
Cels. 4, 2 fin. —
3.
Of hostile opposition in gen.
(α).
Lit.:
quod animadversum est in eo qui contra omni ratione pugnarunt, non debeo reprehendere,
who made opposition in every way, Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 137; id. Verr. 2, 2, 43, § 107:
contra etiam aliquid abs te profectum ex multis audivi,
something inimical, id. Fam. 5, 5, 2.—
(β).
Trop.:
aut alio quovis (sc. colore) qui contra pugnet et obstet,
Lucr. 2, 794; 2, 868.—
4.
Of warfare.
(α).
Lit.:
ut eos adversarios existimemus qui arma contra ferant,
Cic. Off. 1, 25, 87; 1, 12, 37; Vell. 2, 28, 4; cf.:
quid quod exercitum contra duxit?
Auct. Her. 4, 16, 23:
ut si qua ex parte obviam contra veniretur, acie instructa depugnarent,
if they should be attacked by an open charge, Caes. B. G. 7, 28:
issentque confestim ad urbem ni venire contra exercitum... audissent,
Liv. 7, 39, 17:
cum Romanae legiones contra direxerint,
would oppose their march, Tac. H. 4, 58; id. A. 6, 44.—With dat.:
et huic contra itum ad amnem Erinden,
Tac. A. 11, 10.—
(β).
Trop.:
quod ubi viderunt corvi, contra auxiliantur, velut adversus communem hostem,
Plin. 10, 74, 95, § 205.—
5.
Of legal contests.
(α).
With verbs of saying; v. 9. a.—
(β).
Venire contra, of any legal act with the intention to hurt the adversary:
quid? si omnium mortalium Sthenio nemo inimicior quam hic C. Claudius... fuit? si de litteris corruptis contra venit, etc.?
if he made a charge of forgery against him? Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 43, § 107; cf. II. B. c. b.—
(γ).
On the part of the adversary:
inveniendum contra est, quo distet haec causa a ceteris,
Quint. 5, 10, 114; 9, 2, 35; 12, 8, 10.—
(δ).
Of judgments against the parties or against opinions:
ne spoliaret fama probatum hominem si contra judicasset,
given an adverse decision, Cic. Off. 3, 19, 77; cf. Val. Max. 7, 2, 4; Cic. Caecin. 24, 69.—
6.
Of literary opposition.
(α).
Mostly with verbs of saying; v. 9. a. g.—
(β).
With other verbs:
astrologorum artem contra convincere tendit,
Lucr. 5, 728:
contra nunc illud pone, etc.,
Sen. Ben. 7, 14, 6:
habeat (liber meus) etiam quosdam qui contra sentiant et adversentur,
some dissentients and opponents, Quint. 3, 1, 5; 2, 17, 40; 3, 8, 69.—
7.
Of public and political opposition.
(α).
With verbs of saying; v. 9. a. d.—
(β).
With petere, to be a candidate for office in opposition to another:
nihil enim supererat de quo certarent, nihil quod contra peterent,
no office was left for which to canvass against each other, Cic. Agr. 2, 33, 91:
honores contra petere,
Quint. 6, 1, 17.—With ire, with dat., of an opposing vote in the senate (cf.:
pedibus ire): sententia Cassii ut nemo unus contra ire ausus est, ita dissonae voces respondebant,
Tac. A. 14, 45.—
8.
Of violation of law, contracts, etc.: contra facere, or contra committere, to violate, transgress a law, etc.: leges esse non ex ejus qui contra commiserit utilitate, spectari oportere, not in the interest of the transgressor, Cic. Inv. 2, 48, 153:
si quis sub hoc pacto vendiderit ancillam ne prostitueretur, et si contra factum esset,
and if the contract was violated, Dig. 18, 1, 56.—
9.
With verbs of saying, etc., contra dicere; less freq. disputare, disserere, pugnare, in the sense of dicere, and contra scribere (often contradico, in one word, in post-Aug. writers; esp. with dat.).
a.
Absol.
(α).
Contra dicere, to speak as counsel of the adversary, to plead his cause, in legal proceedings:
cum contra dicturus Hortensius esset,
would speak on the other side, Cic. Quint. 24, 77:
hoc... contra dicente Cotta judicatum est,
id. Caecin. 33, 97:
dixisse ut contra nemo videretur,
id. Brut. 53, 198: ut contra Crassus... exorsus est, began on the other side, id. ib. § 197.—Hence: qui contra dicit, the adversary or counsel of the adversary:
contra autem qui dicet, similitudinem infirmare debebit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 50, 151; id. Part. Or. 21, 108.—In the same sense: agens contra: si nos... impares agentium contra ingeniis dixerimus, that we are unequal to the talents of our adversary's counsel, [p. 453] Quint. 4, 1, 8.—
(β).
To make charges against (rare):
si qui contra vellet dicere, usurum esse eum suo testimonio,
Cic. Clu. 48, 134:
qua ratione nemo neque tum item fecerit, neque nunc contra dicat,
id. Quint. 29, 88; so,
contra disputare, of objections to or against a witness: nihil contra disputabo priusquam dixerit,
id. Fl. 21, 51.—
(γ).
In gen., to speak on the other side of a question:
fiebat autem ita, ut cum is qui audire vellet dixisset quid sibi videretur, tum ego contra dicerem,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 4, 8; id. Fin. 2, 1, 2; so,
contra disputare and contra scribere,
id. Or. 1, 19, 85; Vitr. 3, 1, 6; Quint. 2, 17, 13; Dig. 9, 2, 21, § 1.—Hence: qui contra dicunt or disputant, the opponents:
nec qui contra dicunt causam difficilem repellunt,
Cic. Fin. 3, 1, 2:
ad coarguendos qui contra disputant,
to refule his opponents, Quint. 2, 15, 26.—
(δ).
To oppose or object to a proposition, motion, or petition:
quam palam principes dixerunt contra!
protested against it, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 16, § 41; Caes. B. C. 1, 32; Cic. Clu. 47, 130.—With pugnare:
cum decerneretur frequenti senatu, contra pugnante Pisone, etc.,
Cic. Att. 1, 14, 5:
filius ejus incolumitatem optat: contradicit pater,
the father objects, Quint. 9, 2, 85; 9, 2, 83; Plin. ap. Gell. 9, 16, 5; Cic. Dom. 33, 87:
contradicente nullo,
Suet. Caes. 20; Dig. 3, 3, 15.—
(ε).
To reply:
contradixit edicto,
answered by an edict, Suet. Aug. 56. —
(ζ).
Abl. absol. impers.:
explorandum videtur an etiam contradicto aliquando judicio consuetudo firmata sit,
whether the custom has been confirmed by judgment upon a judicial contest, Dig. 1, 3, 34.—
b.
With acc. neutr. pron., to object, to make or raise an objection, to reply; esp. in legal proceedings:
ego enim, te disputante, quid contra dicerem meditabar,
Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 1:
ut contra si quid dicere velit non audiatur,
id. Fin. 5, 10, 27:
aiebat illum primo sane diu multa contra (i. e. dixisse), ad extremum autem, etc.,
id. Att. 2, 22, 2.— Hence: quod contra dicitur, or quae contra dicuntur, the objections:
ut et id quod intenderemus confirmare, et id quod contra diceretur refellere (possemus),
refute the objections, Cic. de Or. 1, 20, 90:
quia neque reprehendi quae contra dicuntur possunt, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 81, 331; id. Inv. 2, 44, 127; Quint. 1, 2, 17.—In the same sense, as subst.: contrā dicta, orum, n. plur.:
seu proposita confirmamus, sive contra dicta dissolvimus,
or refute the objections, Quint. 4, prooem. 6.—With acc. and inf.:
dicitur contra, nullum esse testamentum,
the objection is made that there is no testament, Cic. Agr. 2, 6, 42.—
c.
With dat., written in one word (post-Aug.).
(α).
To oppose a person by speaking against his views:
solitum se etiam Thraseae contradicere,
to oppose even Thrasea, Tac. H. 2, 91:
tibi,
Suet. Aug. 54:
Curioni...,
id. Rhet. 1. —Hence of answers and replies in law: quid si filium testatoris heres ejus prohibuit? Huic contradici potest: ergo pietatis, etc., he may be answered by this plea, etc., Dig. 11, 7, 14, § 13.—And of advisory answers opposed to one's legal views:
volenti mihi ream adulterii postulare eam, etc., contradictum est,
my views were disapproved, rejected, Dig. 48, 5, 11, § 10.—
(β).
To oppose an opinion, with dat. of the thing:
cum plures tantum sententiis aliorum contradicerent,
opposed the opinions, Tac. H. 1, 39.—
(γ).
To object to a motion or petition, with dat. of the petitioner:
patrem qui damnavit optat ne is torqueatur: pater ei contradicit,
the father objects, Quint. 9, 2, 81:
cum ambienti ut legibus solveretur multi contradicerent,
Suet. Caes. 18; Dig. 40, 5, 14; 40, 12, 33.—
(δ).
With dat. of the petition:
preces erant, sed quibus contradici non posset,
which could not be denied, Tac. H. 4, 46 fin.; Dig. 3, 1, 1, § 2.—
(ε).
To contest the validity of a law (rare):
quibus (legibus) contradici potest,
Quint. 7, 7, 4.—
(ζ).
To contradict an assertion (very rare):
pro certis autem habemus... cuicunque adversarius non contradicit,
Quint. 5, 10, 13.—
d.
With quin, to object:
praetor Samnitibus respondit... nec contra dici quin amicitia de integro reconcilietur,
there was no objection to a reconciliation, Liv. 8, 2, 2.
C.
To one's disadvantage; mostly predic. with esse, unfavorable, adverse, damaging (post-Aug.;
but cf. II. B. 2.): ut eum qui responsurus est vel tacere, vel etiam invitum id quod sit contra cogat fateri,
Quint. 7, 3, 14:
cum verba (legis) contra sint,
id. 7, 1, 49:
sed experimentum contra fuit,
unsuccessful, Tac. H. 2, 97 fin.:
ubi fortuna contra fuit,
id. ib. 3, 18:
si fortuna contra daret,
should be unfavorable, id. ib. 1, 65 fin.; id. A. 15, 13.
D.
Of logical opposition, with negative force.
1.
Of a direct contrast.
a.
Predicatively, with esse, fieri, etc., the contrary, the opposite:
quod fieri totum contra manifesta docet res,
but experience teaches that just the contrary is true, Lucr. 3, 686; 4, 1088:
in stultitia contra est,
with fools the reverse is true, Cic. Clu. 31, 84:
in hac quidem re vereor ne etiam contra (i. e. sit),
id. Att. 12, 46; id. Off. 1, 15, 49:
quod contra est,
Sall. J. 85, 21:
quis non credat, etc.? Contra autem est,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 25, 12; id. Ep. 7, 3; Dig. 37, 4, 4:
contra fore si, etc.,
ib. 34, 2, 39, § 2:
immo forsitan et contra (i. e. erit),
ib. 41, 3, 49:
ego contra puto (i. e. esse),
Plin. Ep. 1, 20, 7; Lampr. Alex. Sev. 25.—
b.
With evenire, accidere, sentire, scribere, habere, etc.:
utrumque contra accidit: istic enim bellum est exortum, hic pax consecuta,
of both the contrary has happened, Cic. Fam. 12, 18, 2; so Dig. 38, 2, 51:
id ego contra puto (sc.: faciendum esse),
id. Att. 10, 8, 2:
contra evenit in iis morbis,
Sen. Ep. 52, 7; Plin. 2, 65, 65, § 163:
ego contra sentio,
Sen. Clem. 1, 15, 5; Sedig. ap. Gell. 15, 24, 4; Dig. 40, 2, 25:
Proculus contra (sc. sentit),
ib. 35, 2, 1, § 14; 33, 7, 25:
licet Celsus contra scribat,
ib. 9, 2, 21, § 1: contra probatur, Gai Inst. 2, 78; Dig. 33, 7, 12, § 34.—Very rarely referring to a term in the same clause:
cujus disparem mitioremque naturam contra interpretabatur,
interpreted in an opposite sense, misinterpreted, misunderstood, Tac. H. 4, 86 fin. —
c.
Referring to a word or phrase in the same predicate.
(α).
To an adverb, in an opposite manner, otherwise, differently, not, etc.:
nam ad summam totius rei pertinet, caute an contra demonstrata res sit,
Cic. de Or. 2, 81, 330: quod viriliter animoque fit, id, etc.;
quod contra, id turpe,
id. Off. 1, 27, 94:
sit sapienter usus aut contra,
Quint. 2, 5, 15:
lactuca locis apricis optume autumno ponitur, mediterraneis aut frigidis contra ( = pessime),
Col. 11, 3, 25.—
(β).
To a predicative adjective, not, the opposite, the reverse, etc.:
ut aliae (res) probabiles videantur aliae contra,
improbable, Cic. Ac. 2, 32, 103; id. Off. 2, 2, 7:
quid est quod me impediat ea quae probabilia mihi videantur sequi, quae contra, improbare,
id. ib. 2, 2, 8; id. Or. 2, 31, 135; Quint. 4, 2, 52.—
(γ).
To a verbal predicate:
an frater fratri exsistat heres, an contra ( = annon),
Dig. 34, 5, 19.—
(δ).
To a subject infinitive:
laudare testem vel contra pertinet ad momentum judiciorum,
praising or censuring a witness, Quint. 3, 7, 2.—
(ε).
To a clause, translated by not or by a repetition of the clause with a negative:
quae secundum naturam essent, ea sumenda et quadam aestimatione dignanda docebat, contraque contraria,
those that were not, not, Cic. Ac. 1, 10, 36: quod cuidam aut sapiens videor quod una non jerim, aut felix fuisse;
mihi contra,
id. Att. 9, 12, 4: an credibile est, incestum cum filia commissum? Et contra, veneficum in noverca, adulterum in luxurioso? and incredible, etc., Quint. 5, 10, 19; so Dig. 9, 1, 2, § 1.—
(ζ).
To an attributive genitive:
Marius cognoscere quid boni utrisque or contra esset (i. e. mali),
Sall. J. 88, 2:
verum de origine laudis contraque perspiciemus suo tempore (i. e. vituperationis),
Quint. 2, 4, 21:
alii a propositione accusatoris contraque loci oriuntur,
the accuser and the accused, id. 7, 2, 31;
so in several titles of the Digests, as Depositi vel contra, = actio depositi, vel contraria actio depositarii,
Dig. 16, 3 tit.; so ib. 16, 17, 1; 16, 13, 6; 16, 13, 7.—
2.
Reversing the relation of terms in the preceding sentence, the reverse, conversely, vice versa, etc.
a.
With its own predicate: saepe... corpus aegret, Cum tamen ex alia laetamur parte latenti;
Et retro fit uti contra sit saepe vicissim, Cum miser ex animo laetatur corpore toto,
Lucr. 3, 108: illa altera argumentatio, quasi retro et contra, prius sumit, etc., ( proceeding), so to speak, backward and in inverted order, Cic. Part. Or. 13, 46: neque illud ignoro, etc.; sed non idem accidit contra, but the converse is not true, Quint. 8, 6, 3; Gell. 4, 2, 5: ut vocabula verbis, verba rursus adverbiis, nomina appositis et pronominibus essent priora. Nam fit contra quoque frequenter non indecore. for often, not inelegantly, the order is reversed, Quint. 9, 4, 24:
quae etiam contra valent,
i. e. if the terms are reversed, id. 3, 7, 25; 9, 2, 49; 8, 6, 25; 9, 4, 72.—
b.
Belonging to the same predicate:
ut quidque erit dicendum ita dicet, nec satura jejune, nec grandia minute, nec item contra,
Cic. Or. 36, 123:
cum emtor venditori, vel contra, heres exstitit,
Dig. 35, 2, 48:
in quibus patrium pro possessivo dicitur, vel contra,
Quint. 1, 5, 45; 5, 10, 71:
junguntur autem aut ex nostro et peregrino, ut biclinium, aut contra, ut epitogium et Anticato,
id. 1, 5, 68:
ut capras in montosis potius locis quam in herbidis (pascar), equas contra,
but with mares the reverse is the case, Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 16:
itaque ille dicere melius quam praecipere, nos contra fortasse possumus,
Cic. Or. 42, 143:
qua collegi solent ex his quae faciunt ea quae faciuntur, aut contra,
or vice versa, Quint. 5, 10, 80; Dig. 14, 1, 1, § 12; 48, 5, 23, § 4.
E.
In logical antithesis of clauses with a merely rhet. force, on the contrary, on the other hand, vice versa; sometimes almost = sed or autem (freq.).
1.
In independent clauses.
a.
Opposing persons or parties: fortunam insanam esse... perhibent philosophi... Sunt autem alii philosophi qui contra Fortunam negant ullam exstare, Pac. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 23, 36 (Trag. Rel. v. 372 Rib.); Caecil. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 68; Varr. R. R. 1, 8, 1:
ego etiam quae tu sine Verre commisisti Verri crimini daturus sum... Tu, contra, ne quae ille quidem fecit, obicies,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 11, 35:
ego contra ostendo, non modo nihil fecisse Sex. Roscium, sed, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 29, 79; id. Phil. 8, 3, 8; id. Off. 1, 30, 108; id. Fin. 5, 22, 62:
in Italia bellum gerimus, in sede ac solo nostro... Hannibal contra in aliena, in hostili est terra,
Liv. 22, 39, 13; 21, 50, 2; 3, 15, 2; 6, 7, 4; 9, 35, 4 et saep.; Nep. Alcib. 8, 1; Vell. 2, 31, 4; Sen. Ep. 9, 14; id. Ira, 2, 33, 6; Plin. 35, 10, 37, § 113; Tac. H. 3, 84; 3, 57; Suet. Tib. 2; id. Vit. 2; Just. 2, 1, 10; 8, 4, 11:
contra mercator, navim jactantibus austris Militia est potior?
Hor. S. 1, 1, 6; 1, 2, 30; 1, 3, 27; Prop. 2, 1, 45; 2, 23, 13 (3, 17, 3); Sen. Hippol. 214;
so with versa vice: barbarae gentes (Alexandrum) non ut hostem, sed ut parentem luxerunt... Contra Macedones versa vice non ut civem, sed ut hostem amissum gaudebant,
Just. 13, 1, 7.—
b.
Introducing a secondary or parallel opposition of thought: in loco umidiore far potius serunt quam triticum;
contra in aridiore hordeum potius quam far,
Varr. R. R. 1, 9, 4; 1, 1, 47: si nihil esset quod inane vocaret, Omne foret solidum;
nisi contra corpora certe Essent, etc., Omne quod est spatium vacuum constaret inane,
Lucr. 1, 521; 4, 348; cf.:
justa omnia decora sunt, injusta contra, ut turpia, sic indecora,
Cic. Off. 1, 27, 94; id. N. D. 2, 15, 41; id. de Or. 3, 33, 136; id. Quint. 30, 93: id. Off. 3, 21, 84; id. Leg. 2, 1, 2: facilem esse rem... si modo unum omnes sentiant; contra in dissensione nullam se salutem perspicere, Caes. B. G, 5, 31; Liv. 25, 30, 3; Sen. Ben. 1, 5, 2; Plin. 12, 19, 42, § 92; 11, 14, 14, § 35; Suet. Caes. 73; Gell. 1, 4, 5:
si male rem gerere insani est, contra bene, sani,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 74.—
2.
In opposition to a dependent clause:
ut hi miseri, sic contra illi beati quos, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 6, 16; so id. de Or. 1, 45, 198; Quint. 9, 3, 39:
cui ego rei tantum abest ut impedimento sim, ut contra te M. Manli adhorter, etc.,
Liv. 6, 15, 5; 6, 31, 4:
cum virtus adeo neminem spe ac pollicitatione corrumpat, ut contra in se inpendere jubeat, ac, etc.,
Sen. Ben. 4, 1, 2: aut igitur negemus quidquam ratione confici, cum contra nihil sine ratione recte fieri possit, aut, etc., whereas on the contrary, etc., Cic. Tusc. 4, 38, 84; cf.:
at contra,
Lucr. 2, 392.—
3.
With co-ordinate conjunctions.
a.
Copulative, et contra or contraque (never with ac or atque); also nec contra (rare), and on the other hand.
(α).
With reference to a reason or conclusion, after nam, enim, cum, or itaque: nam et ratione uti... omnique in re quid sit veri videre et tueri decet, contraque falli [p. 454]... tam dedecet quam, etc., Cic. Off. 1, 27, 94:
malus est enim custos... metus, contraque benevolentia fidelis,
id. ib. 2, 7, 23:
cum reficiat animos varietas ipsa, contraque sit aliquanto difficilius in labore uno perseverare,
Quint. 1, 12, 4; 3, 8, 32; 8, 6, 20:
itaque in probris maxime in promptu est, si quid tale dici potest, etc. Contraque in laudibus, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 18, 61; cf. Suet. Calig. 51; so with nec:
nam nec comoedia cothurnis assurgit, nec contra tragoedia socculo ingreditur,
Quint. 10, 2, 22.—
(β).
With contrasted examples or illustrations, often after ut or sic:
audivi ex majoribus natu, hoc idem fuisse in P. Scipione Nasica, contraque patrem ejus... nullam comitatem habuisse sermonis,
Cic. Off. 1, 30, 109:
ut suspitionibus credi oportere, et contra suspitionibus credi non oportere,
id. Inv. 2, 15, 48; Quint. 8, 4, 1; 5, 10, 48; 9, 3, 7; 9, 4, 52; 11, 1, 14; Sen. Ep. 82, 14; Dig. 17, 1, 22, § 4.—
(γ).
With contrasted actions, assumptions, etc.:
atque utinam qui ubique sunt propugnatores hujus imperii possent in hanc civitatem venire, et contra oppugnatores rei publicae de civitate exterminari!
Cic. Balb. 22, 51:
domo pignori data, et area ejus tenebitur... et contra jus soli sequitur aedificium,
Dig. 13, 7, 21:
equo et asina genitos mares, hinnos antiqui vocabant: contraque mulos quos asini et equae generassent,
Plin. 8, 44, 69, § 17: ceterum potest ex lege quidem esse judicium, sed legitimum non esse, et contra ex lege non esse, sed legitimum esse, Gai Inst. 4, 109; Plin. 2, 65, 65, § 161; 35, 15, 5, § 183.—
(δ).
After a negative clause, affirming the opposite idea, et contra or contraque, but on the contrary:
in quo (consulatu) ego imperavi nihil, et contra patribus conscriptis et bonis omnibus parui,
Cic. Sull. 7, 21:
nunc vero cum ne pulsus quidem ita sim ut superare non possim, contraque a populo Romano semper sim defensus, etc.,
id. Dom. 33, 88; id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Marcell. 6, 20; so,
et contra,
Suet. Tit. 7.—
b.
With adversative conjunctions, at contra, sed contra, contra autem, contra vero (not verum contra, nor contra tamen).
(α).
At contra (freq.), merely a strengthened contra (v. 1. supra): huc accedit uti mellis lactisque liquores Jucundo sensu linguae tractentur in ore;
At contra taetri absinthi natura... foedo pertorqueat ora sapore,
Lucr. 2, 400:
cogunt,
id. 2, 74; 1, 366; 2, 235 et saep.: nos qui domi sumus, tibi beati videmur;
at contra nobis tu quidem... prae nobis beatus,
Cic. Fam. 4, 4, 2; id. Tusc. 1, 3, 5; id. Rosc. Am. 45, 131; id. Verr. 2, 5, 26, § 66; Sall. J. 36, 2; 4, 7; 15, 3; id. C. 12, 5:
ideo siccas aiunt Aethiopiae solitudines... At contra constat Germaniam abundare rivis,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 6, 2; 1, 3, 1; id. Ep. 100, 7; Plin. 7, 53, 54, § 186; Suet. Galb. 15; Tac. A. 4, 28.—
(β).
Sed contra, after a negative sentence (class.):
non quo acui ingenia adulescentium nollem, sed contra ingenia obtundi nolui,
Cic. de Or. 3, 24, 93; id. Att. 9, 15, 3; id. Ac. 1, 10, 35; id. Fl. 11, 26:
arma populi Romani non liberis servitutem, sed contra servientibus libertatem adferre,
Liv. 45, 18, 1:
tu ne cede malis, sed contra audentior ito,
Verg. A. 6, 95; Plin. Ep. 1, 10, 12.—PostAug. also without a preceding negation:
obiisse nostro Laium scelere autumant superi inferique: sed animus contra innocens... negat,
Sen. Oedip. 765; Symm. Ep. 6, 81.—
(γ).
Contra autem (rare;
in Cic. only where different subjects have contrasted predicates in dependent clauses): quia pacis est insigne toga, contra autem arma tumultus atque belli,
Cic. Pis. 30, 73.—In later writers = contra alone:
sub septemtrione aedificia... conversa ad calidas partes oportere fieri videntur. Contra autem sub impetu solis meridiani regionibus conversa ad septemtrionem... sunt facienda,
Vitr. 6, 1, 2; Gell. 14, 2, 19; Dig. 7, 1, 25, § 3; 34, 3, 25.—
(δ).
Contra vero (very rare;
not in Cic.), used for contra: contra vero quercus infinitam habet aeternitatem,
Vitr. 2, 9, 8; 6, 1, 3; Cels. 3, 6 fin. —
(ε).
Atqui contra, App. Mag. p. 287, 24.—
c.
With disjunctive conjunctions, aut contra, vel contra, seu contra, or on the contrary, or conversely (always without change of subject).
(α).
Aut contra:
num aut scriptum neget, aut contra factum infitietur?
Cic. Part. Or. 38, 133: quae (mens) aut languescit... aut contra tumescit, etc., Quint. 1, 2, 18:
si imbres defuere, aut contra abundavere,
Plin. 17, 24, 37, § 228.—
(β).
Vel contra:
hinc enim quaestiones oriuntur: Injuriam fecisti, sed quia magistratus, majestatis actio est? Vel contra: Licuit... quia magistratus?
Quint. 5, 10, 40; 9, 4, 96; Suet. Galb. 3; Dig. 35, 2, 56, § 4; 8, 4, 6.—
(γ).
Seu contra:
seu tristis veniam, seu contra laetus amicis,
Prop. 1, 11, 25.—
d.
With causal conjunctions, nam contra (very rare;
never contra enim): falso queritur de natura sua genus humanum quod, etc. Nam contra, reputando, neque majus aliud, neque praestabilius invenies,
Sall. J. 1, 1; Quint. 1, 1, 1; 9, 2, 23. —
4.
In late Lat., e contra (also one word, ēcontrā) = contra,
(α).
In the meaning, the contrary (D. 1.):
aliis vero econtra videtur,
Hier. Ep. 12.—
(β).
Et econtra = et contra (E. 3. a.):
honestiorum provectu et econtra suppliciis,
Aur. Vict. Caes. 39, 45.—For quod contra, v. II. E. 1. c.—
5.
With emphatic particles.
a.
Quin contra, nay on the contrary, opposing an affirmative sentence to a preceding negative statement (quin etiam amplifies without opposition; sed contra opposes without amplification; quin contra both opposes and amplifies);
not before Livy: num qui enim socordius rempublicam administrari post Calvi tribunatum... quam? etc. Quin contra patricios aliquot damnatos... neminem plebeium,
Liv. 6, 37, 8; 31, 31, 9; 35, 26, 10; 37, 15, 3.—
b.
Immo contra (post-Aug.).
(α).
= no, on the contrary, refuting opinions, after questions and in the form of a dialogue:
existimas nunc me detrahere tibi multas voluptates?... Immo contra, nolo tibi umquam deesse laetitiam,
Sen. Ep. 23, 3; Dig. 33, 7, 5; 33, 7, 29.—
(β).
= sed contra, but on the contrary:
proinde ne submiseris te, immo contra fige stabilem gradum,
Sen. Cons. Marc. 5, 6; id. Cons. Polyb. 15, 2; cf. prep.:
immo contra ea,
Liv. 41, 24, 8; cf. II. E. 1. b. infra.—
c.
Item contra = an emphatic et contra (very rare):
quoniam... beate vivere alii in alio, vos in voluptate ponitis, item contra miseriam in dolore, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 86; cf. I. A. 3. g supra.
F.
With a comparative clause introduced by ac, atque, or quam, representing a logical or moral opposition (contra atque debuit = non ita ut debuit; cf. Cic. Or. 3, 19, 70); cf. prep., II. C. 3. g, and II. E. 2. infra.
1.
Of logical opposition, contrary to, different from, otherwise than; in the best prose only with atque or ac.
(α).
With atque:
item, contra atque apud nos, fieri ad Elephantinem ut neque ficus neque vites amittant folia,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 6:
simulacrum Jovis, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,
Cic. Cat. 3, 8, 20; id. Sull. 24, 69:
judicium suscepturos contra atque omnis Italia populusque Romanus judicavisset,
Caes. B. C. 3, 12; id. B. G. 4, 13; Plin. 12, 19, 43, § 95.—
(β).
With ac:
itaque contra est ac dicitis,
Cic. Fin. 4, 15, 41:
vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,
id. Div. 2, 24, 53; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 6, § 11; id. Or. 40, 137:
cum contra ac Deiotarus sensit victoria belli judicaret,
id. Phil. 11, 13, 34:
Petreius ubi videt, Catilinam, contra ac ratus erat, magna vi tendere, etc.,
Sall. C. 60, 5.—
(γ).
With ac and atque:
si denique aliquid non contra ac liceret factum diceretur, sed contra atque oporteret,
Cic. Balb. 3, 7.—
(δ).
With quam (post-Aug.):
cui contra quam proposuerat aliqua cesserunt,
Sen. Ira, 3, 6, 5; Plin. 10, 53, 74, § 149; 11, 21, 24, § 72; Gell. 6 (7), 8, 6:
contra quam licet,
id. 1, 3, 19; Sil. 15, 107.—
2.
Of moral opposition of acts contrary to rules and principles (cf. II. 3. g infra); so always with quam:
mater Aviti, generi sui, contra quam fas erat, amore capta,
contrary to the divine law, Cic. Clu. 5, 12:
ut senatus, contra quam ipse censuisset, ad vestitum rediret,
contrary to its own resolution, id. Pis. 8, 18:
contra quam ista causa postulasset,
id. Caecin. 24, 67:
contra quam sanctum legibus est,
Liv. 30, 19, 9; Cic. Leg. 2, 5, 11; id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 1, § 2; id. Dom. 46, 122:
contraque faciunt quam polliceri videntur,
Auct. Her. 4, 3, 6; Cic. de Or. 2, 20, 86.
II.
Prep. with acc., before, against, facing, towards, opposite to, contrary to (acc. to many scholars not ante-class.; cf. Hand, Turs. II. p. 108; but found Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 24 Fleck., a line omitted by Lorenz as a gloss; id. Pers. 1, 1, 13 Ritschl; Att. ap. Non. p. 469, 15, or Trag. Rel. v. 476 Rib.; cf. also Plaut. Poen. 5, 6, 18; Cato, R. R. 18, 1, and v. I. A. 1. a. b, and I. A. 1. b. a supra).
A.
Local uses.
1.
Opposite, over against, facing.
a.
Of countries and places (mostly of those separated by water;
adversus and e regione mostly of places opposite by land): insulae natura triquetra, cujus unum latus est contra Galliam,
Caes. B. G. 5, 13; 3, 9; 4, 20:
ad insulam quae est contra Massiliam,
id. B. C. 1, 56; 3, 23:
Rhodios, pacatis contra insulam suam terris, etc.,
Liv. 37, 15, 7; 3, 26, 8:
Carthago Italiam contra,
Verg. A. 1, 13; 5, 124; Ov. M. 14, 17:
insulae quae contra Tauri promuntorium inopportune navigantibus objacent, Chelidoniae nominantur,
Mel. 2, 7; Plin. 3, 26, 30, § 151; 6, 28, 32, § 152; 5, 7, 7, § 41; Tac. A. 3, 1; id. H. 2, 17.—
b.
Of the heavenly bodies:
donique (luna) eum (sc. solem) contra pleno bene lumine fulsit,
Lucr. 5, 708:
contra Volucris rostrum posita est Lyra,
Vitr. 9, 4, 5; Sen. Q. N. 1, 5, 9; 1, 8, 3; Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99; 5, 10, 10, § 56.—So, tertium (latus Britanniae) est contra septem triones, opposite ( facing); hence, contra meridiem and contra ortus (instead of ad or adversus meridiem, etc.), facing the south and east, Plin. 6, 24, 24, § 85; 17, 2, 2, § 22. —So of a person standing in the sunlight:
cum minima umbra (i. e. a sole) contra medium fiet hominem,
Plin. 18, 33, 76, § 327; cf.:
contra mediam faciem meridies erit,
id. 18, 33, 76, § 326.—
c.
Of opposite ends of a line.
(α).
Of the diameter of the earth: esse e regione nobis e contraria parte terrae qui adversis vestigiis stent contra nostra vestigia, quos antipodas vocatis, Cic. Ac. 2, 39, 123.—
(β).
Of a line drawn:
contra autem E littera I erit ubi secat circinationem linea,
opposite the point E will be the letter I, Vitr. 9, 7, 4.—
d.
Of buildings, etc.:
contra hoc aviarium est aliud minus in quo quae mortuae sunt aves curator servare solet,
Varr. R. R. 3, 5, 5; Vitr. 5, 6, 3; 3, 5, 15:
(statuam) quae fuerit contra Jovis Statoris aedem in vestibulo Superbi domus,
Plin. 34, 6, 13, § 29:
contra medium fere porticum diaeta paulum recedit,
Plin. Ep. 5, 6, 20; 2, 17, 5; Suet. Aug. 44.—
e.
Of places on the human body:
id quod contra stomachum est,
Cels. 4, 5 (4, 12 med.); 7, 7;
4, 20 (13).—Of the direction of the intestines, etc.: ea... contra medium alvum orsa,
Cels. 4, 1 fin. —
2.
Of actions, opposite, towards, against, facing (syn.:
adversus, ad, e regione,
Caes. B. G. 7, 61).
a.
In gen.:
quamvis subito... quamque Rem contra speculum ponas, apparet imago,
Lucr. 4, 156: Democritus... clipeum constituit contra exortum Hyperionis, Laber. ap. Gell. 10, 17, 4:
et contra magnum potes hos (i.e. oculos) attollere solem, Nec tremis...?
Prop. 1, 15, 37; Col. 7, 3, 8:
rex constiterat contra pedites,
Curt. 10, 9, 13; 9, 5, 1:
ne contra septentrionem paveris,
Plin. 18, 33, 76, § 330; 28, 6, 19, § 69:
contra solem varie refulgens,
placed in the sun, id. 37, 10, 63, § 173; 10, 54, 75, § 151; 37, 6, 22, § 83;
37, 7, 25, § 95: cum terrestres volucres contra aquam clangores dabunt,
id. 18, 35, 87, § 363; 19, 8, 39, § 131.—
b.
Dependent on verbs of motion (very rare without the idea of hostility):
(Dinocrates) incessit contra tribunal regis jus dicentis,
towards, Vitr. 2, praef. 1.—So trop., of actions done for a purpose:
lege Cornelia de sicariis tenetur qui, cum in magistratu esset, eorum quid fecerit contra hominis necem quod legibus permissum non sit,
Dig. 48, 8, 4.—
c.
Appositively, with the predicate: (elephanti) tanta narratur clementia contra minus validos, ut, etc., if fronting weaker animals, if brought in contact with them (not to be connected with clementia), Plin. 8, 7, 7, § 23.—Similarly: dum... fidens non est contra feram, if fronting the animal (not dependent on fidens), Plin. 8, 16, 21, § 57.—
d.
Against an opposing action, etc.:
contra vim atque impetum fluminis conversa,
Caes. B. G. 4, 17, 5:
cum plateae contra directos ventos erunt conformatae,
Vitr. 1, 6, 8:
ut contra ventum gregem pascamus,
Col. 7, 3, 12; Sen. Q. N. 2, 31, 2; Plin. 29, 3, 12, § 52; 17, 2, 2, § 21; 8, 16, 21, § 54:
contra fluminum impetus aggeribus,
id. 35, 14, 48, § 169:
capite in sole contra pilum peruncto,
id. 27, 4, 5, § 17; 18, 35, 88, § 364; Varr. ap. Plin. 7, 20, 19, § 83; Sil. 14, 352; Dig. 9, 2, 29, § 4. [p. 455] — Trop.:
contra fortunam tenendus est cursus,
Sen. Prov. 5, 9.—Prov.:
contra stimulum calces,
kick against the pricks, Isid. Orig. 1, 36, 28 (al. calcitres); cf. Amm. 18, 5, 1.—
e.
Of local actions with hostile intent.
(α).
Lit.:
quae vis Coclitem contra omnes hostium copias tenuit?
Cic. Par. 1, 2, 12:
Pompeium Cartejae receptum scribis: jam igitur contra hunc exercitum (sc. constitit),
id. Att. 15, 20, 3:
pertimescam, credo, ne mihi non liceat contra vos in contione consistere,
to face you, id. Agr. 1, 8, 25; Lepidus ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 34, 1; Caes. B. C. 1, 26:
a fronte contra hostem pedum quindecim fossam fieri jussit,
id. ib. 1, 41; 1, 42; id. B. G. 7, 62:
Tullus adversus Veientem hostem derigit suos: Albanos contra legionem Fidenatium collocat,
Liv. 1, 27, 5; 24, 41, 5; 38, 4, 5; Verg. A. 12, 279; Front. Strat. 2, 2, 13; 2, 3, 17.—Appositively, with a local verb understood:
terribilis haec contra fugientes belua est, fugax contra insequentes,
i. e. if fronting, if placed opposite, Plin. 8, 25, 38, § 92.—
(β).
Trop.:
castra sunt in Italia contra populum Romanum in Etruriae faucibus collocata,
Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5; id. Mil. 1, 2; Quint. 7, 7, 5:
tum contra hanc Romam illa altera Roma quaeretur,
will be as a rival against this Rome, Cic. Agr. 2, 22, 86:
cui rationi contra homines barbaros atque imperitos locus fuisset, hac ne ipsum quidem sperare, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40:
(Cicero) plerumque contra inimicos atque obtrectatores plus vindicat sibi,
when fronting adversaries, Quint. 11, 1, 23.—
f.
In partic.
(α).
Stare contra aliquem (opp. stare ab aliquo); usu. implying hostility; mostly trop., to stand against, to be arrayed against, to face, oppose:
quod contra hoc exemplum nulla staret eorum ratio,
Auct. Her. 4, 5, 7:
contra populi studium,
Cic. Brut. 34, 126:
contra civium perditorum... dementiam a senatu et a bonorum causa,
id. ib. 79, 273; so,
a mendacio contra veritatem,
id. Inv. 1, 3, 4:
contra cives in acie,
id. Att. 16, 11, 2:
et adversi contra stetit ora juvenci,
opposite, Verg. A. 5, 477; 5, 414:
haec enim (ratio) sola... stat contra fortunam,
Sen. Ep. 14, 4, 2: contra leonem etiam stetit, fronted, i. e. hunted, Spart. Carac. 5 fin. —
(β).
Contra aliquem ire:
aut saevos Libyae contra ire leones,
Stat. Th. 9, 16.— Trop.:
uti contra injurias armati eatis,
Sall. J. 31, 6:
interritus (sapiens) et contra illa (mala) ibit et inter illa,
Sen. Ep. 59, 8; cf.: contra venire, II. B. 1. c. b infra, and v. also II. B. 2. b. and II. B. 1. b. infra.—
3.
Transf.,
a.
To persons placed together for comparison:
C. vero Caesar, si foro tantum vacasset, non alius ex nostris contra Ciceronem nominaretur,
Quint. 10, 1, 114:
CORONATO CONTRA OMNES SCAENICOS,
Inscr. Grut. p. 331, n. 4.—
b.
To things compared, as if weighed against each other as to their value, strength, etc.
(α).
Lit. (very rare):
quamcunque vis rem expende, et contra aquam statue... Si gravior est, leviorem rem... feret, etc.,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 25, 5.—
(β).
Prop.:
cujus (i. e. generis humani) causa videtur cuncta alia genuisse natura, magna saeva mercede contra tanta sua munera,
Plin. 7, 1, 1, § 1:
qui amicus esse coepit quia expedit, placebit ei aliquod pretium contra amicitiam,
Sen. Ep. 9, 9:
numquam ulli fortiores cives fuerunt quam qui ausi sunt eum contra tantas opes ejus... condemnare,
Cic. Fam. 7, 2, 3:
tantum studium bonorum in me exstitisse, contra incredibilem contentionem clarissimi et potentissimi viri,
id. ib. 7, 2, 2; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 9, 3:
nomen prorogans nostrum et memoriam extendens contra brevitatem aevi,
as a compensation for, Plin. 2, 63, 63, § 154.—So esp., valere contra, to weigh against, counterbalance, avail or prevail against: non vereor ne meae vitae modestia parum valitura sit contra falsos rumores, Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 8:
(illa facta) pro periculo potius quam contra salutem valere debere,
Cic. Part. Or. 35, 120; id. Off. 3, 29, 104:
contrane lucrum nil valere Pauperis ingenium?
Hor. Epod. 11, 11; Sen. Ben. 4, 15, 1; id. Cons. Helv. 5, 5; so,
robur habere contra: si contra unamquamlibet partem fortunae satis tibi roboris est,
id. ib. 13, 2;
so of counterchecks: in Creta decem qui cosmoe vocantur, ut contra consulare imperium tribuni plebis, sic illi contra vim regiam constituti,
Cic. Rep. 2, 33, 58.—Of antidotes: cimicum natura contra serpentium morsus valere dicitur, item contra venena omnia, Plin. 29, 4, 17, § 61.—Hence,
c.
Colloq., aliquid contra aurum est, something is worth gold, is superb, both predicatively and attributively (cf.: auro contra, I. A. 2. supra): hujusce pomaria in summa Sacra Via ubi poma veneunt, contra aurum imago, a spectacle for gold, i. e. a magnificent sight, Varr. R. R. 1, 2, 10 MSS. (al. aliter):
numcubi hic vides citrum... num quod emblema aut lithostratum? quae illic omnia contra aurum,
superb, id. ib. 3, 2, 4 MSS. (Schneid. omits aurum, ex conj.):
oneravi vinum, et tunc erat contra aurum,
Petr. 7, 6.—
d.
Transf., of replies, with aiebat, inquit, etc.; both in friendly and inimical sense; esp., contra ea, contra haec, = the adv. contra:
contra ea Titurius sero facturos clamitabat, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 29:
contra ea Verginius unum Ap. Claudium et legum expertem et, etc., aiebat,
Liv. 3, 57, 1; 24, 45, 4:
quae contra breviter fata est vates,
Verg. A. 6, 398:
contra quod disertus Tu impie fecisti inquit, etc.,
Quint. 7, 1, 53 (cf.: contra ea, II. E. 1. infra).
B.
Denoting hostility or disadvantage.
1.
With verbs of hostile action.
a.
Of physical exertion:
pugnavere et tertio consulatu ejus viginti (elephanti) contra pedites quingentos,
Plin. 8, 7, 7, § 22:
proelium Afri contra Aegyptios primi fecere fustibus,
id. 7, 56, 57, § 200; 8, 40, 61, § 142. —
b.
Referring to warfare (usu. adversus), bellum gerere (rarely for cum or adversus; but contra patriam, contra aras, etc., not cum patria, etc.; cf.
bellum, II. A. 1. e.): a quo prohibitos esse vos contra Caesarem gerere bellum (opp. pro),
Cic. Lig. 8, 25; id. Phil. 5, 10, 27; Liv. Ep. 129.—With bellum suscipere:
contra Antonium,
Cic. Phil. 8, 2, 5; so,
contra patriam,
id. Sull. 20, 58:
pugnare contra patriam,
id. ib. 25, 70:
contra conjuges et liberos,
Sen. Ben. 5, 15, 5:
armatum esse contra populum Romanum,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 13, 32.—With arma ferre (freq.), Cic. Phil. 2, 29, 72; 13, 21, 47; Liv. 28, 28, 15; Nep. Att. 4, 2; Tib. 1, 6, 30; Ov. M. 4, 609; 13, 269; id. P. 1, 1, 26.—With arma sumere or capere, Cic. Rab. Perd. 6, 19; id. Phil. 4, 1, 2; 4, 3, 7:
armis contendere contra,
Caes. B. G. 2, 13:
arma alicui dare (trop.),
Cic. Phil. 2, 21, 53:
aciem instruere (trop.),
Liv. 25, 4, 4:
exercitum comparare,
Cic. Phil. 3, 6, 14; 4, 1, 2:
exercitum instruere,
id. Cat. 2, 11, 24:
exercitum ducere and adducere,
id. Phil. 4, 2, 5; 3, 4, 11:
exercitum contra Philippum mittere,
id. Inv. 1, 12, 17:
naves ducere contra,
Hor. Epod. 4, 19:
ducere contra hostes,
Liv. 1, 27, 4:
florem Italiae educere contra,
Cic. Cat. 2, 11, 24:
proficisci contra,
to march against, Liv. 1, 11, 3; 8, 2, 5:
auxilium ferre Rutulis contra Latinos,
Plin. 14, 12, 14, § 88:
juvare aliquem contra,
Caes. B. C. 1, 35:
consilium inire contra Sequanos,
to take hostile measures against, id. B. G. 6, 12.—
c.
Of legal contention (more freq. adversus, except with verbs of saying).
(α).
In gen., with agere or causam agere, to act as counsel against a party or his attorney:
cum agerem contra hominem disertissimum nostrae civitatis,
Cic. Caecin. 33, 97; id. Brut. 63, 226; Sen. Ben. 4, 15, 3; Quint. 11, 1, 59.—Causam recipere or suscipere contra, to accept a retainer against:
(causam) quam receperam contra pueros Octavios,
Cic. Att. 13, 49, 1; Quint. 6, 1, 12; Plin. Ep. 4, 17, 1.—Adesse alicui contra, to appear, act as one's counsel against:
rogavit me Caecilius ut adessem contra Satrium,
Cic. Att. 1, 1, 3; Plin. Ep. 1, 7, 5 al.; cf.:
esse contra,
id. ib. 1, 18, 3.— Trop.: conquesturus venit;
at contra se adfuit et satisfacienti satisfecit,
Sen. Fragm. Amic. 14, 1, 89:
causam defendere contra,
against the accuser, Cic. de Or. 1, 39, 178:
statuere contra aliquem (sc. causam),
to establish a case against an adversary, id. Or. 10, 34:
actio competit contra,
Dig. 49, 14, 41:
querelam instituere contra,
ib. 5, 2, 21, § 1:
bonorum possessionem petere contra,
ib. 5, 2, 23:
jus obtinere contra,
Cic. Quint. 9, 34:
pugnare contra,
to struggle against the accuser, id. Sull. 17, 49; id. Verr. 1, 11, 33:
id quod mihi contra illos datum est,
i. e. a local advantage over, id. Tull. 14, 33:
judicare contra aliquem,
id. Fl. 20, 48; Dig. 21, 2, 55; 5, 2, 14; Just. Inst. 4, 17, 2:
pronuntiare contra,
Paul. Sent. 5, 34, 2: dare sententiam contra, Dig. 21, 2, 56, § 1:
decernere contra,
Cic. Fl. 31, 76:
appellare contra aliquem,
Dig. 49, 1, 3; 49, 5, 6; cf.:
contra sententiam,
Cod. Just. 7, 62, 32, § 2.—Sentire contra aliquem, to have an opinion unfavorable to:
cur vos (cum) aliquid contra me sentire dicatis, etc.,
Cic. Caecin. 27, 79.—
(β).
Venire contra aliquem, to appear as counsel for one's adversary:
quid tu, Saturi, qui contra hunc venis, existimas aliter?
Cic. Rosc. Com. 6, 18; id. Mur. 4, 9; id. Phil. 8, 6, 18.—Venire contra rem alicujus, to give advice damaging one's interests:
contra rem suam me venisse questus est,
Cic. Phil. 2, 2, 3.—
(γ).
With dicere and other verbs of saying. (aa) Of a lawyer pleading against a lawyer:
ipse ille Mucius, quid in illa causa cum contra te diceret, attulit quod? etc.,
Cic. de Or. 1, 57, 244:
cum ille contra me pro Sex. Naevio diceret,
id. Brut. 60, 2, 7; id. de Or. 2, 7, 30; id. Rosc. Am. 15, 45; id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 44; id. Planc. 2, 5; id. Brut. 26, 102; so,
causam dicere,
id. Or. 2, 23, 98:
causam perorare,
id. Quint. 24, 77.—(bb) Of a lawyer's pleading against the parties: dic mihi, M. Pinari, num si contra te dixero mihi male dicturus es? Servil. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 65, 261; 3, 34, 138; 1, 14, 60; id. Or. 35, 123; Quint. 11, 1, 57; cf. with ellipsis of acc.:
quorum alter pro Aufldia, contra dixit alter,
id. 10, 1, 22.—(ng) Of a party against a lawyer:
si Gaditani contra me dicerent,
if the Gaditani were my adversaries, Cic. Balb. 17, 38.—(dd) Of witnesses and experts, and the pleadings against them:
si decressent legationem quae contra istum diceret,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 4, § 12: contra testes dicere (opp. a testibus or pro testibus). Auct. Her. 2, 6, 9; Cic. de Or. 2, 27, 118 (cf.:
testimonium in aliquem dicere,
id. Sull. 17, 48; Quint. 7, 4, 36):
contra juris consultos dicere,
against their legal opinions, Cic. Caecin. 24, 69.—So of witnesses in scientific questions:
contra testes dicendum est,
Sen. Q. N. 7, 16, 1.—(ee) Dicere or contendere aliquid contra aliquem, to maintain a point against:
cum interrogamus adversarios... quid contra nos dici possit,
Auct. Her. 4, 23, 33:
tamenne vereris ut possis hoc contra Hortensium contendere?
Cic. Quint. 25, 78. —
d.
Of literary adversaries, mostly with verbs of saying and writing:
cum scriberem contra Epicurios,
Cic. Att. 13, 38, 1:
contra Epicurum satis superque dictum est,
id. N. D. 2, 1, 2:
contra Brutum,
id. Tusc. 5, 8, 21:
contra Academiam,
id. Ac. 2, 19, 63; id. Fin. 1, 1, 2; 5, 8, 22; id. Tusc. 5, 11, 32; 5, 30, 84; id. Ac. 2, 4, 17:
contra autem omnia disputatur a nostris,
id. Off. 2, 2, 8.—
e.
Of public and political adversaries (syn. adversus and in).
(α).
In gen.:
sentire contra,
Cic. Mil. 2, 5:
pugnare contra bonos,
id. Sull. 25, 71:
contra eos summa ope nitebatur nobilitas,
Sall. C. 38, 2; Cic. Sest. 19, 42; 52, 112:
(tribuni) qui aut contra consulem, aut pro studio ejus pugnabant,
Liv. 39, 32, 12.—
(β).
Of political speaking:
cum (Cato) eo ipso anno contra Serv. Galbam ad populum summa contentione dixisset,
Cic. Brut. 20, 80; so id. Imp. Pomp. 17, 53; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 1.—
f.
Of hostile or criminal acts in gen. (syn.:
adversus, in): inire consilia contra,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 38, 110; id. Cat. 1, 7, 18:
manum comparare contra aliquem,
id. Sull. 24, 68:
conjurationem facere,
id. ib. 4, 12:
congredi,
id. Lig. 3, 9; Sall. J. 64, 4:
aliquid contra imperatorem moliri,
Just. Inst. 4, 18, 3:
nec dolor armasset contra sua viscera matrem,
against her own offspring Ov. R. Am. 59.—Facere contra (more freq. with abstr. objects; cf. II. C. 1. f. b infra): nunc te contra Caesarem facere summae stultitiae est, to take parts against, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 16, 2:
eae (res) contra nos ambae faciunt,
operate against us, id. Quint. 1, 1.—With verbs of saying, etc.:
homo disertus non intellegit, eum quem contra dicit laudari a se?
Cic. Phil. 2, 8, 18; 2, 1, 2; 2, 21, 51; Sen. Ep. 15, 3, 70:
epigramma quod contra quamdam Gelliam scripsit,
Lampr. Alex. Sev. 38:
disputare contra deos, in two signif.: contra deum licet disputare liberius,
to accuse, reproach a god, Cic. N. D. 3, 31, 76; but: mala et impia consuetudo est contra deos disputandi, to reason against the gods, i. e. against their existence, id. ib. 2, 67, 168.—
2.
Predicatively, with esse (videri, etc.), against, injurious to, unfavorable, prejudicial, to one's disadvantage: ut [p. 456] ex senatusconsulto neque cujus intersit, neque contra quem sit intellegi possit, Cic. Mur. 32, 68; id. de Or. 3, 20, 75; 2, 74, 299; 2, 81, 330; id. Sull. 13, 39; Sen. Ben. 6, 31, 6:
licentiam malis dare certe contra bonos est,
injurious to, Quint. 4, 2, 75:
res contra nos est, of unfavorable chances in a lawsuit,
id. 4, 66, 1; 4, 2, 75; 5, 13, 32.—Often, contra aliquem = quod est contra aliquem, referring to indef. pronouns or adjectives:
nihil contra me fecit odio mei = nihil quod esset contra me,
Cic. Har. Resp. 3, 5; id. Off. 3, 31, 112:
quibus (temporibus) aliquid contra Caesarem Pompeio suaserim,
id. Phil. 2, 10, 24.—
3.
Added adverb. to the predicate, mostly referring to purpose, with hostile intent, for the purpose of some hostile act, in order to oppose, in opposition:
Caesarine eam (provinciam) tradituri fuistis, an contra Caesarem retenturi?
or keep it against Caesar, Cic. Lig. 7, 23:
sero enim resistimus ei quem per annos decem aluimus contra nos,
id. Att. 7, 5, 5:
judicium illud pecunia esse temptatum non pro Cluentio, sed contra Cluentium,
id. Clu. 4, 9; id. Imp. Pomp. 17, 52; id. Ac. 2, 28, 92:
cum quae facitis ejusmodi sint ut ea contra vosmet ipsos facere videamini,
id. Rosc. Am. 36, 104; Sen. Ep. 3, 7, 3: Curio se contra eum totum parat, i. e. to speak against him, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 8, 10; Caes. B. C. 1, 85 ter; Sen. Q. N. 1, 7, 1; Plin. 16, 39, 74, § 192; Plin. Pan. 41.—So with the force of a temporal clause:
fidem meam quam essent contra Massam Baebium experti,
in the suit against, Plin. Ep. 3, 4, 4.—
4.
Dependent on adjectives (rare):
contra se ipse misericors,
to his own injury, Phaedr. 4, 18, 3:
severissimus judex contra fures,
Lampr. Alex. Sev. 28.—
5.
With nouns.
a.
Acc. to 1. b.:
ut quam maximae contra Hannibalem copiae sint,
Cic. Inv. 1, 12, 17; cf. Vell. 2, 76, 3.—
b.
Acc. to 1. c. and 1. e.; so esp., oratio contra (cf.: oratio in).
(α).
Oratio contra (never in), of an address against the counsel of a party or against the prosecutor:
quid in omni oratione Crassus vel apud centumviros contra Scaevolam, vel contra accusatorem Brutum, cum pro Cn. Plancio diceret?
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 220; cf.:
Cato pro se contra Cassium = in oratione contra,
Gell. 10, 15, 3; so,
haec perpetua defensio contra Scaevolam,
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 221:
orationem illam egregiam quam (Aeschines) in Ctesiphontem contra Demosthenem dixerat,
id. ib. 3, 56, 213.—
(β).
Of an address against the party, either in judicial or political affairs:
unam orationem contra Gracchum reliquit,
Cic. Brut. 26, 99:
(Demosthenis) oratio contra Leptinem... contra Aeschinem falsae legationis,
id. Or. 31, 111; Gell. 10, 24, 10; 10, 18, 91; Cic. Brut. 46, 169; Quint. 12, 10, 61; Cic. de Or. 2, 11, 45; id. Brut. 44, 164; Gell. 13, 25 (24), 15; cf. Quint. 4, 3, 13; 11, 2, 25.—
c.
Acc. to 1. f.:
contra patres concitatio et seditio,
Cic. Brut. 14, 56.—Of animals:
contra volpium genus communibus inimicitiis,
Plin. 10, 76, 96, § 207.
C.
With inanimate and abstract objects.
1.
Directly dependent on verbs (cf. B. 1.).
a.
Of physical or moral exertion:
cum fulmina contra Tot paribus streperet clipeis,
Verg. A. 10, 567:
pugnandum tamquam contra morbum, sic contra senectutem,
Cic. Sen. 11, 35:
contra verum niti,
Sall. J. 35, 8:
contra fortunam luctari,
Sen. Ben. 7, 15, 2; id. Brev. Vit. 10, 1; id. Ep. 78, 15; 99, 32; cf. Cic. Off. 1, 31, 110.—
b.
Of warfare (lit. and trop.):
bellum contra aras, focos, vitam fortunasque gerere,
Cic. Phil. 3, 1, 1:
bellum gerimus... contra arma verbis,
id. Fam. 12, 22, 1.—So of logical contradictions:
artificis autem est invenire in actione adversarii quae semet ipsa pugnent,
Quint. 5, 13, 30.—
c.
Of legal contention.
(α).
Of the actions of the counsel or prosecutor: dicere, or perorare, agere contra aliquid, to plead against, contest something:
contra argumenta, rumores, tabulas, quaestiones (opp. ab argumentis, etc.),
Auct. Her. 2, 6, 9 sqq.; Cic. de Or. 2, 27, 118:
contra ratiocinationem,
id. Inv. 2, 50, 153: contra scriptum dicere, to contest, controvert a written law or a document, id. ib. 2, 47, 138; 2, 48, 143; id. Brut. 39, 145; Quint. 7, 7, 1:
contra caput dicere,
to plead against life, Cic. Quint. 13, 44 (cf.:
servum in caput domini interrogare,
Paul. Sent. 1, 1, 34; 5, 16, 5 and 8; 5, 46, 3): contra libertatem agere, Dig. 40, 12, 26.—Pregn.:
contra rerum naturam, contraque consuetudinem hominum dicere (opp. contra nos dicere),
Cic. Rosc. Am. 15, 45.—
(β).
Of judicial decisions contradicting documents, etc.:
contra tabulas judicare,
Cic. de Or. 2, 70, 281:
contra testamentum,
Dig. 2, 17, § 1:
contra sententiam dicere,
ib. 49, 8, 1, § 2.—
(γ).
Admittere aliquem contra bona, to admit a petition for bonorum possessio (cf.:
inmittere in bona),
Dig. 38, 2, 3, § 6.—
d.
Of antagonism in literary and ethical questions.
(α).
To contend that something is false:
dicere, disputare, disserere contra opinionem or sententiam,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 4, 8; 5, 19, 55; id. de Or. 3, 18, 67; id. Fin. 5, 4, 10; id. Ac. 2, 18, 60; Sen. Ira, 1, 3, 3; id. Ep. 87, 5; 102, 5 (cf.:
in sententiam dicere,
in support of an opinion, Caes. B. G. 1, 45):
contra sensus dicere,
Cic. Ac. 2, 31, 101:
contra rhetoricen dicere,
Quint. 2, 17, 40.—
(β).
Of criticism, hostility to principles, etc.:
contra Iliadem et Odysseam scribere,
Vitr. 7, praef. 8:
contra quorum disciplinam ingenium ejus exarserat,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 29, 83.—
(γ).
Ethically:
contra voluptatem dicere,
that pleasure is a moral evil, Cic. Fin. 5, 8, 21:
contra mortem loqui,
that death is no evil, Sen. Ep. 82, 7;
in both senses: contra vitia, pericula, fortunam, ambitionem,
id. ib. 100, 10:
contra fortunam gloriari,
that fortune has no power over him, Cic. Tusc. 5, 9, 26; Sen. Ep. 26, 5.—
e.
Of public and political acts and speeches:
contra potentiam accusatorum dicere,
Cic. Brut. 44, 164:
contra legem dicere or verba facere,
id. Imp. Pomp. 15, 53; Liv. 34, 8, 1:
rogationem ferre contra coloniam ( = contra legem de colonia deducenda),
Cic. Clu. 51, 140; Auct. Her. 1, 17, 21; Plin. 8, 17, 24, § 64.—
f.
Of hostility, injury, wrongs, etc.
(α).
In gen.:
senatusconsulto quod contra dignitatem tuam fieret,
directed against, Cic. Fam. 12, 29, 2:
contra rem publicam se commovere,
id. Cat. 1, 26; 1, 3, 7:
incitari,
id. Sest. 47, 100:
consilia inire,
id. Agr. 2, 3, 8:
conjurationem facere,
Sall. C. 30, 6:
contra salutem urbis incitari,
Cic. Cat. 3, 8, 20:
cogitare aliquid contra salutem,
id. ib. 3, 9, 21: contra voluntatem or studium dicere, to oppose one's will in a speech:
esse aliquem in civitate qui contra ejus (Chrysogoni) voluntatem dicere auderet,
id. Rosc. Am. 22, 60; id. Phil. 1, 11, 28; id. de Or. 3, 34, 138; id. Mur. 4, 10; Tac. H. 2, 91:
ne quid contra aequitatem contendas, ne quid pro injuria,
do not array yourself against equity, Cic. Off. 2, 20, 71.— Trop.:
quis non contra Marii arma, contra Suliae proscriptionem irascitur? ( = Mario propter arma, Sullae propter proscriptionem),
Sen. Ira, 2, 2, 3.—
(β).
In partic.: facere contra aliquid (syn. adversus), to commit an offence against, to transgress, etc.:
si quis ad Antonium profectus esset... senatus existimaturum eum contra rem publicam fecisse,
Cic. Phil. 8, 11, 33; id. Mil. 5, 13; 6, 14; id. Off. 3, 10, 43; 3, 25, 95; S. C. ap. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 8, 6; Liv. 25, 4, 7; so,
contra salutem rei publicae facere,
Cic. Dom. 38, 102:
contra majestatem,
against the emperor, Dig. 48, 4, 5:
contra leges,
Cic. Dom. 18, 48; id. Vatin. 7, 18; id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Mur. 32, 67; id. de Or. 3, 19, 70; cf. id. Clu. 34, 92; id. Mur. 32, 68; id. Dom. 14, 38; id. Phil. 10, 6, 13; Gai Inst. 4, 121:
contra edictum (praetoris),
Cic. Verr 2, 3, 10, § 25; Dig. 39, 1, 20, § 1:
contra foedus,
Cic. Balb. 6, 16:
contra jusjurandum ac fidem,
id. Off. 3, 10, 43; id. Lael. 3, 30, 74; id. Verr. 2, 3, 3, § 7; Prop. 3, 30, 44 (2, 32, 44).—And ironically:
tune contra Caesaris nutum (sc. facies)?
Cic. Att. 14, 10, 1.—Rarely contra ea facere = contra facere, adverb. (cf. I. B. 8. and II. E. 1. b.):
corpus in civitatem inferri non licet... et qui contra ea fecerit, extra ordinem punitur,
Paul. Sent. 1, 21, 2; 1, 21, 12.—
2.
Predicatively with esse (usu. impers.), in violation of, in conflict with, contrary to (cf. 3. g).
(α).
With esse expressed as the predicate:
hominem hominis incommodo suum augere commodum magis est contra naturam quam mors,
Cic. Off. 3, 5, 21; id. Fin. 3, 9, 31; id. N. D. 3, 13, 33; Sen. Ep. 5, 4; Plin. 7, 8, 6, § 45:
contra leges or legem est,
Cic. Pis. 13, 30; id. Mur. 32, 67:
contra officium est,
id. Off. 3, 10, 43; 1, 10, 32; 1, 6, 19; cf. id. Lael. 11, 39; id. Off. 3, 15, 63; Liv. 6, 40, 5; Sen. Q. N. 2, 37, 2; Gai Inst. 3, 157; Dig. 30, 1, 112, § 3; 16, 3, 1, § 7.—With ellipsis of object (naturam), Cic. Fin. 5, 29, 89; cf.:
adeo res ista non habet ullam moram quae contra causas ignium sit,
unfavorable to the formation of fire, Sen. Q. N. 2, 26, 7.—
(β).
With verbal predicate, referring to an indef. pron. or adj., with esse understood:
scis hunc... nihil umquam contra rem tuam cogitasse ( = nihil quod contra rem tuam esset),
Cic. Rosc. Am. 50, 147; id. Mil. 5, 13:
aliquid contra animum audiendi,
something against our liking, Sen. Const. 19, 2.—So mostly with facere:
si quid Socrates aut Aristippus contra morem consuetudinemque fecerint,
Cic. Off. 1, 41, 148; id. Att. 3, 23, 2; 2, 22, 2; id. Off. 3, 15, 63; Sall. C. 15, 1; Dig. 8, 2, 11; 8, 2, 17; 35, 1, 79, § 2. —
(γ).
Contra officium, substantively, = id quod contra officium est:
Sic inter recte factum atque peccatum, officium et contra officium, media locabat quaedam,
Cic. Ac. 1, 10, 37.—
3.
Adverbially with the predicate.
(α).
In order to oppose, in opposition to, with hostile intent (cf. B. 3.):
eidem illam proscriptionem capitis mei contra salutem rei publicae rogatam esse dicebant,
that the proposal of the law was an attack on the republic, Cic. Prov. Cons. 19, 45; id. Rab. Perd. 12, 35; id. Phil. 10, 10, 22:
imperator contra postulata Bocchi nuntios mittit,
to reply to the demands, Sall. J. 83, 3; 25, 6; so,
advocare contra,
Sen. Cons. Polyb. 12, 4; id. Ep. 15, 2, 52:
si contra mortem te praeparaveris,
to meet death, id. ib. 11, 3, 8.—
(β).
With the force of a clause of manner, injuriously to, etc.:
quibus contra valetudinis commodum laborandum est,
Cic. Mur. 23, 47; Suet. Aug. 78:
contra hominis salutem,
with danger to a man's life, Cod. Just. 7, 62, 29.—
(γ).
In gen., of conflict with some rule or principle, contrary to, in violation of, without regard to ( = ita ut contra sit; cf. 2. supra; very freq. from the class. period;
syn. adversus): ceperitne pecunias contra leges P. Decius,
Cic. de Or. 2, 31, 136; id. Verr. 2, 1, 4, § 10; id. Fl. 34, 86:
pecuniam contra leges auferre,
id. Verr. 1, 18, 56; 2, 1, 10, § 27; 2, 5, 18, § 46; id. Har. Resp. 26, 56:
contra legem,
id. Rab. Perd. 3, 8; id. Dom. 16, 41:
contra jus fasque,
id. Har. Resp. 16, 34; id. Quint. 6, 28:
contra jus,
Liv. 5, 4, 14; id. Dom. 13, 55; id. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 34:
contra jus gentium,
Liv. 4, 32, 5; 9, 10, 10; 21, 25, 7; 5, 36, 6;
6, 1, 6: contra juris rigorem,
Dig. 40, 5, 24, § 10 et saep.:
contra testimonium aliquid judicare,
without regard to, Cic. Brut. 31, 117:
aliquid contra verecundiam disputare,
contrary to the rules of decency, id. Off. 1, 35, 128:
aliquid contra fidem constituere,
Quint. 5, 13, 34:
quae majores nostri contra lubidinem animi sui recte atque ordine fecere,
contrary to the dictates of passion, Sall. C. 51, 4; id. J. 33, 1; cf. of logical opposition, II. E. 2. infra.—
4.
Dependent on substt.
a.
Of physical strife:
scit ille imparem sibi luctatum contra nexus (draconis),
Plin. 8, 12, 12, § 33. —
b.
Of warfare:
imperatorum copia contra tuum furorem,
Cic. Mur. 39, 83:
Parthorum gloria contra nomen Romanum,
Liv. 9, 18, 6: in castris perditorum contra patriam, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 23, 6.—
c.
Of legal contention:
causa contra scriptum,
Cic. Inv. 2, 46, 135.—
d.
Of political speaking:
divina M. Tullii eloquentia contra leges agrarias,
Quint. 2, 16, 7; 9, 3, 50; Gell. 18, 7, 7.—
e.
Of literary opposition:
Caesaris vituperatio contra laudationem meam,
Cic. Att. 12, 40, 1.—
f.
Of hostility, etc.:
cujus factum, inceptum, conatumve contra patriam,
Cic. Cat. 2, 12, 27:
ullum factum dictumve nostrum contra utilitatem vestram,
Liv. 6, 40, 5.—
g.
Of injury:
vitae cupiditas contra rem publicam,
Cic. Planc. 37, 90: contra serpentes venenum, fatal to serpents, or as a defence against serpents, Plin. 7, 2, 2, § 15.—
h.
Of violation, disregard, etc. (cf. 3. g):
iter contra senatus auctoritatem,
Cic. Phil. 2, 19, 48:
contra consuetudinem somnium,
Plin. 10, 77, 98, § 211:
bonorum possessio contra tabulas,
Dig. 37, 4, 3, § 13; Gai Inst. 3, 41.—
5.
Dependent on adjectives (very rare; cf.
II. D. 2. c. infra): contraque patris impii regnum impotens, avum resolvam,
Sen. Herc. Fur. 966.
D.
Of defence, protection, and resistance (syn.: adversus, ab).
1.
Against persons.
a.
Dependent on verbs:
cum populus Romanus suam auctoritatem vel contra omnes qui dissentiunt possit defendere,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 22, 63: si ego consul rem publicam [p. 457] contra te et gregales tuos defendissem, id. Sest. 52, 111; 22, 49; 8, 20; id. Fam. 11, 27, 7; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45:
contra quem multum omnes boni providerunt,
provided a great defence, id. Mur. 38, 81: formula qua utitur patronus contra libertum qui eum in jus vocat, as a defence against, Gai Inst. 4, 46. —And of protection of plants against injurious animals:
contra haec animalia proderit, si, etc.,
Pall. 10, 3, 2.—
b.
Dependent on adjectives, mostly participial:
paratus contra,
Cic. Mil. 21, 56:
nihil satis firmum contra Metellum,
Sall. J. 80, 1:
contra potentes nemo est munitus satis,
Phaedr. 2, 6, 1.—
2.
Against inanimate and abstract things.
a.
Dependent on verbs:
contra avium morsus munitur vallo aristarum,
Cic. Sen. 15, 51:
propugnaculum, quo contra omnes meos impetus usurum se putat,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 16, § 40; 2, 5, 39, § 102:
publicam causam contra vim armatam suscipere,
id. Dom. 34, 91; id. Quint. 30, 94; id. Leg. 3, 3, 9:
contra tantas difficultates providere,
Sall. J. 90, 1; 76, 4; so,
contra ea,
id. ib. 57, 5:
patricii vi contra vim resistunt,
Liv. 3, 13, 4; Plin. 14, 2, 4, § 28; Tac. Agr. 45; Sen. Prov. 4, 12; id. Const. 5, 4.—
b.
Dependent on substt.:
suffragia contra oppugnationem vestrae majestatis,
Cic. Rab. Perd. 12, 35:
defensio contra vim,
id. Mil. 5, 14:
patronus justitiae fuit contra orationem Phili,
id. Lael. 7, 25; Plin. 29, 2, 9, § 30; 14, 3, 4, § 40:
contra labores patientia,
id. 23, 1, 22, § 37.—
c.
Dependent on adjectives (in Cic. freq. with P. a. predicatively used; otherwise very rare;
in later prose freq.): nec est quidquam Cilicia contra Syriam munitius,
against an attack from the side of Syria, Cic. Fam. 14, 4, 4:
ut nullius res tuta, nullius domus clausa, nullius vita saepta, nullius pudicitia munita contra tuam cupiditatem posset esse,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 15, § 39; id. Fin. 1, 16, 51; id. Mil. 25, 67; id. Tusc. 5, 8, 19; 5, 27, 76:
vir contra audaciam firmissimus,
id. Rosc. Am. 30, 85; Sall. J. 33, 2; 28, 5:
fortis contra dolorem,
Sen. Ep. 98, 18; Quint. 12, 1, 10:
callosus,
Plin. 11, 37, 54, § 147; 14, 2, 4, § 23:
far contra hiemes firmissimum,
id. 18, 8, 19, § 83:
equus tenax contra vincula,
Ov. Am. 3, 4, 13:
contraque minantia fata pervigil,
Claud. I. Cons. Stil. 1, 284.—
3.
Of remedies against sickness and its causes, poison, etc.; so only in Plin.; in Pall. only of preventives and of protection against hurtful animals, and against mental perturbations in gen.; cf. infra (syn. ad in Cat., Cic., Cels., Col.; adversus only in Celsus, who also has in with abl.).
(α).
Dependent on verbs:
cujus et vinum et uva contra serpentium ictus medetur,
Plin. 14, 18, 22, § 117; 7, 2, 2, § 13:
prodest et contra suspiria et tussim,
id. 20, 13, 50, § 128:
valet potum contra venena,
id. 28, 7, 21, § 74; 29, 4, 22, § 71; 29, 4, 26, § 81; 28, 8, 27, § 98; 16, 37, 71, § 180; 35, 6, 14, § 34; 28, 6, 18, §§ 65-67.—
(β).
Dependent on substt.:
remedium contra morsus,
Plin. 8, 32, 50, § 118; 10, 59, 79, § 163:
contra venena esse omnia remedio,
id. 16, 44, 95, § 251; 17, 24, 37, § 240; 7, 1, 1, § 4.—
(γ).
Dependent on adjectives:
vinum quod salutare contra pestilentiam sit,
Pall. 11, 14, 17.—
(δ).
Appositively, as a remedy:
cujus lacteum succum miris laudibus celebrat... contra serpentes et venena,
Plin. 5, 1, 1, § 16; 29, 4, 26, § 83. —So of remedies against affections:
Tiberium tonante caelo coronari ea (lauro) solitum ferunt contra fulminum metus,
Plin. 15, 30, 40, § 135; cf. Sen. Ira, 2, 21, 1; id. Tranq. 5. 1.
E.
Of logical opposition.
1.
With a neuter demonstrative (contra ea, contra haec, contra quae, quod contra = contra, adv.).
a.
The contrary, the reverse (very rare; cf.
I. D. 1.): sed mihi contra ea videtur,
but to me the contrary seems true, Sall. J. 85, 1:
omnia quae contra haec sunt, omnia quae contra sunt,
and vice versa, Quint. 5, 10, 90. —
b.
Contra ea, on the contrary, in logical antithesis (not in Cic. and Sall.; once in Caes. and Quint.; several times in Liv. and Nep.; cf.: contra ea, in other uses, II. A. 2. e. a, II. D. 2. a., II. A. 3. d., II. C. 1. f.):
omnes arderent cupiditate pugnandi... contra ea Caesar... spatiumque interponendum... putabat ( = at contra),
but Caesar on the contrary, Caes. B. C. 3, 74: superbe ab Samnitibus... legati prohibiti commercio sunt;
contra ea benigne ab Siculorum tyrannis adjuti,
Liv. 4, 52, 6; 2, 60, 1; 21, 20, 6;
44, 43, 5: pater... Thracem me genuit, contra ea mater Atheniensem,
Nep. Iphicr. 3, 4; id. praef. 6; id. Alcib. 8, 1.—And after a question, with immo (cf. I. E. 5. b.):
an infirmissimi omnium... (sumus)? Immo contra ea vel viribus nostris, vel, etc., tuti (sumus),
Liv. 41, 24, 8.—
c.
Quod contra, by anastrophe (v. F. 1.), contrary to which, whereas, while on the contrary (only once in Lucr. and three times in Cic.):
illud in his rebus vereor ne forte rearis, Inpia te rationis inire elementa viamque indugredi sceleris: quod contra saepius illa Religio peperit scelerosa atque impia facta,
whereas on the contrary, Lucr. 1, 81:
cujus a me corpus crematum est, quod contra decuit ab illo meum (sc. cremari),
Cic. Sen. 23, 84:
quod contra oportebat delicto dolere, correctione gaudere,
id. Lael. 24, 90 (B. and K. place a comma after oportebat; cf.
Nauck ad loc.): reliquum est ut eum nemo judicio defenderit: quod contra copiosissime defensum esse contendi,
id. Quint. 28, 87 (many consider contra in all these passages as an adverb; cf. Hand, Turs. II. p. 121 sq.; some explain quod as an ancient ablative, = qua re;
v. Ritschl,
Plaut. Exc. p. 57, Munro ad Lucr. 1, 82).—
2.
With an abstract noun, with the force of the adverb contra with ac or atque (I. F. 1.), contrary to, contrary to what, etc. (esp. in Sall., not in Cic.; cf. praeter): celeriter contraque omnium opinionem confecto itinere, contrary to the opinion ( = contra ac rati erant), Caes. B. G. 6, 30:
contra opinionem Jugurthae ad Thalam perveniunt,
Sall. J. 75, 9; Hirt. B. G. 8, 40.—Contra spem either contrary to the opinion, or against the hope:
Metellus contra spem suam laetissume excipitur ( = contra ac ratus, veritus est),
Sall. J. 88, 1; so,
cetera contra spem salva invenit,
Liv. 9, 23, 17:
contra spem omnium L. Furium optavit,
id. 6, 25, 5; Curt. 8, 4, 45;
but: at Jugurtha contra spem nuntio accepto ( = contra ac speraverat),
Sall. J. 28, 1; Liv. 24, 45, 3:
postquam... Jugurtha contra timorem animi praemia sceleris adeptum sese videt,
Sall. J. 20, 1:
ipse in Numidiam procedit, ubi contra belli faciem tuguria plena hominumque... erant ( = contra ac in bello evenire solet),
id. ib. 46, 5:
contra famam,
Plin. 13, 22, 43, § 126; 7, 53, 54, § 180:
segniterque et contra industriam absconditae formicae,
slowly, and in a manner different from their usual activity, id. 18, 35, 88, § 364.—Of persons:
frigidam potionem esse debere, contra priores auctores, Asclepiades confirmavit,
contrary to the opinion of the former physicians, Cels. 4, 26 (19).
F.
Sometimes by anastrophe after its noun.
1.
In prose, after relatives, esp. in Cic.:
quos contra disputant,
Cic. Ac. 2, 15, 47:
quem contra dicit,
id. Phil. 2, 8, 18 (v. II. B. 1. f.):
quem contra veneris,
id. Mur. 4, 9:
quas contra, praeter te, etc.,
id. Vatin. 7, 18:
eos ipsos quos contra statuas,
id. Or. 10, 34:
quos contra me senatus armavit,
id. Att. 10, 8, 8:
quam contra multa locutus est,
Sen. Ep. 82, 7, Plin. Ep. 1, 23, 3; Claud. in Rufin. 1, 332; v. also E. 1. c. supra.—
2.
After other words ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):
hunc igitur contra mittam contendere causam,
Lucr. 4, 471:
dicere eos contra,
id. 4, 484:
donique eum contra,
id. 5, 708:
agmina contra,
Verg. A. 12, 279:
magnum Alciden contra,
id. ib. 5, 414:
Paridem contra,
id. ib. 5, 370:
Italiam contra,
id. ib. 1, 13:
deos contra,
Ov. P. 1, 1, 26:
Messania moenia contra,
id. M. 14, 17:
litora Calabriae contra,
Tac. A. 3, 1.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > contra
11 contra dicta

contrā, adv. and prep. [stem con, i. e. cum, through a comparative form conter; cf.: alter, uter, inter, praeter, etc.; in abl. fem. form like the locative adverbs ea, qua, etc.; cf.: ultra, intra, extra, citra], orig., in comparison with; hence, over against, fronting, in front, opposite, in opposition to, against, contrary to, opposed to, etc.
I.
Adv. (referring to an opposed object often with the force of a preposition with ellipsis of a pronoun, = against it, against him, etc.).
A.
Local.
1.
Lit., of position in front of a person, place, or thing.
a.
With verb of being or position expressed or understood.
(α).
Referring to living beings, opposite, in face of, face to face, facing, in front of, fronting, confronting (not in Cic., Caes., or Sall.):
feminam scelestam te, adstans contra, contuor,
Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 26:
ut confidenter mihi contra adstitit,
id. Capt. 3, 5, 6; Lucr. 4, 223; 6, 929:
signum contra, quoad longissume oculi ferebant, animo finivit,
Liv. 1, 18, 8:
stat contra starique jubet,
Juv. 3, 290:
stat contra dicitque tibi tua pagina Fures!
Mart. 1, 55, 12:
ulmus erat contra,
in front of her, Ov. M. 14, 661:
templa vides contra,
in front (of us), id. ib. 7, 587.—Of position in front of the enemy:
contra conserta manu,
Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 3: contra consistere, to make front against them, Caes. B. G. 2, 17.—
(β).
Referring to things and places, over against (it), opposite (to it), on the opposite side (mostly post-Aug.):
contra jacet Cancer patulam distentus in alvum,
Manil. 2, 253:
posita contra Hispania,
Tac. Agr. 11:
promuntorium quod contra procedit,
Plin. 4, 2, 3, § 6: relinquendae autem contra erunt vacuae tabellae, on the opposite side, i. e. of the leaf, Quint. 10, 3, 32: illo quaerente cur non decidant contra siti, the antipodes (cf. Cic. Ac. 2, 39, 123; v. II. A. 1. c. a), Plin. 2, 65, 65, § 161.—With the governing verb understood:
arguam hanc vidisse apud te contra conservum meum,
face to face, Plaut. Mil. 2, 2, 91:
jam omnia contra circaque hostium plena erant, Liv 5, 37, 8: eadem verba contra (i. e. ponuntur),
side by side, Quint. 9, 3, 36; Verg. A. 6, 23.—
b.
With verbs of motion, so as to be opposite to an object or face to face with a person, variously rendered.
(α).
Referring to persons:
accede ad me atque adi contra,
come right up to me, Plaut. Rud. 1, 4, 23; id. Bacch. 3, 6, 6: hostes crebri cadunt; nostri contra ingruunt, advance to their front (in Plaut. hostility is not implied in contra), id. Am. 1, 1, 84: quis nos pater aut cognatu' volet contra tueri, face to face, eye to eye, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 12 Mull. (Trag. Rel. v. 444 Rib.); Att. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, 55 (Trag. Rel. v. 538 ib.):
adspicedum contra me = contra adspice me,
Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 56 Lorenz ad lec.:
contra adspicere,
id. Mil. 2, 1, 45:
contra intueri,
Liv. 1, 16, 6; 9, 6, 8; Sen. Q. N. 1, 3, 6:
cum veniret contra Marcianus,
Quint. 6, 3, 95; Plin. 9, 46, 70, § 152.—
(β).
Of things:
hic ubi sol radiis... Adversa fulsit nimborum aspergine contra,
Lucr. 6, 525; Cels. 8, 8, 1:
quam (turrim) promoti contra validi asseres... perfregere,
Tac. H. 4, 30.—Reciprocally: oscula non pervenientia contra, not coming through (the wall) so as to meet, Ov. M. 4, 80.—
2.
Transf. to equivalents of weight, value, and price; so,
(α).
In Plaut. only in the colloq. phrases auro contra, aurichalco contra, and contra auro (sc. posito); lit., for gold placed against; cf.:
aes contrarium, s. v. contrarius: (servus) non carus'st auro contra,
at his weight in gold, Plaut. Ep. 3, 3, 30: jam auro contra constat filius, id. Truc. 2, 6, 57 (Speng. aurichalco): auro contra cedo modestum amatorem! A me aurum accipe. Pa. Cedo mihi contra aurichalco quoi ego sano serviam, id. Curc. 1, 3, 45 sq.; id. Mil. 3, 1, 63; 4, 2, 85; id. Ps. 2, 3, 23.—
(β).
In post-Aug. prose (very rare):
at si aquae et ejus rei quam contra pensabis par pondus erit, nec pessum ibit, nec exstabit, etc.,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 25, 5.—
3.
Of reciprocal actions, = vicissim, in turn, in return, back, on my, his, etc., part, likewise, counter-.
(α).
In gen.:
te ut deludam contra, lusorem meum,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 71:
quae me amat, quam ego contra amo,
id. Merc. 5. 2, 77; id. Cist. 1, 1, 96; id. Trin. 4, 2, 55; id. As. 2, 2, 110:
qui arguat se, eum contra vincat jurejurando suo,
make a victorious counter-charge, id. Mil. 2, 2, 37:
si laudabit haec Illius formam, tu hujus contra (i. e. lauda),
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 54:
audi nunc contra jam,
listen in turn, id. Phorm. 4, 4, 18; id. Ad. 5, 4, 23:
at tu mihi contra nunc videre fortunatus, Phaedria, Cui, etc.,
you likewise seem fortunate to me, id. Phorm. 1, 3, 21:
Mettius Tullo gratulatur, contra Tullus Mettium benigne alloquitur,
Liv. 1, 28, 1:
contra ut me diligat illa,
Cat. 76. 23; Hor. S. 1, 3, 27 Orell. ad loc.—Hence, with ellipsis of inquit, = respondit:
cui latrans contra senex,
Phaedr. 5, 10, 7:
scietis, inquam, etc., contra Nigrinus: ad quem missi sunt? ego, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 7, 6, 4.—
Rarely with inquit, etc., expressed: at ille contra, renidens, Audi, inquit, discipule, etc.,
Gell. 15, 9, 9; cf.:
contra talia reddit,
Claud. B. Gild. 379.—
(β).
With dat. pers.:
consulo quem dolum doloso contra conservo parem,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 2, 45:
facere contra huic aegre,
Ter. Eun. 4, 1, 10:
hiscine contra insidiabere?
id. Hec. 1. 1, 13:
tibi contra gratiam Referre,
id. ib. 4, 2, 7.—
(γ).
With item:
item a me contra factum est,
Plaut. Aul. prol. 20:
puellam senex Amat et item contra filius,
id. Cas. prol. 49; id. Pers. 5, 2, 36; id. Am. 1, 1, 67; Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 25.—
(δ).
Combining a reciprocal with a local relation (A. 1. a. a, and b. a): contra carinantes verba, exchanging abusive words ( face to face), Enn. ap. Serv. ad Verg. A. 8, 361 (Ann. v. 181 Vahl.): tubae utrimque contra canunt;
Consonat terra,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 73; 1, 1, 86:
confer gradum Contra pariter,
id. Ps. 2, 4, 18; id. Truc. 1, 2, 28:
video amicam... Ubi contra adspexit me, etc.,
id. Mil. 2, 1, 45; Verg. E. 7, 8; cf. Lucr. 4, 243:
vesper adest, juvenes consurgite!... Cernitis, innuptae, juvenes? consurgite contra!
Cat. 62, 6.—
(ε).
Implying also opposition: Pe. Conpellabo. Ph. Orationis aciem contra conferam, Plaut. Ep. 4, 1, 20:
si scias quod donum huic dono contra comparet,
what counter gift, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 63: quod Scipio postulavit... ut, etc. Et quod contra collega postulavit ne, etc., Annal. Trib. Pleb. ap. Gell. 7 (6), 19, 5:
si vobis aequa et honesta postulatio videtur, ego contra brevem postulationem adfero,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 2, 7; Nep. Epam. 6, 1;
Auct. B. Alex. 24: illo licente contra liceri audeat nemo,
to bid in opposition, Caes. B. G. 1, 18; Liv. 4, 53, 6:
agedum pauca accipe contra,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 38.—So in battle:
Numidae... Romanorum ordines conturbare... neque contra feriundi copia erat,
Sall. J. 50, 4; and in law: et ab eo is qui adoptat vindicat... et illo contra non vindicante, etc., Gai Inst. 1, 134; 2, 24.—Esp. in replies:
oratio contra a Demosthene pro Ctesiphonte edita,
Cic. de Or. 3, 56, 213:
dicit accusator haec: primum, etc.... quid contra reus?
id. Clu. 30, 81; id. Fin. 5, 22, 63; Curt. 4, 1, 10; 7, 9, 1.
B.
Of opposition, strife, etc., against; constr. absol., with dat., and ne, quominus or quin.
1.
Of physical exertion.
(α).
Lit.:
concurrunt... aetheriae nubes contra pugnantibu' ventis,
struggling against each other, Lucr. 6. 98:
nec nos obniti contra... Sufficimus,
bear up, battle against, Verg. A. 5, 21; Ov. M. 9, 50; 2, 434:
at ille contra nititur,
resists, Plin. 2, 38, 38, § 103; 7, 20, 19, § 82:
pars remigum, tamquam imperitia... officia nautarum impediebant. Mox contra tendere,
rowed in an opposite direction, Tac. H. 4, 16.—
(β).
Trop.:
te rogo ne contrahas ac demittas animum, neque te obrui tamquam fluctu... sinas, contraque erigas ac resistas,
Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 1, § 4:
et torrens judicem vel nitentem contra feret, cogatque ire qua rapiet,
Quint. 12, 10, 61.— With ne: vi contra niti, ne advorsus eum fiat, Cato ap. Gell. 7 (6), 3, 16.—With quominus, Lucr. 1, 780.—
2.
Of mental exertion:
si tibi vera videntur, Dede manus, aut, si falsum est, accingere contra,
arm yourself against them, Lucr. 2, 1043; 2, 280. —With dat.:
siti contra... pugnandum,
Cels. 4, 2 fin. —
3.
Of hostile opposition in gen.
(α).
Lit.:
quod animadversum est in eo qui contra omni ratione pugnarunt, non debeo reprehendere,
who made opposition in every way, Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 137; id. Verr. 2, 2, 43, § 107:
contra etiam aliquid abs te profectum ex multis audivi,
something inimical, id. Fam. 5, 5, 2.—
(β).
Trop.:
aut alio quovis (sc. colore) qui contra pugnet et obstet,
Lucr. 2, 794; 2, 868.—
4.
Of warfare.
(α).
Lit.:
ut eos adversarios existimemus qui arma contra ferant,
Cic. Off. 1, 25, 87; 1, 12, 37; Vell. 2, 28, 4; cf.:
quid quod exercitum contra duxit?
Auct. Her. 4, 16, 23:
ut si qua ex parte obviam contra veniretur, acie instructa depugnarent,
if they should be attacked by an open charge, Caes. B. G. 7, 28:
issentque confestim ad urbem ni venire contra exercitum... audissent,
Liv. 7, 39, 17:
cum Romanae legiones contra direxerint,
would oppose their march, Tac. H. 4, 58; id. A. 6, 44.—With dat.:
et huic contra itum ad amnem Erinden,
Tac. A. 11, 10.—
(β).
Trop.:
quod ubi viderunt corvi, contra auxiliantur, velut adversus communem hostem,
Plin. 10, 74, 95, § 205.—
5.
Of legal contests.
(α).
With verbs of saying; v. 9. a.—
(β).
Venire contra, of any legal act with the intention to hurt the adversary:
quid? si omnium mortalium Sthenio nemo inimicior quam hic C. Claudius... fuit? si de litteris corruptis contra venit, etc.?
if he made a charge of forgery against him? Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 43, § 107; cf. II. B. c. b.—
(γ).
On the part of the adversary:
inveniendum contra est, quo distet haec causa a ceteris,
Quint. 5, 10, 114; 9, 2, 35; 12, 8, 10.—
(δ).
Of judgments against the parties or against opinions:
ne spoliaret fama probatum hominem si contra judicasset,
given an adverse decision, Cic. Off. 3, 19, 77; cf. Val. Max. 7, 2, 4; Cic. Caecin. 24, 69.—
6.
Of literary opposition.
(α).
Mostly with verbs of saying; v. 9. a. g.—
(β).
With other verbs:
astrologorum artem contra convincere tendit,
Lucr. 5, 728:
contra nunc illud pone, etc.,
Sen. Ben. 7, 14, 6:
habeat (liber meus) etiam quosdam qui contra sentiant et adversentur,
some dissentients and opponents, Quint. 3, 1, 5; 2, 17, 40; 3, 8, 69.—
7.
Of public and political opposition.
(α).
With verbs of saying; v. 9. a. d.—
(β).
With petere, to be a candidate for office in opposition to another:
nihil enim supererat de quo certarent, nihil quod contra peterent,
no office was left for which to canvass against each other, Cic. Agr. 2, 33, 91:
honores contra petere,
Quint. 6, 1, 17.—With ire, with dat., of an opposing vote in the senate (cf.:
pedibus ire): sententia Cassii ut nemo unus contra ire ausus est, ita dissonae voces respondebant,
Tac. A. 14, 45.—
8.
Of violation of law, contracts, etc.: contra facere, or contra committere, to violate, transgress a law, etc.: leges esse non ex ejus qui contra commiserit utilitate, spectari oportere, not in the interest of the transgressor, Cic. Inv. 2, 48, 153:
si quis sub hoc pacto vendiderit ancillam ne prostitueretur, et si contra factum esset,
and if the contract was violated, Dig. 18, 1, 56.—
9.
With verbs of saying, etc., contra dicere; less freq. disputare, disserere, pugnare, in the sense of dicere, and contra scribere (often contradico, in one word, in post-Aug. writers; esp. with dat.).
a.
Absol.
(α).
Contra dicere, to speak as counsel of the adversary, to plead his cause, in legal proceedings:
cum contra dicturus Hortensius esset,
would speak on the other side, Cic. Quint. 24, 77:
hoc... contra dicente Cotta judicatum est,
id. Caecin. 33, 97:
dixisse ut contra nemo videretur,
id. Brut. 53, 198: ut contra Crassus... exorsus est, began on the other side, id. ib. § 197.—Hence: qui contra dicit, the adversary or counsel of the adversary:
contra autem qui dicet, similitudinem infirmare debebit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 50, 151; id. Part. Or. 21, 108.—In the same sense: agens contra: si nos... impares agentium contra ingeniis dixerimus, that we are unequal to the talents of our adversary's counsel, [p. 453] Quint. 4, 1, 8.—
(β).
To make charges against (rare):
si qui contra vellet dicere, usurum esse eum suo testimonio,
Cic. Clu. 48, 134:
qua ratione nemo neque tum item fecerit, neque nunc contra dicat,
id. Quint. 29, 88; so,
contra disputare, of objections to or against a witness: nihil contra disputabo priusquam dixerit,
id. Fl. 21, 51.—
(γ).
In gen., to speak on the other side of a question:
fiebat autem ita, ut cum is qui audire vellet dixisset quid sibi videretur, tum ego contra dicerem,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 4, 8; id. Fin. 2, 1, 2; so,
contra disputare and contra scribere,
id. Or. 1, 19, 85; Vitr. 3, 1, 6; Quint. 2, 17, 13; Dig. 9, 2, 21, § 1.—Hence: qui contra dicunt or disputant, the opponents:
nec qui contra dicunt causam difficilem repellunt,
Cic. Fin. 3, 1, 2:
ad coarguendos qui contra disputant,
to refule his opponents, Quint. 2, 15, 26.—
(δ).
To oppose or object to a proposition, motion, or petition:
quam palam principes dixerunt contra!
protested against it, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 16, § 41; Caes. B. C. 1, 32; Cic. Clu. 47, 130.—With pugnare:
cum decerneretur frequenti senatu, contra pugnante Pisone, etc.,
Cic. Att. 1, 14, 5:
filius ejus incolumitatem optat: contradicit pater,
the father objects, Quint. 9, 2, 85; 9, 2, 83; Plin. ap. Gell. 9, 16, 5; Cic. Dom. 33, 87:
contradicente nullo,
Suet. Caes. 20; Dig. 3, 3, 15.—
(ε).
To reply:
contradixit edicto,
answered by an edict, Suet. Aug. 56. —
(ζ).
Abl. absol. impers.:
explorandum videtur an etiam contradicto aliquando judicio consuetudo firmata sit,
whether the custom has been confirmed by judgment upon a judicial contest, Dig. 1, 3, 34.—
b.
With acc. neutr. pron., to object, to make or raise an objection, to reply; esp. in legal proceedings:
ego enim, te disputante, quid contra dicerem meditabar,
Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 1:
ut contra si quid dicere velit non audiatur,
id. Fin. 5, 10, 27:
aiebat illum primo sane diu multa contra (i. e. dixisse), ad extremum autem, etc.,
id. Att. 2, 22, 2.— Hence: quod contra dicitur, or quae contra dicuntur, the objections:
ut et id quod intenderemus confirmare, et id quod contra diceretur refellere (possemus),
refute the objections, Cic. de Or. 1, 20, 90:
quia neque reprehendi quae contra dicuntur possunt, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 81, 331; id. Inv. 2, 44, 127; Quint. 1, 2, 17.—In the same sense, as subst.: contrā dicta, orum, n. plur.:
seu proposita confirmamus, sive contra dicta dissolvimus,
or refute the objections, Quint. 4, prooem. 6.—With acc. and inf.:
dicitur contra, nullum esse testamentum,
the objection is made that there is no testament, Cic. Agr. 2, 6, 42.—
c.
With dat., written in one word (post-Aug.).
(α).
To oppose a person by speaking against his views:
solitum se etiam Thraseae contradicere,
to oppose even Thrasea, Tac. H. 2, 91:
tibi,
Suet. Aug. 54:
Curioni...,
id. Rhet. 1. —Hence of answers and replies in law: quid si filium testatoris heres ejus prohibuit? Huic contradici potest: ergo pietatis, etc., he may be answered by this plea, etc., Dig. 11, 7, 14, § 13.—And of advisory answers opposed to one's legal views:
volenti mihi ream adulterii postulare eam, etc., contradictum est,
my views were disapproved, rejected, Dig. 48, 5, 11, § 10.—
(β).
To oppose an opinion, with dat. of the thing:
cum plures tantum sententiis aliorum contradicerent,
opposed the opinions, Tac. H. 1, 39.—
(γ).
To object to a motion or petition, with dat. of the petitioner:
patrem qui damnavit optat ne is torqueatur: pater ei contradicit,
the father objects, Quint. 9, 2, 81:
cum ambienti ut legibus solveretur multi contradicerent,
Suet. Caes. 18; Dig. 40, 5, 14; 40, 12, 33.—
(δ).
With dat. of the petition:
preces erant, sed quibus contradici non posset,
which could not be denied, Tac. H. 4, 46 fin.; Dig. 3, 1, 1, § 2.—
(ε).
To contest the validity of a law (rare):
quibus (legibus) contradici potest,
Quint. 7, 7, 4.—
(ζ).
To contradict an assertion (very rare):
pro certis autem habemus... cuicunque adversarius non contradicit,
Quint. 5, 10, 13.—
d.
With quin, to object:
praetor Samnitibus respondit... nec contra dici quin amicitia de integro reconcilietur,
there was no objection to a reconciliation, Liv. 8, 2, 2.
C.
To one's disadvantage; mostly predic. with esse, unfavorable, adverse, damaging (post-Aug.;
but cf. II. B. 2.): ut eum qui responsurus est vel tacere, vel etiam invitum id quod sit contra cogat fateri,
Quint. 7, 3, 14:
cum verba (legis) contra sint,
id. 7, 1, 49:
sed experimentum contra fuit,
unsuccessful, Tac. H. 2, 97 fin.:
ubi fortuna contra fuit,
id. ib. 3, 18:
si fortuna contra daret,
should be unfavorable, id. ib. 1, 65 fin.; id. A. 15, 13.
D.
Of logical opposition, with negative force.
1.
Of a direct contrast.
a.
Predicatively, with esse, fieri, etc., the contrary, the opposite:
quod fieri totum contra manifesta docet res,
but experience teaches that just the contrary is true, Lucr. 3, 686; 4, 1088:
in stultitia contra est,
with fools the reverse is true, Cic. Clu. 31, 84:
in hac quidem re vereor ne etiam contra (i. e. sit),
id. Att. 12, 46; id. Off. 1, 15, 49:
quod contra est,
Sall. J. 85, 21:
quis non credat, etc.? Contra autem est,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 25, 12; id. Ep. 7, 3; Dig. 37, 4, 4:
contra fore si, etc.,
ib. 34, 2, 39, § 2:
immo forsitan et contra (i. e. erit),
ib. 41, 3, 49:
ego contra puto (i. e. esse),
Plin. Ep. 1, 20, 7; Lampr. Alex. Sev. 25.—
b.
With evenire, accidere, sentire, scribere, habere, etc.:
utrumque contra accidit: istic enim bellum est exortum, hic pax consecuta,
of both the contrary has happened, Cic. Fam. 12, 18, 2; so Dig. 38, 2, 51:
id ego contra puto (sc.: faciendum esse),
id. Att. 10, 8, 2:
contra evenit in iis morbis,
Sen. Ep. 52, 7; Plin. 2, 65, 65, § 163:
ego contra sentio,
Sen. Clem. 1, 15, 5; Sedig. ap. Gell. 15, 24, 4; Dig. 40, 2, 25:
Proculus contra (sc. sentit),
ib. 35, 2, 1, § 14; 33, 7, 25:
licet Celsus contra scribat,
ib. 9, 2, 21, § 1: contra probatur, Gai Inst. 2, 78; Dig. 33, 7, 12, § 34.—Very rarely referring to a term in the same clause:
cujus disparem mitioremque naturam contra interpretabatur,
interpreted in an opposite sense, misinterpreted, misunderstood, Tac. H. 4, 86 fin. —
c.
Referring to a word or phrase in the same predicate.
(α).
To an adverb, in an opposite manner, otherwise, differently, not, etc.:
nam ad summam totius rei pertinet, caute an contra demonstrata res sit,
Cic. de Or. 2, 81, 330: quod viriliter animoque fit, id, etc.;
quod contra, id turpe,
id. Off. 1, 27, 94:
sit sapienter usus aut contra,
Quint. 2, 5, 15:
lactuca locis apricis optume autumno ponitur, mediterraneis aut frigidis contra ( = pessime),
Col. 11, 3, 25.—
(β).
To a predicative adjective, not, the opposite, the reverse, etc.:
ut aliae (res) probabiles videantur aliae contra,
improbable, Cic. Ac. 2, 32, 103; id. Off. 2, 2, 7:
quid est quod me impediat ea quae probabilia mihi videantur sequi, quae contra, improbare,
id. ib. 2, 2, 8; id. Or. 2, 31, 135; Quint. 4, 2, 52.—
(γ).
To a verbal predicate:
an frater fratri exsistat heres, an contra ( = annon),
Dig. 34, 5, 19.—
(δ).
To a subject infinitive:
laudare testem vel contra pertinet ad momentum judiciorum,
praising or censuring a witness, Quint. 3, 7, 2.—
(ε).
To a clause, translated by not or by a repetition of the clause with a negative:
quae secundum naturam essent, ea sumenda et quadam aestimatione dignanda docebat, contraque contraria,
those that were not, not, Cic. Ac. 1, 10, 36: quod cuidam aut sapiens videor quod una non jerim, aut felix fuisse;
mihi contra,
id. Att. 9, 12, 4: an credibile est, incestum cum filia commissum? Et contra, veneficum in noverca, adulterum in luxurioso? and incredible, etc., Quint. 5, 10, 19; so Dig. 9, 1, 2, § 1.—
(ζ).
To an attributive genitive:
Marius cognoscere quid boni utrisque or contra esset (i. e. mali),
Sall. J. 88, 2:
verum de origine laudis contraque perspiciemus suo tempore (i. e. vituperationis),
Quint. 2, 4, 21:
alii a propositione accusatoris contraque loci oriuntur,
the accuser and the accused, id. 7, 2, 31;
so in several titles of the Digests, as Depositi vel contra, = actio depositi, vel contraria actio depositarii,
Dig. 16, 3 tit.; so ib. 16, 17, 1; 16, 13, 6; 16, 13, 7.—
2.
Reversing the relation of terms in the preceding sentence, the reverse, conversely, vice versa, etc.
a.
With its own predicate: saepe... corpus aegret, Cum tamen ex alia laetamur parte latenti;
Et retro fit uti contra sit saepe vicissim, Cum miser ex animo laetatur corpore toto,
Lucr. 3, 108: illa altera argumentatio, quasi retro et contra, prius sumit, etc., ( proceeding), so to speak, backward and in inverted order, Cic. Part. Or. 13, 46: neque illud ignoro, etc.; sed non idem accidit contra, but the converse is not true, Quint. 8, 6, 3; Gell. 4, 2, 5: ut vocabula verbis, verba rursus adverbiis, nomina appositis et pronominibus essent priora. Nam fit contra quoque frequenter non indecore. for often, not inelegantly, the order is reversed, Quint. 9, 4, 24:
quae etiam contra valent,
i. e. if the terms are reversed, id. 3, 7, 25; 9, 2, 49; 8, 6, 25; 9, 4, 72.—
b.
Belonging to the same predicate:
ut quidque erit dicendum ita dicet, nec satura jejune, nec grandia minute, nec item contra,
Cic. Or. 36, 123:
cum emtor venditori, vel contra, heres exstitit,
Dig. 35, 2, 48:
in quibus patrium pro possessivo dicitur, vel contra,
Quint. 1, 5, 45; 5, 10, 71:
junguntur autem aut ex nostro et peregrino, ut biclinium, aut contra, ut epitogium et Anticato,
id. 1, 5, 68:
ut capras in montosis potius locis quam in herbidis (pascar), equas contra,
but with mares the reverse is the case, Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 16:
itaque ille dicere melius quam praecipere, nos contra fortasse possumus,
Cic. Or. 42, 143:
qua collegi solent ex his quae faciunt ea quae faciuntur, aut contra,
or vice versa, Quint. 5, 10, 80; Dig. 14, 1, 1, § 12; 48, 5, 23, § 4.
E.
In logical antithesis of clauses with a merely rhet. force, on the contrary, on the other hand, vice versa; sometimes almost = sed or autem (freq.).
1.
In independent clauses.
a.
Opposing persons or parties: fortunam insanam esse... perhibent philosophi... Sunt autem alii philosophi qui contra Fortunam negant ullam exstare, Pac. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 23, 36 (Trag. Rel. v. 372 Rib.); Caecil. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 68; Varr. R. R. 1, 8, 1:
ego etiam quae tu sine Verre commisisti Verri crimini daturus sum... Tu, contra, ne quae ille quidem fecit, obicies,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 11, 35:
ego contra ostendo, non modo nihil fecisse Sex. Roscium, sed, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 29, 79; id. Phil. 8, 3, 8; id. Off. 1, 30, 108; id. Fin. 5, 22, 62:
in Italia bellum gerimus, in sede ac solo nostro... Hannibal contra in aliena, in hostili est terra,
Liv. 22, 39, 13; 21, 50, 2; 3, 15, 2; 6, 7, 4; 9, 35, 4 et saep.; Nep. Alcib. 8, 1; Vell. 2, 31, 4; Sen. Ep. 9, 14; id. Ira, 2, 33, 6; Plin. 35, 10, 37, § 113; Tac. H. 3, 84; 3, 57; Suet. Tib. 2; id. Vit. 2; Just. 2, 1, 10; 8, 4, 11:
contra mercator, navim jactantibus austris Militia est potior?
Hor. S. 1, 1, 6; 1, 2, 30; 1, 3, 27; Prop. 2, 1, 45; 2, 23, 13 (3, 17, 3); Sen. Hippol. 214;
so with versa vice: barbarae gentes (Alexandrum) non ut hostem, sed ut parentem luxerunt... Contra Macedones versa vice non ut civem, sed ut hostem amissum gaudebant,
Just. 13, 1, 7.—
b.
Introducing a secondary or parallel opposition of thought: in loco umidiore far potius serunt quam triticum;
contra in aridiore hordeum potius quam far,
Varr. R. R. 1, 9, 4; 1, 1, 47: si nihil esset quod inane vocaret, Omne foret solidum;
nisi contra corpora certe Essent, etc., Omne quod est spatium vacuum constaret inane,
Lucr. 1, 521; 4, 348; cf.:
justa omnia decora sunt, injusta contra, ut turpia, sic indecora,
Cic. Off. 1, 27, 94; id. N. D. 2, 15, 41; id. de Or. 3, 33, 136; id. Quint. 30, 93: id. Off. 3, 21, 84; id. Leg. 2, 1, 2: facilem esse rem... si modo unum omnes sentiant; contra in dissensione nullam se salutem perspicere, Caes. B. G, 5, 31; Liv. 25, 30, 3; Sen. Ben. 1, 5, 2; Plin. 12, 19, 42, § 92; 11, 14, 14, § 35; Suet. Caes. 73; Gell. 1, 4, 5:
si male rem gerere insani est, contra bene, sani,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 74.—
2.
In opposition to a dependent clause:
ut hi miseri, sic contra illi beati quos, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 6, 16; so id. de Or. 1, 45, 198; Quint. 9, 3, 39:
cui ego rei tantum abest ut impedimento sim, ut contra te M. Manli adhorter, etc.,
Liv. 6, 15, 5; 6, 31, 4:
cum virtus adeo neminem spe ac pollicitatione corrumpat, ut contra in se inpendere jubeat, ac, etc.,
Sen. Ben. 4, 1, 2: aut igitur negemus quidquam ratione confici, cum contra nihil sine ratione recte fieri possit, aut, etc., whereas on the contrary, etc., Cic. Tusc. 4, 38, 84; cf.:
at contra,
Lucr. 2, 392.—
3.
With co-ordinate conjunctions.
a.
Copulative, et contra or contraque (never with ac or atque); also nec contra (rare), and on the other hand.
(α).
With reference to a reason or conclusion, after nam, enim, cum, or itaque: nam et ratione uti... omnique in re quid sit veri videre et tueri decet, contraque falli [p. 454]... tam dedecet quam, etc., Cic. Off. 1, 27, 94:
malus est enim custos... metus, contraque benevolentia fidelis,
id. ib. 2, 7, 23:
cum reficiat animos varietas ipsa, contraque sit aliquanto difficilius in labore uno perseverare,
Quint. 1, 12, 4; 3, 8, 32; 8, 6, 20:
itaque in probris maxime in promptu est, si quid tale dici potest, etc. Contraque in laudibus, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 18, 61; cf. Suet. Calig. 51; so with nec:
nam nec comoedia cothurnis assurgit, nec contra tragoedia socculo ingreditur,
Quint. 10, 2, 22.—
(β).
With contrasted examples or illustrations, often after ut or sic:
audivi ex majoribus natu, hoc idem fuisse in P. Scipione Nasica, contraque patrem ejus... nullam comitatem habuisse sermonis,
Cic. Off. 1, 30, 109:
ut suspitionibus credi oportere, et contra suspitionibus credi non oportere,
id. Inv. 2, 15, 48; Quint. 8, 4, 1; 5, 10, 48; 9, 3, 7; 9, 4, 52; 11, 1, 14; Sen. Ep. 82, 14; Dig. 17, 1, 22, § 4.—
(γ).
With contrasted actions, assumptions, etc.:
atque utinam qui ubique sunt propugnatores hujus imperii possent in hanc civitatem venire, et contra oppugnatores rei publicae de civitate exterminari!
Cic. Balb. 22, 51:
domo pignori data, et area ejus tenebitur... et contra jus soli sequitur aedificium,
Dig. 13, 7, 21:
equo et asina genitos mares, hinnos antiqui vocabant: contraque mulos quos asini et equae generassent,
Plin. 8, 44, 69, § 17: ceterum potest ex lege quidem esse judicium, sed legitimum non esse, et contra ex lege non esse, sed legitimum esse, Gai Inst. 4, 109; Plin. 2, 65, 65, § 161; 35, 15, 5, § 183.—
(δ).
After a negative clause, affirming the opposite idea, et contra or contraque, but on the contrary:
in quo (consulatu) ego imperavi nihil, et contra patribus conscriptis et bonis omnibus parui,
Cic. Sull. 7, 21:
nunc vero cum ne pulsus quidem ita sim ut superare non possim, contraque a populo Romano semper sim defensus, etc.,
id. Dom. 33, 88; id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Marcell. 6, 20; so,
et contra,
Suet. Tit. 7.—
b.
With adversative conjunctions, at contra, sed contra, contra autem, contra vero (not verum contra, nor contra tamen).
(α).
At contra (freq.), merely a strengthened contra (v. 1. supra): huc accedit uti mellis lactisque liquores Jucundo sensu linguae tractentur in ore;
At contra taetri absinthi natura... foedo pertorqueat ora sapore,
Lucr. 2, 400:
cogunt,
id. 2, 74; 1, 366; 2, 235 et saep.: nos qui domi sumus, tibi beati videmur;
at contra nobis tu quidem... prae nobis beatus,
Cic. Fam. 4, 4, 2; id. Tusc. 1, 3, 5; id. Rosc. Am. 45, 131; id. Verr. 2, 5, 26, § 66; Sall. J. 36, 2; 4, 7; 15, 3; id. C. 12, 5:
ideo siccas aiunt Aethiopiae solitudines... At contra constat Germaniam abundare rivis,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 6, 2; 1, 3, 1; id. Ep. 100, 7; Plin. 7, 53, 54, § 186; Suet. Galb. 15; Tac. A. 4, 28.—
(β).
Sed contra, after a negative sentence (class.):
non quo acui ingenia adulescentium nollem, sed contra ingenia obtundi nolui,
Cic. de Or. 3, 24, 93; id. Att. 9, 15, 3; id. Ac. 1, 10, 35; id. Fl. 11, 26:
arma populi Romani non liberis servitutem, sed contra servientibus libertatem adferre,
Liv. 45, 18, 1:
tu ne cede malis, sed contra audentior ito,
Verg. A. 6, 95; Plin. Ep. 1, 10, 12.—PostAug. also without a preceding negation:
obiisse nostro Laium scelere autumant superi inferique: sed animus contra innocens... negat,
Sen. Oedip. 765; Symm. Ep. 6, 81.—
(γ).
Contra autem (rare;
in Cic. only where different subjects have contrasted predicates in dependent clauses): quia pacis est insigne toga, contra autem arma tumultus atque belli,
Cic. Pis. 30, 73.—In later writers = contra alone:
sub septemtrione aedificia... conversa ad calidas partes oportere fieri videntur. Contra autem sub impetu solis meridiani regionibus conversa ad septemtrionem... sunt facienda,
Vitr. 6, 1, 2; Gell. 14, 2, 19; Dig. 7, 1, 25, § 3; 34, 3, 25.—
(δ).
Contra vero (very rare;
not in Cic.), used for contra: contra vero quercus infinitam habet aeternitatem,
Vitr. 2, 9, 8; 6, 1, 3; Cels. 3, 6 fin. —
(ε).
Atqui contra, App. Mag. p. 287, 24.—
c.
With disjunctive conjunctions, aut contra, vel contra, seu contra, or on the contrary, or conversely (always without change of subject).
(α).
Aut contra:
num aut scriptum neget, aut contra factum infitietur?
Cic. Part. Or. 38, 133: quae (mens) aut languescit... aut contra tumescit, etc., Quint. 1, 2, 18:
si imbres defuere, aut contra abundavere,
Plin. 17, 24, 37, § 228.—
(β).
Vel contra:
hinc enim quaestiones oriuntur: Injuriam fecisti, sed quia magistratus, majestatis actio est? Vel contra: Licuit... quia magistratus?
Quint. 5, 10, 40; 9, 4, 96; Suet. Galb. 3; Dig. 35, 2, 56, § 4; 8, 4, 6.—
(γ).
Seu contra:
seu tristis veniam, seu contra laetus amicis,
Prop. 1, 11, 25.—
d.
With causal conjunctions, nam contra (very rare;
never contra enim): falso queritur de natura sua genus humanum quod, etc. Nam contra, reputando, neque majus aliud, neque praestabilius invenies,
Sall. J. 1, 1; Quint. 1, 1, 1; 9, 2, 23. —
4.
In late Lat., e contra (also one word, ēcontrā) = contra,
(α).
In the meaning, the contrary (D. 1.):
aliis vero econtra videtur,
Hier. Ep. 12.—
(β).
Et econtra = et contra (E. 3. a.):
honestiorum provectu et econtra suppliciis,
Aur. Vict. Caes. 39, 45.—For quod contra, v. II. E. 1. c.—
5.
With emphatic particles.
a.
Quin contra, nay on the contrary, opposing an affirmative sentence to a preceding negative statement (quin etiam amplifies without opposition; sed contra opposes without amplification; quin contra both opposes and amplifies);
not before Livy: num qui enim socordius rempublicam administrari post Calvi tribunatum... quam? etc. Quin contra patricios aliquot damnatos... neminem plebeium,
Liv. 6, 37, 8; 31, 31, 9; 35, 26, 10; 37, 15, 3.—
b.
Immo contra (post-Aug.).
(α).
= no, on the contrary, refuting opinions, after questions and in the form of a dialogue:
existimas nunc me detrahere tibi multas voluptates?... Immo contra, nolo tibi umquam deesse laetitiam,
Sen. Ep. 23, 3; Dig. 33, 7, 5; 33, 7, 29.—
(β).
= sed contra, but on the contrary:
proinde ne submiseris te, immo contra fige stabilem gradum,
Sen. Cons. Marc. 5, 6; id. Cons. Polyb. 15, 2; cf. prep.:
immo contra ea,
Liv. 41, 24, 8; cf. II. E. 1. b. infra.—
c.
Item contra = an emphatic et contra (very rare):
quoniam... beate vivere alii in alio, vos in voluptate ponitis, item contra miseriam in dolore, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 86; cf. I. A. 3. g supra.
F.
With a comparative clause introduced by ac, atque, or quam, representing a logical or moral opposition (contra atque debuit = non ita ut debuit; cf. Cic. Or. 3, 19, 70); cf. prep., II. C. 3. g, and II. E. 2. infra.
1.
Of logical opposition, contrary to, different from, otherwise than; in the best prose only with atque or ac.
(α).
With atque:
item, contra atque apud nos, fieri ad Elephantinem ut neque ficus neque vites amittant folia,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 6:
simulacrum Jovis, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,
Cic. Cat. 3, 8, 20; id. Sull. 24, 69:
judicium suscepturos contra atque omnis Italia populusque Romanus judicavisset,
Caes. B. C. 3, 12; id. B. G. 4, 13; Plin. 12, 19, 43, § 95.—
(β).
With ac:
itaque contra est ac dicitis,
Cic. Fin. 4, 15, 41:
vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,
id. Div. 2, 24, 53; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 6, § 11; id. Or. 40, 137:
cum contra ac Deiotarus sensit victoria belli judicaret,
id. Phil. 11, 13, 34:
Petreius ubi videt, Catilinam, contra ac ratus erat, magna vi tendere, etc.,
Sall. C. 60, 5.—
(γ).
With ac and atque:
si denique aliquid non contra ac liceret factum diceretur, sed contra atque oporteret,
Cic. Balb. 3, 7.—
(δ).
With quam (post-Aug.):
cui contra quam proposuerat aliqua cesserunt,
Sen. Ira, 3, 6, 5; Plin. 10, 53, 74, § 149; 11, 21, 24, § 72; Gell. 6 (7), 8, 6:
contra quam licet,
id. 1, 3, 19; Sil. 15, 107.—
2.
Of moral opposition of acts contrary to rules and principles (cf. II. 3. g infra); so always with quam:
mater Aviti, generi sui, contra quam fas erat, amore capta,
contrary to the divine law, Cic. Clu. 5, 12:
ut senatus, contra quam ipse censuisset, ad vestitum rediret,
contrary to its own resolution, id. Pis. 8, 18:
contra quam ista causa postulasset,
id. Caecin. 24, 67:
contra quam sanctum legibus est,
Liv. 30, 19, 9; Cic. Leg. 2, 5, 11; id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 1, § 2; id. Dom. 46, 122:
contraque faciunt quam polliceri videntur,
Auct. Her. 4, 3, 6; Cic. de Or. 2, 20, 86.
II.
Prep. with acc., before, against, facing, towards, opposite to, contrary to (acc. to many scholars not ante-class.; cf. Hand, Turs. II. p. 108; but found Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 24 Fleck., a line omitted by Lorenz as a gloss; id. Pers. 1, 1, 13 Ritschl; Att. ap. Non. p. 469, 15, or Trag. Rel. v. 476 Rib.; cf. also Plaut. Poen. 5, 6, 18; Cato, R. R. 18, 1, and v. I. A. 1. a. b, and I. A. 1. b. a supra).
A.
Local uses.
1.
Opposite, over against, facing.
a.
Of countries and places (mostly of those separated by water;
adversus and e regione mostly of places opposite by land): insulae natura triquetra, cujus unum latus est contra Galliam,
Caes. B. G. 5, 13; 3, 9; 4, 20:
ad insulam quae est contra Massiliam,
id. B. C. 1, 56; 3, 23:
Rhodios, pacatis contra insulam suam terris, etc.,
Liv. 37, 15, 7; 3, 26, 8:
Carthago Italiam contra,
Verg. A. 1, 13; 5, 124; Ov. M. 14, 17:
insulae quae contra Tauri promuntorium inopportune navigantibus objacent, Chelidoniae nominantur,
Mel. 2, 7; Plin. 3, 26, 30, § 151; 6, 28, 32, § 152; 5, 7, 7, § 41; Tac. A. 3, 1; id. H. 2, 17.—
b.
Of the heavenly bodies:
donique (luna) eum (sc. solem) contra pleno bene lumine fulsit,
Lucr. 5, 708:
contra Volucris rostrum posita est Lyra,
Vitr. 9, 4, 5; Sen. Q. N. 1, 5, 9; 1, 8, 3; Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99; 5, 10, 10, § 56.—So, tertium (latus Britanniae) est contra septem triones, opposite ( facing); hence, contra meridiem and contra ortus (instead of ad or adversus meridiem, etc.), facing the south and east, Plin. 6, 24, 24, § 85; 17, 2, 2, § 22. —So of a person standing in the sunlight:
cum minima umbra (i. e. a sole) contra medium fiet hominem,
Plin. 18, 33, 76, § 327; cf.:
contra mediam faciem meridies erit,
id. 18, 33, 76, § 326.—
c.
Of opposite ends of a line.
(α).
Of the diameter of the earth: esse e regione nobis e contraria parte terrae qui adversis vestigiis stent contra nostra vestigia, quos antipodas vocatis, Cic. Ac. 2, 39, 123.—
(β).
Of a line drawn:
contra autem E littera I erit ubi secat circinationem linea,
opposite the point E will be the letter I, Vitr. 9, 7, 4.—
d.
Of buildings, etc.:
contra hoc aviarium est aliud minus in quo quae mortuae sunt aves curator servare solet,
Varr. R. R. 3, 5, 5; Vitr. 5, 6, 3; 3, 5, 15:
(statuam) quae fuerit contra Jovis Statoris aedem in vestibulo Superbi domus,
Plin. 34, 6, 13, § 29:
contra medium fere porticum diaeta paulum recedit,
Plin. Ep. 5, 6, 20; 2, 17, 5; Suet. Aug. 44.—
e.
Of places on the human body:
id quod contra stomachum est,
Cels. 4, 5 (4, 12 med.); 7, 7;
4, 20 (13).—Of the direction of the intestines, etc.: ea... contra medium alvum orsa,
Cels. 4, 1 fin. —
2.
Of actions, opposite, towards, against, facing (syn.:
adversus, ad, e regione,
Caes. B. G. 7, 61).
a.
In gen.:
quamvis subito... quamque Rem contra speculum ponas, apparet imago,
Lucr. 4, 156: Democritus... clipeum constituit contra exortum Hyperionis, Laber. ap. Gell. 10, 17, 4:
et contra magnum potes hos (i.e. oculos) attollere solem, Nec tremis...?
Prop. 1, 15, 37; Col. 7, 3, 8:
rex constiterat contra pedites,
Curt. 10, 9, 13; 9, 5, 1:
ne contra septentrionem paveris,
Plin. 18, 33, 76, § 330; 28, 6, 19, § 69:
contra solem varie refulgens,
placed in the sun, id. 37, 10, 63, § 173; 10, 54, 75, § 151; 37, 6, 22, § 83;
37, 7, 25, § 95: cum terrestres volucres contra aquam clangores dabunt,
id. 18, 35, 87, § 363; 19, 8, 39, § 131.—
b.
Dependent on verbs of motion (very rare without the idea of hostility):
(Dinocrates) incessit contra tribunal regis jus dicentis,
towards, Vitr. 2, praef. 1.—So trop., of actions done for a purpose:
lege Cornelia de sicariis tenetur qui, cum in magistratu esset, eorum quid fecerit contra hominis necem quod legibus permissum non sit,
Dig. 48, 8, 4.—
c.
Appositively, with the predicate: (elephanti) tanta narratur clementia contra minus validos, ut, etc., if fronting weaker animals, if brought in contact with them (not to be connected with clementia), Plin. 8, 7, 7, § 23.—Similarly: dum... fidens non est contra feram, if fronting the animal (not dependent on fidens), Plin. 8, 16, 21, § 57.—
d.
Against an opposing action, etc.:
contra vim atque impetum fluminis conversa,
Caes. B. G. 4, 17, 5:
cum plateae contra directos ventos erunt conformatae,
Vitr. 1, 6, 8:
ut contra ventum gregem pascamus,
Col. 7, 3, 12; Sen. Q. N. 2, 31, 2; Plin. 29, 3, 12, § 52; 17, 2, 2, § 21; 8, 16, 21, § 54:
contra fluminum impetus aggeribus,
id. 35, 14, 48, § 169:
capite in sole contra pilum peruncto,
id. 27, 4, 5, § 17; 18, 35, 88, § 364; Varr. ap. Plin. 7, 20, 19, § 83; Sil. 14, 352; Dig. 9, 2, 29, § 4. [p. 455] — Trop.:
contra fortunam tenendus est cursus,
Sen. Prov. 5, 9.—Prov.:
contra stimulum calces,
kick against the pricks, Isid. Orig. 1, 36, 28 (al. calcitres); cf. Amm. 18, 5, 1.—
e.
Of local actions with hostile intent.
(α).
Lit.:
quae vis Coclitem contra omnes hostium copias tenuit?
Cic. Par. 1, 2, 12:
Pompeium Cartejae receptum scribis: jam igitur contra hunc exercitum (sc. constitit),
id. Att. 15, 20, 3:
pertimescam, credo, ne mihi non liceat contra vos in contione consistere,
to face you, id. Agr. 1, 8, 25; Lepidus ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 34, 1; Caes. B. C. 1, 26:
a fronte contra hostem pedum quindecim fossam fieri jussit,
id. ib. 1, 41; 1, 42; id. B. G. 7, 62:
Tullus adversus Veientem hostem derigit suos: Albanos contra legionem Fidenatium collocat,
Liv. 1, 27, 5; 24, 41, 5; 38, 4, 5; Verg. A. 12, 279; Front. Strat. 2, 2, 13; 2, 3, 17.—Appositively, with a local verb understood:
terribilis haec contra fugientes belua est, fugax contra insequentes,
i. e. if fronting, if placed opposite, Plin. 8, 25, 38, § 92.—
(β).
Trop.:
castra sunt in Italia contra populum Romanum in Etruriae faucibus collocata,
Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5; id. Mil. 1, 2; Quint. 7, 7, 5:
tum contra hanc Romam illa altera Roma quaeretur,
will be as a rival against this Rome, Cic. Agr. 2, 22, 86:
cui rationi contra homines barbaros atque imperitos locus fuisset, hac ne ipsum quidem sperare, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40:
(Cicero) plerumque contra inimicos atque obtrectatores plus vindicat sibi,
when fronting adversaries, Quint. 11, 1, 23.—
f.
In partic.
(α).
Stare contra aliquem (opp. stare ab aliquo); usu. implying hostility; mostly trop., to stand against, to be arrayed against, to face, oppose:
quod contra hoc exemplum nulla staret eorum ratio,
Auct. Her. 4, 5, 7:
contra populi studium,
Cic. Brut. 34, 126:
contra civium perditorum... dementiam a senatu et a bonorum causa,
id. ib. 79, 273; so,
a mendacio contra veritatem,
id. Inv. 1, 3, 4:
contra cives in acie,
id. Att. 16, 11, 2:
et adversi contra stetit ora juvenci,
opposite, Verg. A. 5, 477; 5, 414:
haec enim (ratio) sola... stat contra fortunam,
Sen. Ep. 14, 4, 2: contra leonem etiam stetit, fronted, i. e. hunted, Spart. Carac. 5 fin. —
(β).
Contra aliquem ire:
aut saevos Libyae contra ire leones,
Stat. Th. 9, 16.— Trop.:
uti contra injurias armati eatis,
Sall. J. 31, 6:
interritus (sapiens) et contra illa (mala) ibit et inter illa,
Sen. Ep. 59, 8; cf.: contra venire, II. B. 1. c. b infra, and v. also II. B. 2. b. and II. B. 1. b. infra.—
3.
Transf.,
a.
To persons placed together for comparison:
C. vero Caesar, si foro tantum vacasset, non alius ex nostris contra Ciceronem nominaretur,
Quint. 10, 1, 114:
CORONATO CONTRA OMNES SCAENICOS,
Inscr. Grut. p. 331, n. 4.—
b.
To things compared, as if weighed against each other as to their value, strength, etc.
(α).
Lit. (very rare):
quamcunque vis rem expende, et contra aquam statue... Si gravior est, leviorem rem... feret, etc.,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 25, 5.—
(β).
Prop.:
cujus (i. e. generis humani) causa videtur cuncta alia genuisse natura, magna saeva mercede contra tanta sua munera,
Plin. 7, 1, 1, § 1:
qui amicus esse coepit quia expedit, placebit ei aliquod pretium contra amicitiam,
Sen. Ep. 9, 9:
numquam ulli fortiores cives fuerunt quam qui ausi sunt eum contra tantas opes ejus... condemnare,
Cic. Fam. 7, 2, 3:
tantum studium bonorum in me exstitisse, contra incredibilem contentionem clarissimi et potentissimi viri,
id. ib. 7, 2, 2; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 9, 3:
nomen prorogans nostrum et memoriam extendens contra brevitatem aevi,
as a compensation for, Plin. 2, 63, 63, § 154.—So esp., valere contra, to weigh against, counterbalance, avail or prevail against: non vereor ne meae vitae modestia parum valitura sit contra falsos rumores, Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 8:
(illa facta) pro periculo potius quam contra salutem valere debere,
Cic. Part. Or. 35, 120; id. Off. 3, 29, 104:
contrane lucrum nil valere Pauperis ingenium?
Hor. Epod. 11, 11; Sen. Ben. 4, 15, 1; id. Cons. Helv. 5, 5; so,
robur habere contra: si contra unamquamlibet partem fortunae satis tibi roboris est,
id. ib. 13, 2;
so of counterchecks: in Creta decem qui cosmoe vocantur, ut contra consulare imperium tribuni plebis, sic illi contra vim regiam constituti,
Cic. Rep. 2, 33, 58.—Of antidotes: cimicum natura contra serpentium morsus valere dicitur, item contra venena omnia, Plin. 29, 4, 17, § 61.—Hence,
c.
Colloq., aliquid contra aurum est, something is worth gold, is superb, both predicatively and attributively (cf.: auro contra, I. A. 2. supra): hujusce pomaria in summa Sacra Via ubi poma veneunt, contra aurum imago, a spectacle for gold, i. e. a magnificent sight, Varr. R. R. 1, 2, 10 MSS. (al. aliter):
numcubi hic vides citrum... num quod emblema aut lithostratum? quae illic omnia contra aurum,
superb, id. ib. 3, 2, 4 MSS. (Schneid. omits aurum, ex conj.):
oneravi vinum, et tunc erat contra aurum,
Petr. 7, 6.—
d.
Transf., of replies, with aiebat, inquit, etc.; both in friendly and inimical sense; esp., contra ea, contra haec, = the adv. contra:
contra ea Titurius sero facturos clamitabat, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 29:
contra ea Verginius unum Ap. Claudium et legum expertem et, etc., aiebat,
Liv. 3, 57, 1; 24, 45, 4:
quae contra breviter fata est vates,
Verg. A. 6, 398:
contra quod disertus Tu impie fecisti inquit, etc.,
Quint. 7, 1, 53 (cf.: contra ea, II. E. 1. infra).
B.
Denoting hostility or disadvantage.
1.
With verbs of hostile action.
a.
Of physical exertion:
pugnavere et tertio consulatu ejus viginti (elephanti) contra pedites quingentos,
Plin. 8, 7, 7, § 22:
proelium Afri contra Aegyptios primi fecere fustibus,
id. 7, 56, 57, § 200; 8, 40, 61, § 142. —
b.
Referring to warfare (usu. adversus), bellum gerere (rarely for cum or adversus; but contra patriam, contra aras, etc., not cum patria, etc.; cf.
bellum, II. A. 1. e.): a quo prohibitos esse vos contra Caesarem gerere bellum (opp. pro),
Cic. Lig. 8, 25; id. Phil. 5, 10, 27; Liv. Ep. 129.—With bellum suscipere:
contra Antonium,
Cic. Phil. 8, 2, 5; so,
contra patriam,
id. Sull. 20, 58:
pugnare contra patriam,
id. ib. 25, 70:
contra conjuges et liberos,
Sen. Ben. 5, 15, 5:
armatum esse contra populum Romanum,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 13, 32.—With arma ferre (freq.), Cic. Phil. 2, 29, 72; 13, 21, 47; Liv. 28, 28, 15; Nep. Att. 4, 2; Tib. 1, 6, 30; Ov. M. 4, 609; 13, 269; id. P. 1, 1, 26.—With arma sumere or capere, Cic. Rab. Perd. 6, 19; id. Phil. 4, 1, 2; 4, 3, 7:
armis contendere contra,
Caes. B. G. 2, 13:
arma alicui dare (trop.),
Cic. Phil. 2, 21, 53:
aciem instruere (trop.),
Liv. 25, 4, 4:
exercitum comparare,
Cic. Phil. 3, 6, 14; 4, 1, 2:
exercitum instruere,
id. Cat. 2, 11, 24:
exercitum ducere and adducere,
id. Phil. 4, 2, 5; 3, 4, 11:
exercitum contra Philippum mittere,
id. Inv. 1, 12, 17:
naves ducere contra,
Hor. Epod. 4, 19:
ducere contra hostes,
Liv. 1, 27, 4:
florem Italiae educere contra,
Cic. Cat. 2, 11, 24:
proficisci contra,
to march against, Liv. 1, 11, 3; 8, 2, 5:
auxilium ferre Rutulis contra Latinos,
Plin. 14, 12, 14, § 88:
juvare aliquem contra,
Caes. B. C. 1, 35:
consilium inire contra Sequanos,
to take hostile measures against, id. B. G. 6, 12.—
c.
Of legal contention (more freq. adversus, except with verbs of saying).
(α).
In gen., with agere or causam agere, to act as counsel against a party or his attorney:
cum agerem contra hominem disertissimum nostrae civitatis,
Cic. Caecin. 33, 97; id. Brut. 63, 226; Sen. Ben. 4, 15, 3; Quint. 11, 1, 59.—Causam recipere or suscipere contra, to accept a retainer against:
(causam) quam receperam contra pueros Octavios,
Cic. Att. 13, 49, 1; Quint. 6, 1, 12; Plin. Ep. 4, 17, 1.—Adesse alicui contra, to appear, act as one's counsel against:
rogavit me Caecilius ut adessem contra Satrium,
Cic. Att. 1, 1, 3; Plin. Ep. 1, 7, 5 al.; cf.:
esse contra,
id. ib. 1, 18, 3.— Trop.: conquesturus venit;
at contra se adfuit et satisfacienti satisfecit,
Sen. Fragm. Amic. 14, 1, 89:
causam defendere contra,
against the accuser, Cic. de Or. 1, 39, 178:
statuere contra aliquem (sc. causam),
to establish a case against an adversary, id. Or. 10, 34:
actio competit contra,
Dig. 49, 14, 41:
querelam instituere contra,
ib. 5, 2, 21, § 1:
bonorum possessionem petere contra,
ib. 5, 2, 23:
jus obtinere contra,
Cic. Quint. 9, 34:
pugnare contra,
to struggle against the accuser, id. Sull. 17, 49; id. Verr. 1, 11, 33:
id quod mihi contra illos datum est,
i. e. a local advantage over, id. Tull. 14, 33:
judicare contra aliquem,
id. Fl. 20, 48; Dig. 21, 2, 55; 5, 2, 14; Just. Inst. 4, 17, 2:
pronuntiare contra,
Paul. Sent. 5, 34, 2: dare sententiam contra, Dig. 21, 2, 56, § 1:
decernere contra,
Cic. Fl. 31, 76:
appellare contra aliquem,
Dig. 49, 1, 3; 49, 5, 6; cf.:
contra sententiam,
Cod. Just. 7, 62, 32, § 2.—Sentire contra aliquem, to have an opinion unfavorable to:
cur vos (cum) aliquid contra me sentire dicatis, etc.,
Cic. Caecin. 27, 79.—
(β).
Venire contra aliquem, to appear as counsel for one's adversary:
quid tu, Saturi, qui contra hunc venis, existimas aliter?
Cic. Rosc. Com. 6, 18; id. Mur. 4, 9; id. Phil. 8, 6, 18.—Venire contra rem alicujus, to give advice damaging one's interests:
contra rem suam me venisse questus est,
Cic. Phil. 2, 2, 3.—
(γ).
With dicere and other verbs of saying. (aa) Of a lawyer pleading against a lawyer:
ipse ille Mucius, quid in illa causa cum contra te diceret, attulit quod? etc.,
Cic. de Or. 1, 57, 244:
cum ille contra me pro Sex. Naevio diceret,
id. Brut. 60, 2, 7; id. de Or. 2, 7, 30; id. Rosc. Am. 15, 45; id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 44; id. Planc. 2, 5; id. Brut. 26, 102; so,
causam dicere,
id. Or. 2, 23, 98:
causam perorare,
id. Quint. 24, 77.—(bb) Of a lawyer's pleading against the parties: dic mihi, M. Pinari, num si contra te dixero mihi male dicturus es? Servil. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 65, 261; 3, 34, 138; 1, 14, 60; id. Or. 35, 123; Quint. 11, 1, 57; cf. with ellipsis of acc.:
quorum alter pro Aufldia, contra dixit alter,
id. 10, 1, 22.—(ng) Of a party against a lawyer:
si Gaditani contra me dicerent,
if the Gaditani were my adversaries, Cic. Balb. 17, 38.—(dd) Of witnesses and experts, and the pleadings against them:
si decressent legationem quae contra istum diceret,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 4, § 12: contra testes dicere (opp. a testibus or pro testibus). Auct. Her. 2, 6, 9; Cic. de Or. 2, 27, 118 (cf.:
testimonium in aliquem dicere,
id. Sull. 17, 48; Quint. 7, 4, 36):
contra juris consultos dicere,
against their legal opinions, Cic. Caecin. 24, 69.—So of witnesses in scientific questions:
contra testes dicendum est,
Sen. Q. N. 7, 16, 1.—(ee) Dicere or contendere aliquid contra aliquem, to maintain a point against:
cum interrogamus adversarios... quid contra nos dici possit,
Auct. Her. 4, 23, 33:
tamenne vereris ut possis hoc contra Hortensium contendere?
Cic. Quint. 25, 78. —
d.
Of literary adversaries, mostly with verbs of saying and writing:
cum scriberem contra Epicurios,
Cic. Att. 13, 38, 1:
contra Epicurum satis superque dictum est,
id. N. D. 2, 1, 2:
contra Brutum,
id. Tusc. 5, 8, 21:
contra Academiam,
id. Ac. 2, 19, 63; id. Fin. 1, 1, 2; 5, 8, 22; id. Tusc. 5, 11, 32; 5, 30, 84; id. Ac. 2, 4, 17:
contra autem omnia disputatur a nostris,
id. Off. 2, 2, 8.—
e.
Of public and political adversaries (syn. adversus and in).
(α).
In gen.:
sentire contra,
Cic. Mil. 2, 5:
pugnare contra bonos,
id. Sull. 25, 71:
contra eos summa ope nitebatur nobilitas,
Sall. C. 38, 2; Cic. Sest. 19, 42; 52, 112:
(tribuni) qui aut contra consulem, aut pro studio ejus pugnabant,
Liv. 39, 32, 12.—
(β).
Of political speaking:
cum (Cato) eo ipso anno contra Serv. Galbam ad populum summa contentione dixisset,
Cic. Brut. 20, 80; so id. Imp. Pomp. 17, 53; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 1.—
f.
Of hostile or criminal acts in gen. (syn.:
adversus, in): inire consilia contra,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 38, 110; id. Cat. 1, 7, 18:
manum comparare contra aliquem,
id. Sull. 24, 68:
conjurationem facere,
id. ib. 4, 12:
congredi,
id. Lig. 3, 9; Sall. J. 64, 4:
aliquid contra imperatorem moliri,
Just. Inst. 4, 18, 3:
nec dolor armasset contra sua viscera matrem,
against her own offspring Ov. R. Am. 59.—Facere contra (more freq. with abstr. objects; cf. II. C. 1. f. b infra): nunc te contra Caesarem facere summae stultitiae est, to take parts against, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 16, 2:
eae (res) contra nos ambae faciunt,
operate against us, id. Quint. 1, 1.—With verbs of saying, etc.:
homo disertus non intellegit, eum quem contra dicit laudari a se?
Cic. Phil. 2, 8, 18; 2, 1, 2; 2, 21, 51; Sen. Ep. 15, 3, 70:
epigramma quod contra quamdam Gelliam scripsit,
Lampr. Alex. Sev. 38:
disputare contra deos, in two signif.: contra deum licet disputare liberius,
to accuse, reproach a god, Cic. N. D. 3, 31, 76; but: mala et impia consuetudo est contra deos disputandi, to reason against the gods, i. e. against their existence, id. ib. 2, 67, 168.—
2.
Predicatively, with esse (videri, etc.), against, injurious to, unfavorable, prejudicial, to one's disadvantage: ut [p. 456] ex senatusconsulto neque cujus intersit, neque contra quem sit intellegi possit, Cic. Mur. 32, 68; id. de Or. 3, 20, 75; 2, 74, 299; 2, 81, 330; id. Sull. 13, 39; Sen. Ben. 6, 31, 6:
licentiam malis dare certe contra bonos est,
injurious to, Quint. 4, 2, 75:
res contra nos est, of unfavorable chances in a lawsuit,
id. 4, 66, 1; 4, 2, 75; 5, 13, 32.—Often, contra aliquem = quod est contra aliquem, referring to indef. pronouns or adjectives:
nihil contra me fecit odio mei = nihil quod esset contra me,
Cic. Har. Resp. 3, 5; id. Off. 3, 31, 112:
quibus (temporibus) aliquid contra Caesarem Pompeio suaserim,
id. Phil. 2, 10, 24.—
3.
Added adverb. to the predicate, mostly referring to purpose, with hostile intent, for the purpose of some hostile act, in order to oppose, in opposition:
Caesarine eam (provinciam) tradituri fuistis, an contra Caesarem retenturi?
or keep it against Caesar, Cic. Lig. 7, 23:
sero enim resistimus ei quem per annos decem aluimus contra nos,
id. Att. 7, 5, 5:
judicium illud pecunia esse temptatum non pro Cluentio, sed contra Cluentium,
id. Clu. 4, 9; id. Imp. Pomp. 17, 52; id. Ac. 2, 28, 92:
cum quae facitis ejusmodi sint ut ea contra vosmet ipsos facere videamini,
id. Rosc. Am. 36, 104; Sen. Ep. 3, 7, 3: Curio se contra eum totum parat, i. e. to speak against him, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 8, 10; Caes. B. C. 1, 85 ter; Sen. Q. N. 1, 7, 1; Plin. 16, 39, 74, § 192; Plin. Pan. 41.—So with the force of a temporal clause:
fidem meam quam essent contra Massam Baebium experti,
in the suit against, Plin. Ep. 3, 4, 4.—
4.
Dependent on adjectives (rare):
contra se ipse misericors,
to his own injury, Phaedr. 4, 18, 3:
severissimus judex contra fures,
Lampr. Alex. Sev. 28.—
5.
With nouns.
a.
Acc. to 1. b.:
ut quam maximae contra Hannibalem copiae sint,
Cic. Inv. 1, 12, 17; cf. Vell. 2, 76, 3.—
b.
Acc. to 1. c. and 1. e.; so esp., oratio contra (cf.: oratio in).
(α).
Oratio contra (never in), of an address against the counsel of a party or against the prosecutor:
quid in omni oratione Crassus vel apud centumviros contra Scaevolam, vel contra accusatorem Brutum, cum pro Cn. Plancio diceret?
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 220; cf.:
Cato pro se contra Cassium = in oratione contra,
Gell. 10, 15, 3; so,
haec perpetua defensio contra Scaevolam,
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 221:
orationem illam egregiam quam (Aeschines) in Ctesiphontem contra Demosthenem dixerat,
id. ib. 3, 56, 213.—
(β).
Of an address against the party, either in judicial or political affairs:
unam orationem contra Gracchum reliquit,
Cic. Brut. 26, 99:
(Demosthenis) oratio contra Leptinem... contra Aeschinem falsae legationis,
id. Or. 31, 111; Gell. 10, 24, 10; 10, 18, 91; Cic. Brut. 46, 169; Quint. 12, 10, 61; Cic. de Or. 2, 11, 45; id. Brut. 44, 164; Gell. 13, 25 (24), 15; cf. Quint. 4, 3, 13; 11, 2, 25.—
c.
Acc. to 1. f.:
contra patres concitatio et seditio,
Cic. Brut. 14, 56.—Of animals:
contra volpium genus communibus inimicitiis,
Plin. 10, 76, 96, § 207.
C.
With inanimate and abstract objects.
1.
Directly dependent on verbs (cf. B. 1.).
a.
Of physical or moral exertion:
cum fulmina contra Tot paribus streperet clipeis,
Verg. A. 10, 567:
pugnandum tamquam contra morbum, sic contra senectutem,
Cic. Sen. 11, 35:
contra verum niti,
Sall. J. 35, 8:
contra fortunam luctari,
Sen. Ben. 7, 15, 2; id. Brev. Vit. 10, 1; id. Ep. 78, 15; 99, 32; cf. Cic. Off. 1, 31, 110.—
b.
Of warfare (lit. and trop.):
bellum contra aras, focos, vitam fortunasque gerere,
Cic. Phil. 3, 1, 1:
bellum gerimus... contra arma verbis,
id. Fam. 12, 22, 1.—So of logical contradictions:
artificis autem est invenire in actione adversarii quae semet ipsa pugnent,
Quint. 5, 13, 30.—
c.
Of legal contention.
(α).
Of the actions of the counsel or prosecutor: dicere, or perorare, agere contra aliquid, to plead against, contest something:
contra argumenta, rumores, tabulas, quaestiones (opp. ab argumentis, etc.),
Auct. Her. 2, 6, 9 sqq.; Cic. de Or. 2, 27, 118:
contra ratiocinationem,
id. Inv. 2, 50, 153: contra scriptum dicere, to contest, controvert a written law or a document, id. ib. 2, 47, 138; 2, 48, 143; id. Brut. 39, 145; Quint. 7, 7, 1:
contra caput dicere,
to plead against life, Cic. Quint. 13, 44 (cf.:
servum in caput domini interrogare,
Paul. Sent. 1, 1, 34; 5, 16, 5 and 8; 5, 46, 3): contra libertatem agere, Dig. 40, 12, 26.—Pregn.:
contra rerum naturam, contraque consuetudinem hominum dicere (opp. contra nos dicere),
Cic. Rosc. Am. 15, 45.—
(β).
Of judicial decisions contradicting documents, etc.:
contra tabulas judicare,
Cic. de Or. 2, 70, 281:
contra testamentum,
Dig. 2, 17, § 1:
contra sententiam dicere,
ib. 49, 8, 1, § 2.—
(γ).
Admittere aliquem contra bona, to admit a petition for bonorum possessio (cf.:
inmittere in bona),
Dig. 38, 2, 3, § 6.—
d.
Of antagonism in literary and ethical questions.
(α).
To contend that something is false:
dicere, disputare, disserere contra opinionem or sententiam,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 4, 8; 5, 19, 55; id. de Or. 3, 18, 67; id. Fin. 5, 4, 10; id. Ac. 2, 18, 60; Sen. Ira, 1, 3, 3; id. Ep. 87, 5; 102, 5 (cf.:
in sententiam dicere,
in support of an opinion, Caes. B. G. 1, 45):
contra sensus dicere,
Cic. Ac. 2, 31, 101:
contra rhetoricen dicere,
Quint. 2, 17, 40.—
(β).
Of criticism, hostility to principles, etc.:
contra Iliadem et Odysseam scribere,
Vitr. 7, praef. 8:
contra quorum disciplinam ingenium ejus exarserat,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 29, 83.—
(γ).
Ethically:
contra voluptatem dicere,
that pleasure is a moral evil, Cic. Fin. 5, 8, 21:
contra mortem loqui,
that death is no evil, Sen. Ep. 82, 7;
in both senses: contra vitia, pericula, fortunam, ambitionem,
id. ib. 100, 10:
contra fortunam gloriari,
that fortune has no power over him, Cic. Tusc. 5, 9, 26; Sen. Ep. 26, 5.—
e.
Of public and political acts and speeches:
contra potentiam accusatorum dicere,
Cic. Brut. 44, 164:
contra legem dicere or verba facere,
id. Imp. Pomp. 15, 53; Liv. 34, 8, 1:
rogationem ferre contra coloniam ( = contra legem de colonia deducenda),
Cic. Clu. 51, 140; Auct. Her. 1, 17, 21; Plin. 8, 17, 24, § 64.—
f.
Of hostility, injury, wrongs, etc.
(α).
In gen.:
senatusconsulto quod contra dignitatem tuam fieret,
directed against, Cic. Fam. 12, 29, 2:
contra rem publicam se commovere,
id. Cat. 1, 26; 1, 3, 7:
incitari,
id. Sest. 47, 100:
consilia inire,
id. Agr. 2, 3, 8:
conjurationem facere,
Sall. C. 30, 6:
contra salutem urbis incitari,
Cic. Cat. 3, 8, 20:
cogitare aliquid contra salutem,
id. ib. 3, 9, 21: contra voluntatem or studium dicere, to oppose one's will in a speech:
esse aliquem in civitate qui contra ejus (Chrysogoni) voluntatem dicere auderet,
id. Rosc. Am. 22, 60; id. Phil. 1, 11, 28; id. de Or. 3, 34, 138; id. Mur. 4, 10; Tac. H. 2, 91:
ne quid contra aequitatem contendas, ne quid pro injuria,
do not array yourself against equity, Cic. Off. 2, 20, 71.— Trop.:
quis non contra Marii arma, contra Suliae proscriptionem irascitur? ( = Mario propter arma, Sullae propter proscriptionem),
Sen. Ira, 2, 2, 3.—
(β).
In partic.: facere contra aliquid (syn. adversus), to commit an offence against, to transgress, etc.:
si quis ad Antonium profectus esset... senatus existimaturum eum contra rem publicam fecisse,
Cic. Phil. 8, 11, 33; id. Mil. 5, 13; 6, 14; id. Off. 3, 10, 43; 3, 25, 95; S. C. ap. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 8, 6; Liv. 25, 4, 7; so,
contra salutem rei publicae facere,
Cic. Dom. 38, 102:
contra majestatem,
against the emperor, Dig. 48, 4, 5:
contra leges,
Cic. Dom. 18, 48; id. Vatin. 7, 18; id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Mur. 32, 67; id. de Or. 3, 19, 70; cf. id. Clu. 34, 92; id. Mur. 32, 68; id. Dom. 14, 38; id. Phil. 10, 6, 13; Gai Inst. 4, 121:
contra edictum (praetoris),
Cic. Verr 2, 3, 10, § 25; Dig. 39, 1, 20, § 1:
contra foedus,
Cic. Balb. 6, 16:
contra jusjurandum ac fidem,
id. Off. 3, 10, 43; id. Lael. 3, 30, 74; id. Verr. 2, 3, 3, § 7; Prop. 3, 30, 44 (2, 32, 44).—And ironically:
tune contra Caesaris nutum (sc. facies)?
Cic. Att. 14, 10, 1.—Rarely contra ea facere = contra facere, adverb. (cf. I. B. 8. and II. E. 1. b.):
corpus in civitatem inferri non licet... et qui contra ea fecerit, extra ordinem punitur,
Paul. Sent. 1, 21, 2; 1, 21, 12.—
2.
Predicatively with esse (usu. impers.), in violation of, in conflict with, contrary to (cf. 3. g).
(α).
With esse expressed as the predicate:
hominem hominis incommodo suum augere commodum magis est contra naturam quam mors,
Cic. Off. 3, 5, 21; id. Fin. 3, 9, 31; id. N. D. 3, 13, 33; Sen. Ep. 5, 4; Plin. 7, 8, 6, § 45:
contra leges or legem est,
Cic. Pis. 13, 30; id. Mur. 32, 67:
contra officium est,
id. Off. 3, 10, 43; 1, 10, 32; 1, 6, 19; cf. id. Lael. 11, 39; id. Off. 3, 15, 63; Liv. 6, 40, 5; Sen. Q. N. 2, 37, 2; Gai Inst. 3, 157; Dig. 30, 1, 112, § 3; 16, 3, 1, § 7.—With ellipsis of object (naturam), Cic. Fin. 5, 29, 89; cf.:
adeo res ista non habet ullam moram quae contra causas ignium sit,
unfavorable to the formation of fire, Sen. Q. N. 2, 26, 7.—
(β).
With verbal predicate, referring to an indef. pron. or adj., with esse understood:
scis hunc... nihil umquam contra rem tuam cogitasse ( = nihil quod contra rem tuam esset),
Cic. Rosc. Am. 50, 147; id. Mil. 5, 13:
aliquid contra animum audiendi,
something against our liking, Sen. Const. 19, 2.—So mostly with facere:
si quid Socrates aut Aristippus contra morem consuetudinemque fecerint,
Cic. Off. 1, 41, 148; id. Att. 3, 23, 2; 2, 22, 2; id. Off. 3, 15, 63; Sall. C. 15, 1; Dig. 8, 2, 11; 8, 2, 17; 35, 1, 79, § 2. —
(γ).
Contra officium, substantively, = id quod contra officium est:
Sic inter recte factum atque peccatum, officium et contra officium, media locabat quaedam,
Cic. Ac. 1, 10, 37.—
3.
Adverbially with the predicate.
(α).
In order to oppose, in opposition to, with hostile intent (cf. B. 3.):
eidem illam proscriptionem capitis mei contra salutem rei publicae rogatam esse dicebant,
that the proposal of the law was an attack on the republic, Cic. Prov. Cons. 19, 45; id. Rab. Perd. 12, 35; id. Phil. 10, 10, 22:
imperator contra postulata Bocchi nuntios mittit,
to reply to the demands, Sall. J. 83, 3; 25, 6; so,
advocare contra,
Sen. Cons. Polyb. 12, 4; id. Ep. 15, 2, 52:
si contra mortem te praeparaveris,
to meet death, id. ib. 11, 3, 8.—
(β).
With the force of a clause of manner, injuriously to, etc.:
quibus contra valetudinis commodum laborandum est,
Cic. Mur. 23, 47; Suet. Aug. 78:
contra hominis salutem,
with danger to a man's life, Cod. Just. 7, 62, 29.—
(γ).
In gen., of conflict with some rule or principle, contrary to, in violation of, without regard to ( = ita ut contra sit; cf. 2. supra; very freq. from the class. period;
syn. adversus): ceperitne pecunias contra leges P. Decius,
Cic. de Or. 2, 31, 136; id. Verr. 2, 1, 4, § 10; id. Fl. 34, 86:
pecuniam contra leges auferre,
id. Verr. 1, 18, 56; 2, 1, 10, § 27; 2, 5, 18, § 46; id. Har. Resp. 26, 56:
contra legem,
id. Rab. Perd. 3, 8; id. Dom. 16, 41:
contra jus fasque,
id. Har. Resp. 16, 34; id. Quint. 6, 28:
contra jus,
Liv. 5, 4, 14; id. Dom. 13, 55; id. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 34:
contra jus gentium,
Liv. 4, 32, 5; 9, 10, 10; 21, 25, 7; 5, 36, 6;
6, 1, 6: contra juris rigorem,
Dig. 40, 5, 24, § 10 et saep.:
contra testimonium aliquid judicare,
without regard to, Cic. Brut. 31, 117:
aliquid contra verecundiam disputare,
contrary to the rules of decency, id. Off. 1, 35, 128:
aliquid contra fidem constituere,
Quint. 5, 13, 34:
quae majores nostri contra lubidinem animi sui recte atque ordine fecere,
contrary to the dictates of passion, Sall. C. 51, 4; id. J. 33, 1; cf. of logical opposition, II. E. 2. infra.—
4.
Dependent on substt.
a.
Of physical strife:
scit ille imparem sibi luctatum contra nexus (draconis),
Plin. 8, 12, 12, § 33. —
b.
Of warfare:
imperatorum copia contra tuum furorem,
Cic. Mur. 39, 83:
Parthorum gloria contra nomen Romanum,
Liv. 9, 18, 6: in castris perditorum contra patriam, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 23, 6.—
c.
Of legal contention:
causa contra scriptum,
Cic. Inv. 2, 46, 135.—
d.
Of political speaking:
divina M. Tullii eloquentia contra leges agrarias,
Quint. 2, 16, 7; 9, 3, 50; Gell. 18, 7, 7.—
e.
Of literary opposition:
Caesaris vituperatio contra laudationem meam,
Cic. Att. 12, 40, 1.—
f.
Of hostility, etc.:
cujus factum, inceptum, conatumve contra patriam,
Cic. Cat. 2, 12, 27:
ullum factum dictumve nostrum contra utilitatem vestram,
Liv. 6, 40, 5.—
g.
Of injury:
vitae cupiditas contra rem publicam,
Cic. Planc. 37, 90: contra serpentes venenum, fatal to serpents, or as a defence against serpents, Plin. 7, 2, 2, § 15.—
h.
Of violation, disregard, etc. (cf. 3. g):
iter contra senatus auctoritatem,
Cic. Phil. 2, 19, 48:
contra consuetudinem somnium,
Plin. 10, 77, 98, § 211:
bonorum possessio contra tabulas,
Dig. 37, 4, 3, § 13; Gai Inst. 3, 41.—
5.
Dependent on adjectives (very rare; cf.
II. D. 2. c. infra): contraque patris impii regnum impotens, avum resolvam,
Sen. Herc. Fur. 966.
D.
Of defence, protection, and resistance (syn.: adversus, ab).
1.
Against persons.
a.
Dependent on verbs:
cum populus Romanus suam auctoritatem vel contra omnes qui dissentiunt possit defendere,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 22, 63: si ego consul rem publicam [p. 457] contra te et gregales tuos defendissem, id. Sest. 52, 111; 22, 49; 8, 20; id. Fam. 11, 27, 7; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45:
contra quem multum omnes boni providerunt,
provided a great defence, id. Mur. 38, 81: formula qua utitur patronus contra libertum qui eum in jus vocat, as a defence against, Gai Inst. 4, 46. —And of protection of plants against injurious animals:
contra haec animalia proderit, si, etc.,
Pall. 10, 3, 2.—
b.
Dependent on adjectives, mostly participial:
paratus contra,
Cic. Mil. 21, 56:
nihil satis firmum contra Metellum,
Sall. J. 80, 1:
contra potentes nemo est munitus satis,
Phaedr. 2, 6, 1.—
2.
Against inanimate and abstract things.
a.
Dependent on verbs:
contra avium morsus munitur vallo aristarum,
Cic. Sen. 15, 51:
propugnaculum, quo contra omnes meos impetus usurum se putat,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 16, § 40; 2, 5, 39, § 102:
publicam causam contra vim armatam suscipere,
id. Dom. 34, 91; id. Quint. 30, 94; id. Leg. 3, 3, 9:
contra tantas difficultates providere,
Sall. J. 90, 1; 76, 4; so,
contra ea,
id. ib. 57, 5:
patricii vi contra vim resistunt,
Liv. 3, 13, 4; Plin. 14, 2, 4, § 28; Tac. Agr. 45; Sen. Prov. 4, 12; id. Const. 5, 4.—
b.
Dependent on substt.:
suffragia contra oppugnationem vestrae majestatis,
Cic. Rab. Perd. 12, 35:
defensio contra vim,
id. Mil. 5, 14:
patronus justitiae fuit contra orationem Phili,
id. Lael. 7, 25; Plin. 29, 2, 9, § 30; 14, 3, 4, § 40:
contra labores patientia,
id. 23, 1, 22, § 37.—
c.
Dependent on adjectives (in Cic. freq. with P. a. predicatively used; otherwise very rare;
in later prose freq.): nec est quidquam Cilicia contra Syriam munitius,
against an attack from the side of Syria, Cic. Fam. 14, 4, 4:
ut nullius res tuta, nullius domus clausa, nullius vita saepta, nullius pudicitia munita contra tuam cupiditatem posset esse,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 15, § 39; id. Fin. 1, 16, 51; id. Mil. 25, 67; id. Tusc. 5, 8, 19; 5, 27, 76:
vir contra audaciam firmissimus,
id. Rosc. Am. 30, 85; Sall. J. 33, 2; 28, 5:
fortis contra dolorem,
Sen. Ep. 98, 18; Quint. 12, 1, 10:
callosus,
Plin. 11, 37, 54, § 147; 14, 2, 4, § 23:
far contra hiemes firmissimum,
id. 18, 8, 19, § 83:
equus tenax contra vincula,
Ov. Am. 3, 4, 13:
contraque minantia fata pervigil,
Claud. I. Cons. Stil. 1, 284.—
3.
Of remedies against sickness and its causes, poison, etc.; so only in Plin.; in Pall. only of preventives and of protection against hurtful animals, and against mental perturbations in gen.; cf. infra (syn. ad in Cat., Cic., Cels., Col.; adversus only in Celsus, who also has in with abl.).
(α).
Dependent on verbs:
cujus et vinum et uva contra serpentium ictus medetur,
Plin. 14, 18, 22, § 117; 7, 2, 2, § 13:
prodest et contra suspiria et tussim,
id. 20, 13, 50, § 128:
valet potum contra venena,
id. 28, 7, 21, § 74; 29, 4, 22, § 71; 29, 4, 26, § 81; 28, 8, 27, § 98; 16, 37, 71, § 180; 35, 6, 14, § 34; 28, 6, 18, §§ 65-67.—
(β).
Dependent on substt.:
remedium contra morsus,
Plin. 8, 32, 50, § 118; 10, 59, 79, § 163:
contra venena esse omnia remedio,
id. 16, 44, 95, § 251; 17, 24, 37, § 240; 7, 1, 1, § 4.—
(γ).
Dependent on adjectives:
vinum quod salutare contra pestilentiam sit,
Pall. 11, 14, 17.—
(δ).
Appositively, as a remedy:
cujus lacteum succum miris laudibus celebrat... contra serpentes et venena,
Plin. 5, 1, 1, § 16; 29, 4, 26, § 83. —So of remedies against affections:
Tiberium tonante caelo coronari ea (lauro) solitum ferunt contra fulminum metus,
Plin. 15, 30, 40, § 135; cf. Sen. Ira, 2, 21, 1; id. Tranq. 5. 1.
E.
Of logical opposition.
1.
With a neuter demonstrative (contra ea, contra haec, contra quae, quod contra = contra, adv.).
a.
The contrary, the reverse (very rare; cf.
I. D. 1.): sed mihi contra ea videtur,
but to me the contrary seems true, Sall. J. 85, 1:
omnia quae contra haec sunt, omnia quae contra sunt,
and vice versa, Quint. 5, 10, 90. —
b.
Contra ea, on the contrary, in logical antithesis (not in Cic. and Sall.; once in Caes. and Quint.; several times in Liv. and Nep.; cf.: contra ea, in other uses, II. A. 2. e. a, II. D. 2. a., II. A. 3. d., II. C. 1. f.):
omnes arderent cupiditate pugnandi... contra ea Caesar... spatiumque interponendum... putabat ( = at contra),
but Caesar on the contrary, Caes. B. C. 3, 74: superbe ab Samnitibus... legati prohibiti commercio sunt;
contra ea benigne ab Siculorum tyrannis adjuti,
Liv. 4, 52, 6; 2, 60, 1; 21, 20, 6;
44, 43, 5: pater... Thracem me genuit, contra ea mater Atheniensem,
Nep. Iphicr. 3, 4; id. praef. 6; id. Alcib. 8, 1.—And after a question, with immo (cf. I. E. 5. b.):
an infirmissimi omnium... (sumus)? Immo contra ea vel viribus nostris, vel, etc., tuti (sumus),
Liv. 41, 24, 8.—
c.
Quod contra, by anastrophe (v. F. 1.), contrary to which, whereas, while on the contrary (only once in Lucr. and three times in Cic.):
illud in his rebus vereor ne forte rearis, Inpia te rationis inire elementa viamque indugredi sceleris: quod contra saepius illa Religio peperit scelerosa atque impia facta,
whereas on the contrary, Lucr. 1, 81:
cujus a me corpus crematum est, quod contra decuit ab illo meum (sc. cremari),
Cic. Sen. 23, 84:
quod contra oportebat delicto dolere, correctione gaudere,
id. Lael. 24, 90 (B. and K. place a comma after oportebat; cf.
Nauck ad loc.): reliquum est ut eum nemo judicio defenderit: quod contra copiosissime defensum esse contendi,
id. Quint. 28, 87 (many consider contra in all these passages as an adverb; cf. Hand, Turs. II. p. 121 sq.; some explain quod as an ancient ablative, = qua re;
v. Ritschl,
Plaut. Exc. p. 57, Munro ad Lucr. 1, 82).—
2.
With an abstract noun, with the force of the adverb contra with ac or atque (I. F. 1.), contrary to, contrary to what, etc. (esp. in Sall., not in Cic.; cf. praeter): celeriter contraque omnium opinionem confecto itinere, contrary to the opinion ( = contra ac rati erant), Caes. B. G. 6, 30:
contra opinionem Jugurthae ad Thalam perveniunt,
Sall. J. 75, 9; Hirt. B. G. 8, 40.—Contra spem either contrary to the opinion, or against the hope:
Metellus contra spem suam laetissume excipitur ( = contra ac ratus, veritus est),
Sall. J. 88, 1; so,
cetera contra spem salva invenit,
Liv. 9, 23, 17:
contra spem omnium L. Furium optavit,
id. 6, 25, 5; Curt. 8, 4, 45;
but: at Jugurtha contra spem nuntio accepto ( = contra ac speraverat),
Sall. J. 28, 1; Liv. 24, 45, 3:
postquam... Jugurtha contra timorem animi praemia sceleris adeptum sese videt,
Sall. J. 20, 1:
ipse in Numidiam procedit, ubi contra belli faciem tuguria plena hominumque... erant ( = contra ac in bello evenire solet),
id. ib. 46, 5:
contra famam,
Plin. 13, 22, 43, § 126; 7, 53, 54, § 180:
segniterque et contra industriam absconditae formicae,
slowly, and in a manner different from their usual activity, id. 18, 35, 88, § 364.—Of persons:
frigidam potionem esse debere, contra priores auctores, Asclepiades confirmavit,
contrary to the opinion of the former physicians, Cels. 4, 26 (19).
F.
Sometimes by anastrophe after its noun.
1.
In prose, after relatives, esp. in Cic.:
quos contra disputant,
Cic. Ac. 2, 15, 47:
quem contra dicit,
id. Phil. 2, 8, 18 (v. II. B. 1. f.):
quem contra veneris,
id. Mur. 4, 9:
quas contra, praeter te, etc.,
id. Vatin. 7, 18:
eos ipsos quos contra statuas,
id. Or. 10, 34:
quos contra me senatus armavit,
id. Att. 10, 8, 8:
quam contra multa locutus est,
Sen. Ep. 82, 7, Plin. Ep. 1, 23, 3; Claud. in Rufin. 1, 332; v. also E. 1. c. supra.—
2.
After other words ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):
hunc igitur contra mittam contendere causam,
Lucr. 4, 471:
dicere eos contra,
id. 4, 484:
donique eum contra,
id. 5, 708:
agmina contra,
Verg. A. 12, 279:
magnum Alciden contra,
id. ib. 5, 414:
Paridem contra,
id. ib. 5, 370:
Italiam contra,
id. ib. 1, 13:
deos contra,
Ov. P. 1, 1, 26:
Messania moenia contra,
id. M. 14, 17:
litora Calabriae contra,
Tac. A. 3, 1.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > contra dicta
12 AT

I) prep.

A. with dative.

I. Of motion;

1) towards, against;

Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;

hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;

2) close atup to;

Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;

þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;

3) to, at;

koma at landi, to come to land;

ganga at dómi, to go into court;

4) along (= eptir);

ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;

dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;

refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;

5) denoting hostility;

renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;

gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;

6) around;

vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;

bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;

7) denoting business, engagement;

ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;

fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.

II. Of position, &c.;

1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;

at kirkju, at church;

at dómi, in court;

at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;

2) denoting participation in;

vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;

vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;

3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;

kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;

var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;

4) with proper names of places (farms);

konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;

biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;

at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;

5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;

at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;

at Marðar, at Mara’s home;

at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;

at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).

III. Of time;

1) at, in;

at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;

at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;

at páskum, at Easter;

at kveldi, at eventide;

at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;

at fjöru, at the ebb;

at flœðum, at the floodtide;

2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;

at ári komanda, next year;

at vári, er kemr, next spring;

generally with ‘komanda’ understood;

at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;

3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;

at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;

at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;

at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;

at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;

at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;

at honum önduðum, after his death;

4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;

hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;

skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;

at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.

IV. fig. and in various uses;

1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;

brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;

verða at ormi, to become a snake;

2) for, as;

gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;

eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;

3) by;

taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;

draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;

kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;

4) as regards as to;

auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;

vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;

5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;

ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;

6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;

faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);

aðili at sök = aðili sakar;

7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;

hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;

mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;

tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;

kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;

8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;

Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);

þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;

hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;

9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);

at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;

at landslögum, by the law of the land;

at vánum, as was to be expected;

at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;

10) in adverbial phrases;

gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;

bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;

at fullu, fully;

at vísu, surely;

at frjálsu, freely;

at eilífu, for ever and ever;

at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;

at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;

at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.

B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);

sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;

eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;

at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;

connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;

at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.

II)

1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;

at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;

2) in an objective sense;

hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;

gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;

3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).

III)

1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;

hón grét at meir, she wept the more;

þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;

þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;

2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);

þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;

sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.

IV)

conj., that;

1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;

þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;

vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;

2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;

svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;

3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);

4) since, because, as (= því at);

5) connected with þó, því, svá;

þó at (with subj.), though, although;

því at, because, for;

svá at, so that;

6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;

þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;

þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;

áðr at (= á. en), before;

7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;

Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;

in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.

V)

negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.

VI)

n. an incited conflict or fight ( see etja);

odda at, Yggs at, battle.

* * *

1.

and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.

Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.

WITH DAT.

A. LOC.

I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:

1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.

2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.

3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)

4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.

5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.

β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.

6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.

β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.

γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.

7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.

β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.

8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.

β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.

II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.

2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.

3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:

α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.

β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.

γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.

4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.

5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.

6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.

β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.

γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.

7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.

B. TEMP.

I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.

II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.

β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.

III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:

1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,

2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.

IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:

1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.

2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.

3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.

V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.

2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.

C. METAPH. and in various cases:

I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:

α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.

β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.

II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.

2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.

III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.

IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.

2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)

3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.

4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.

5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.

6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.

β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.

V. denoting the source of a thing:

1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.

2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.

VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.

VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.

VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.

β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.

IX. following many words:

1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.

β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …

γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.

δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.

2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.

3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.

WITH ACC.

TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.

☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.

2.

and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.

I. it is used either,

1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,

2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.

β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).

3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.

II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:

α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.

β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.

γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.

δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.

ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.

ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.

η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.

θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.

3.

and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.

I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.

II. it is used,

1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.

2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.

β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.

γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.

III. used in connection with conjunctions,

1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.

α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.

β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.

γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.

2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.

IV. as a relat. conj.:

1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.

2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.

V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.

4.

and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.

5.

n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.

β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.

6.

the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT
13 volo

1.
vŏlo (2 d pers. sing. vis, orig. veis, Prisc. 9, 1, 6, p. 847 P.; 1 st pers. plur. volumus, but volimus, Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 89 Speng.; 3 d pers. sing. volt, and 2 d pers. plur. voltis always in ante-class. writers;
also volt,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 17, § 42; 2, 5, 49, § 128; id. Sest. 42, 90; id. Phil. 8, 9, 26; id. Par. 5, 1, 34; id. Rep. 3, 33, 45:
voltis,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 53, § 122; 2, 3, 94, § 219; 2, 5, 5, § 11; 2, 3, 89, § 208; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Rab. Perd. 12, 33; id. Sest. 30, 64; id. Par. 1, 2, 11 et saep. — Pres. subj. velim, but sometimes volim, Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 44 Ritschl; cf. Prisc. 9, 1, 8, p. 848 P.;
so volint,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 65 Ritschl), velle, volui ( part. fut. voliturus, Serv. ad Verg. A. 5, 712; contr. forms, vin for visne, freq. in Plaut. and Ter., also Hor. S. 1, 9, 69; Pers. 6, 63:
sis for si vis,
Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 70; id. Merc. 4, 4, 37; id. Pers. 3, 3, 8; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 20; id. Heaut. 1, 2, 38; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18, 42; id. Rosc. Am. 16, 48; id. Mil. 22, 60; Liv. 34, 32, 20:
sultis for si voltis, only ante-class.,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. As. prol. 1; id. Capt. 2, 3, 96; 3, 5, 9; 4, 4, 11), v. irreg. a. [Sanscr. var-; Gr. bol-, boulomai; cf. the strengthened root Wel- in eeldomai, elpomai; Germ. wollen; Engl. will], expressing any exercise of volition, and corresponding, in most cases, to the Germ. wollen; in Engl. mostly rendered, to wish, want, intend, purpose, propose, be willing, consent, mean, will, and, impersonally, it is my will, purpose, intention, plan, policy (syn.: cupio, opto; but volo properly implies a purpose).
I.
In gen.
A.
With object-infinitive.
1.
With pres. inf.
a.
To wish.
(α).
Exire ex urbe priusquam luciscat volo, Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 35:
potare ego hodie tecum volo,
id. Aul. 3, 6, 33:
ego quoque volo esse liber: nequiquam volo,
id. Trin. 2, 4, 39; so id. ib. 2, 4, 164:
ait rem seriam agere velle mecum,
Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 8:
natus enim debet quicunque est velle manere In vita,
Lucr. 5, 177:
video te alte spectare et velle in caelum migrare,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 34, 82:
quid poetae? Nonne post mortem nobilitari volunt?
id. ib. 1, 15, 34:
si innocentes existimari volumus,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28:
quoniam opinionis meae voluistis esse participes,
id. de Or. 1, 37, 172:
quod eas quoque nationes adire et regiones cognoscere volebat,
Caes. B. G. 3, 7:
si velit suos recipere, obsides sibi remittat,
id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:
dominari illi volunt, vos liberi esse,
Sall. J. 31, 23:
si haec relinquere voltis,
id. C. 58, 15:
priusquam liberi estis, dominari jam in adversarios vultis,
Liv. 3, 53, 7:
si quis vestrum suos invisere volt, commeatum do,
id. 21, 21, 5:
non enim vincere tantum noluit, sed vinci voluit,
id. 2, 59, 2:
suspitionem Caesar quibusdam reliquit, neque voluisse se diutius vivere, neque curasse,
Suet. Caes. 85:
Eutrapelus cuicunque nocere volebat, Vestimenta dabat pretiosa,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 31.—
(β).
Idiomatically: quid arbitramini Rheginos merere velle ut ab iis marmorea illa Venus auferatur? what do you think the Rhegini would take for, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 60, § 135.—
(γ).
Transf., of things: fabula quae posci vult et spectata reponi, a comedy which wishes (i. e. is meant) to be in demand, etc., Hor. A. P. 190:
neque enim aut hiare semper vocalibus aut destitui temporibus volunt sermo atque epistula,
Quint. 9, 4, 20; cf. id. 8, prooem. 23.—
b.
Of the wishes of those that have a right to command, the gods, masters, parents, commanders, etc., I want, wish, will, am resolved, it is my will:
in acdibus quid tibi meis erat negoti...? Volo scire,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 14; 3, 2, 17; 3, 2, 18; 3, 6, 27; id. Curc. 4, 3, 11; id. Ep. 3, 4, 74; id. Mil. 2, 3, 74; 3, 1, 17; id. Stich. 1, 2, 56; Ter. And. 1, 2, 9; 4, 2, 17:
maxima voce clamat populus, neque se uni, nec paucis velle parere,
Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55:
consuesse deos immortalis, quos pro scelere eorum ulcisci velint, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 13:
hic experiri vim virtutemque volo,
Liv. 23, 45, 9.—
c.
= in animo habere, to intend, purpose, mean, design:
ac volui inicere tragulam in nostrum senem,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 4, 14:
eadem quae illis voluisti facere tu, faciunt tibi,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 11; so id. Most. 2, 2, 5:
puerumque clam voluit exstinguere,
Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 23:
necare candem voluit,
Cic. Cael. 13, 31: quid enim ad illum qui te captare vult, utrum [p. 2005] tacentem te irretiat an loquentem? id. Ac. 2, 29, 94:
hostis hostem occidere volui,
Liv. 2, 12, 9; 7, 34, 11: volui interdiu eum... occidere; volui, cum ad cenam invitavi, veneno scilicet tollere;
volui... ferro interficere (ironically),
id. 40, 13, 2:
tuum crimen erit, hospitem occidere voluisse,
the intention to kill your guest-friend, Val. Max. 5, 1, 3 fin.; 6, 1, 8:
non enim vult mori, sed invidiam filio facere,
Quint. 9, 2, 85.—
Pregn., opp. optare: non vult mori qui optat,
Sen. Ep. 117, 24:
sed eo die is, cui dare volueram (epistulam), non est profectus,
Cic. Att. 9, 7, 1:
cum de senectute vellem aliquid scribere,
id. Sen. 1, 2:
ego te volui castigare, tu mihi accussatrix ades,
Plaut. As. 3, 1, 10:
bonus volo jam ex hoc die esse,
id. Pers. 4, 3, 10:
ego jam a principio amici filiam, Ita ut aequom fuerat, volui uxorem ducere,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 46:
at etiam eo negotio M. Catonis splendorem maculare voluerunt,
it was their purpose, Cic. Sest. 28, 60:
eum (tumulum) non tam capere sine certamine volebat, quam causam certaminis cum Minucio contrahere,
his plan was, Liv. 22, 28, 4.—Of things:
cum lex venditionibus occurrere voluit,
when it was the purpose of the law, Dig. 46, 1, 46: sed quid ea drachuma facere vis? Ca. Restim volo Mihi emere... qui me faciam pensilem, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 87: Ch. Revorsionem ad terram faciunt vesperi. Ni. Aurum hercle auferre voluere, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 63:
si iis qui haec omnia flamma ac ferro delere voluerunt... bellum indixi, etc.,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 10, 24:
(plebem) per caedem senatus vacuam rem publicam tradere Hannibali velle,
Liv. 23, 2, 7:
rem Nolanam in jus dicionemque dare voluerat Poeno,
id. 23, 15, 9: qui (majores nostri) tanta cura Siculos tueri ac retinere voluerunt ut, etc., whose policy it was to protect, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 6, § 14:
ut qui a principio mitis omnibus Italicis praeter Romanos videri vellet, etc.,
Liv. 23, 15, 4: idem istuc, si in vilitate largiri voluisses, derisum tuum beneficium esset, if you had offered to grant the same thing during low prices, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 92, § 215.—
d.
= studere, conari, to try, endeavor, attempt:
quas (i. e. magnas res) qui impedire vult, is et infirmus est mobilisque natura, et, etc.,
Cic. Lael. 20, 75:
nam si quando id (exordium) primum invenire volui, nullum mihi occurrit, nisi aut exile, aut, etc.,
id. Or. 2, 77, 315:
de Antonio dico, numquam illum... nonnullorum de ipso suspitionem infitiando tollere voluisse,
that he never attempted to remove, id. Sest. 3, 8; id. Div. 1, 18, 35:
audes Fatidicum fallere velle deum?
do you dare attempt? Ov. F. 2, 262.—
e.
To mean, of actions and expressions:
hic respondere voluit, non lacessere,
the latter meant to answer, not to provoke, Ter. Phorm. prol. 19:
non te judices urbi sed carceri reservarunt, neque to retinere in civitate, sed exilio privare voluerunt,
Cic. Att. 1, 16, 9.—So, volo dicere, I mean (lit. I intend to say):
quid aliud volui dicere?
Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 51:
volo autem dicere, illud homini longe optimum esse quod ipsum sit optandum per se,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 20, 46.—Often with the acc. illud or id, as a correction: Tr. Specta quam arcte dormiunt. Th. Dormiunt? Tr. Illut quidem ut conivent volui dicere, I mean how they nod, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 145: Py. Quid? bracchium? Ar. Illud dicere volui femur, id. Mil. 1, 1, 27:
adduxi volui dicere,
id. Ps. 2, 4, 21; id. Am. 1, 1, 233; 1, 1, 235; id. Cas. 2, 6, 14; id. Mil. 3, 2, 7; id. Ps. 3, 2, 54; id. Rud. 2, 4, 9.—
f.
To be going to: haec argumenta ego aedificiis dixi; nunc etiam volo docere ut homines aedium esse similes arbitremini, now I am going to show how, etc., Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 37: quando bene gessi rem, volo hic in fano supplicare, I am going to worship here, etc., id. Curc. 4, 2, 41:
nunc quod relicuom restat volo persolvere,
id. Cist. 1, 3, 40:
sustine hoc, Penicule, exuvias facere quas vovi volo,
id. Men. 1, 3, 13:
sinite me prospectare ne uspiam insidiae sint, consilium quod habere volumus,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 3; id. As. 2, 2, 113; id. Cas. 4, 2, 3; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 61:
si Prometheus, cum mortalibus ignem dividere vellet, ipse a vicinis carbunculos conrogaret, ridiculus videretur,
Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9:
ait se velle de illis HS. LXXX. cognoscere,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 23, § 56:
hinc se recipere cum vellent, rursus illi ex loco superiore nostros premebant,
Caes. B. C. 1, 45. —
g.
To be about to, on the point of: quom mittere signum Volt, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 88 Vahl.):
quotiens ire volo foras, retines me, rogitas quo ego eam,
Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 5:
quae sese in ignem inicere voluit, prohibui,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 113:
si scires aspidem latere uspiam, et velle aliquem imprudentem super eam adsidere,
Cic. Fin. 2, 18, 59; id. Div. 1, 52, 118:
quod cum facere vellent, intervenit M. Manilius,
id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:
qui cum opem ferre vellet, nuntiatum sibi esse aliam classem ad Aegates insulas stare,
Liv. 22, 56, 7:
at Libys obstantes dum vult obvertere remos, In spatium resilire manus breve vidit,
Ov. M. 3, 676; 1, 635:
P. Claudius cum proelium navale committere vellet,
Val. Max. 1, 4, 3.—
h.
Will, and in oblique discourse and questions would, the auxiliaries of the future and potential: animum advortite: Comediai nomen dari vobis volo, I will give you, etc., Plaut. Cas. prol. 30:
sed, nisi molestum est, nomen dare vobis volo comediai,
id. Poen. prol. 50:
vos ite intro. Interea ego ex hac statua verberea volo erogitare... quid sit factum,
id. Capt. 5, 1, 30:
i tu atque arcessi illam: ego intus quod facto est opus volo adcurare,
id. Cas. 3, 3, 35; id. Cist. 1, 1, 113; id. Most. 1, 1, 63; id. Poen. 2, 44; id. Pers. 1, 3, 85; id. Rud. 1, 2, 33: cum vero (gemitus) nihil imminuat doloris, cur frustra turpes esse volumus? why will ( would) we be disgraceful to no purpose? Cic. Tusc. 2, 24, 57:
illa enim (ars) te, verum si loqui volumus, ornaverat,
id. ib. 1, 47, 112:
ergo, si vere aestimare volumus, etc.,
Val. Max. 7, 5, 6:
si vere aestimare Macedonas, qui tunc erant, volumus,
Curt. 4, 16, 33:
ejus me compotem facere potestis, si meminisse vultis, etc.,
Liv. 7, 40, 5:
visne igitur, dum dies ista venit... interea tu ipse congredi mecum ut, etc....?
id. 8, 7, 7:
volo tibi Chrysippi quoque distinctionem indicare,
Sen. Ep. 9, 14: vis tu homines urbemque feris praeponere silvis? will you prefer, etc., Hor. S. 2, 6, 92; cf. velim and vellem, would, II. A. 2.—
k.
Sometimes volui = mihi placuit, I resolved, concluded (generally, in this meaning, followed by an infinitive clause, v. I. B. 4.):
uti tamen tuo consilio volui,
still I concluded to follow your advice, Cic. Att. 8, 3, 1.—
1.
To be willing, ready, to consent, like to do something: si sine bello velint rapta... tradere... se exercitum domum reducturum, if they were willing, would consent to, would deliver, etc., Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 52:
is dare volt, is se aliquid posci,
likes to give, id. As. 1, 3, 29:
hoc dixit, si hoc de cella concederetur, velle Siculos senatui polliceri frumentum in cellam gratis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 87, § 200:
ei laxiorem daturos, si venire ad causam dicendam vellet,
Liv. 39, 17, 2; 5, 36, 4: nemo invenitur qui pecuniam suam dividere velit. Sen. Brev. Vit. 3, 1:
plerique concessam sibi sub condicione vitam si militare adversus eum vellent, recusarunt,
Suet. Caes. 68:
dedere etiam se volebant, si toleranda viris imperarentur,
Flor. 1, 33 (2, 18), 12.—So with negatives, to be not willing, not to suffer, not to like, not to allow, refuse:
heri nemo voluit Sostratam intro admittere,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 49:
cum alter verum audire non vult,
Cic. Lael. 26, 98: a proximis quisque minime anteiri vult, likes least to be surpassed, etc., Liv. 6, 34, 7:
nihil ex his praeter... accipere voluit,
refused to accept, Val. Max. 4, 3, 4.—
m.
To do something voluntarily or intentionally: volo facere = mea voluntate or sponte facio: si voluit accusare, pietati tribuo;
si jussus est, necessitati,
if he accused of his own free will, I ascribe it to his filial love, Cic. Cael. 1, 2:
utrum statuas voluerint tibi statuere, an coacti sint,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 65, § 157:
de risu quinque sunt quae quaerantur... sitne oratoris risum velle permovere,
on purpose, id. Or. 2, 58, 235:
laedere numquam velimus,
Quint. 6, 3, 28.—So, non velle with inf., to do something unwillingly, with reluctance:
vivere noluit qui mori non vult,
who dies with reluctance, Sen. Ep. 30, 10.—
n.
To be of opinion, think, mean, pretend (rare with inf.; usu. with acc. and inf.; v. B. 8.):
haec tibi scripsi ut isto ipso in genere in quo aliquid posse vis, te nihil esse cognosceres,
in which you imagine you have some influence, Cic. Fam. 7, 27, 2:
in hoc homo luteus etiam callidus ac veterator esse vult, quod ita scribit, etc.,
pretends, means to be, id. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 35: sed idem Aelius Stoicus esse voluit, orator autem nec studuit um quam, nec fuit, id. Brut. 56, 206:
Pythago. ras, qui etiam ipse augur esse vellet,
id. Div. 1, 3, 5.—
o.
To like, have no objection to, approve of (cf. E. 1. sq.):
magis eum delectat qui se ait philosophari velle sed paucis: nam omnino haud placere,
that he liked, had no objection to philosophizing, Cic. Rep. 1, 18, 30; v. also II. A.—
2.
With pres. inf. understood.
a.
Supplied from a preceding or subsequent clause.
(α).
To wish, it is his will, etc. (cf. 1. a. and b. supra):
nunc bene vivo et fortunate atque ut volo, i. e. vivere,
as I wish, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 111: quod diu vivendo multa quae non volt (i. e. videre) videt, Caecil. ap. Cic. Sen. 8, 25:
proinde licet quotvis vivendo condere saecla,
Lucr. 3, 1090:
nec tantum proficiebam quantum volebam,
Cic. Att. 1, 17, 1:
tot autem rationes attulit, ut velle (i. e. persuadere) ceteris, sibi certe persuasisse videatur,
id. Tusc. 1, 21, 49:
sed liceret, si velint, in Ubiorum finibus considere,
Caes. B. G. 4, 81:
quo praesidio senatus libere quae vellet decernere auderet,
id. B. C. 1, 2.—Of things:
neque chorda sonum reddit quem vult manus et mens,
Hor. A. P. 348.—
(β).
To choose, be pleased (freq.):
tum mihi faciat quod volt magnus Juppiter,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 50:
id repetundi copia est, quando velis,
id. Trin. 5, 2, 7:
habuit aurum quamdiu voluit,
Cic. Cael. 13, 31:
rapiebat et asportabat quantum a quoque volebat Apronius,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 29:
provincias quas vellet, quibus vellet, venderet?
id. Sest. 39, 84:
quotiens ille tibi potestatem facturus sit ut eligas utrum velis,
id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 45:
daret utrum vellet subclamatum est,
Liv. 21, 18, 14:
senatus consultum factum est ut plebes praeficeret quaestioni quem vellet,
id. 4, 51, 2:
saxi materiaeque caedendae unde quisque vellet jus factum,
id. 5, 55, 3; cf. id. 2, 13, 9; 5, 46, 10; 6, 25, 5; 22, 10, 23; 23, 6, 2; 23, 15, 15; 23, 45, 10; 23, 47, 2;
26, 21, 11: vicem suam conquestus, quod sibi soli non liceret amicis, quatenus vellet, irasci,
Suet. Aug. 66:
at tu quantum vis tolle,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 16.—
(γ).
To intend, it is my purpose, etc. (v. 1. c. supra):
sine me pervenire quo volo,
let me come to my point, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 44:
scripsi igitur Aristotelio more, quemadmodum quidem volui, tres libros... de Oratore,
as I intended, Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 23:
ut meliore condicione quam qua ipse vult imitetur homines eos qui, etc.,
id. Div. in Caecil. 8, 25:
ego istos posse vincere scio, velle ne scirem ipsi fecerunt,
Liv. 2, 45, 12. —
(δ).
To be willing, to consent, I will (v. 1. h. and l. supra): tu eum orato... St. Sane volo, yes, I will, Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 57:
jube me vinciri. Volo, dum istic itidem vinciatur,
id. Capt. 3, 4, 75:
patri dic velle (i. e. uxorem ducere),
that you consent, are willing, Ter. And. 2, 3, 20 (cf.: si vis, II. A. 2, and sis, supra init.).—
(ε).
To do something voluntarily (v. 1. m. supra):
tu selige tantum, Me quoque velle velis, anne coactus amem,
Ov. Am. 3, 11, 50.—
b.
With ellipsis of inf.
(α).
Volo, with a designation of place, = ire volo:
nos in Formiano morabamur, quo citius audiremus: deinde Arpinum volebamus,
I intended to go to Arpinum, Cic. Att. 9, 1, 3:
volo mensi Quinctili in Graeciam,
id. ib. 14, 7, 2:
hactenus Vitellius voluerat (i. e. procedere),
Tac. A. 12, 42 fin. —
(β).
With other omissions, supplied from context: volo Dolabellae valde desideranti, non reperio quid (i. e. to dedicate some writing to him), Cic. Att. 13, 13, 2.—
(γ).
In mal. part., Plaut. Aul. 2, 4, 7; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 16; 2. 19, 2; Prop. 1, 13, 36.—
3.
With perfect infinitive active (rare).
a.
In negative imperative sentences dependent on ne velis, ne velit (in oblique discourse also ne vellet), where ne velis has the force of noli. The perfect infinitive emphatically represents the action as completed (ante-class. and poet.).
(α).
In ancient ordinances of the Senate and of the higher officers (not in laws proper): NEIQVIS EORVM BACANAL HABVISE VELET... BACAS VIR NEQVIS ADIESE VELET CEIVIS ROMANVS... NEVE PECVNIAM QVISQVAM EORVM COMOINEM HABVISE VELET... NEVE... QVIQVAM FECISE VELET. NEVE INTER SED CONIOVRASE, NEVE COMVOVISE NEVE CONSPONDISE, etc., S. C. de Bacch. 4-13 ap. Wordsworth, Fragm. and Spec. p. 172.—So, in quoting such ordinances: per totam Italiam edicta mitti ne quis qui Bacchis initiatus esset, coisse aut convenisse causa sacrorum velit. [p. 2006] neu quid talis rei divinae fecisse, Liv. 39, 14, 8:
edixerunt ne quis quid fugae causa vendidisse neve emisse vellet,
id. 39, 17, 3. —
(β).
In imitation of official edicts: (vilicus) ne quid emisse velit insciente domino, neu quid domino celasse velit, the overseer must not buy any thing, etc., Cato, R. R. 5, 4:
interdico, ne extulisse extra aedis puerum usquam velis,
Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 48:
oscula praecipue nulla dedisse velis (= noli dare),
Ov. Am. 1, 4, 38:
ne quis humasse velit Ajacem, Atride, vetas? Cur?
Hor. S. 2, 3, 187.—
b.
In affirmative sentences, implying command (in any mood or tense; mostly poet.): neminem nota strenui aut ignavi militis notasse volui, I have decided to mark no one, etc., Liv. 24, 16, 11: quia pepercisse vobis volunt, committere vos cur pereatis non patiuntur, because they have decided to spare you, etc., id. 32, 21, 33:
sunt delicta tamen quibus ignovisse velimus (= volumus),
which should be pardoned, Hor. A. P. 347.—
c.
To represent the will as referring to a completed action.
(α).
In optative sentences with vellem or velim, v. II. B. 5. b. a, and II. C. 1. b.—
(β).
In other sentences ( poet. and post-class.): ex omnibus praediis ex quibus non hac mente recedimus ut omisisse possessionem velimus, with the will to abandon (omittere would denote the purpose to give up at some future time), Dig. 43, 16, 1, § 25; so,
an erit qui velle recuset Os populi meruisse?
Pers. 1, 41:
qui me volet incurvasse querela,
id. 1, 91.
B.
With acc. and inf.
1.
To wish (v. A. 1. a.).
a.
With a different subject: hoc volo scire te: Perditus sum miser, I wish you to know, etc., Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 46:
deos volo consilia vostra vobis recte vortere,
id. Trin. 5, 2, 31:
emere oportet quem tibi oboedire velis,
id. Pers. 2, 4, 2:
scin' quid nunc te facere volo?
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 85:
si perpetuam vis esse adfinitatem hanc,
id. Hec. 2, 2, 10:
consul ille egit eas res quarum me participem esse voluit,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 17, 41:
vim volumus exstingui: jus valeat necesse est,
id. Sest. 42, 92:
nec mihi hunc errorem extorqueri volo,
id. Sen. 23, 85:
hoc te scire volui,
id. Att. 7, 18, 4:
harum causarum fuit justissima quod Germanos suis quoque rebus timere voluit,
Caes. B. G. 4, 16:
ut equites qui salvam esse rempublicam vellent ex equis desilirent,
Liv. 4, 38, 2:
si me vivere vis recteque videre valentem,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 3:
si vis me flere, dolendum est Primum ipsi tibi,
id. A. P. 102.—With pass. inf. impers.:
regnari tamen omnes volebant,
that there should be a king, Liv. 1, 17, 3:
mihi volo ignosci,
I wish to be pardoned, Cic. Or. 1, 28, 130:
volt sibi quisque credi,
Liv. 22, 22, 14. —
b.
With the same subject.
(α).
With inf. act.:
quae mihi est spes qua me vivere velim,
what hope have I, that I should wish to live? Plaut. Rud. 1, 3, 33:
volo me placere Philolachi,
id. Most. 1, 3, 11; cf. id. Trin. 2, 2, 47; id. Rud. 2, 6, 1:
judicem esse me, non doctorem volo,
Cic. Or. 33, 117:
vult, credo, se esse carum suis,
id. Sen. 20, 73; so id. Off. 1, 31, 113; id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; 2, 23, 95. —
(β).
With inf. pass.:
quod certiorem te vis fieri quo quisque in me animo sit,
Cic. Att. 11, 13, 1; cf. id. Fam. 1, 9, 18:
qui se ex his minus timidos existimari volebant,
Caes. B. G. 1, 39; cf. id. B. C. 2, 29:
religionis se causa... Bacchis initiari velle,
Liv. 39, 10, 2:
Agrippae se nepotem neque credi neque dici volebat,
Suet. Calig. 22 fin. —
2.
Of the will of superiors, gods, etc. (cf. A. 1. b. supra), I want, it is my will:
me absente neminem volo intromitti,
Plaut. Aul. 1, 3, 21:
viros nostros quibus tu voluisti esse nos matres familias,
id. Stich. 1, 2, 41; id. Most. 1, 4, 2; id. Rud. 4, 5, 9; id. Trin. 1, 2, 1:
pater illum alterum (filium) secum omni tempore volebat esse,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 15, 42:
(deus) quinque reliquis motibus orbem esse voluit expertem,
id. Univ. 10; cf. id. Sest. 69, 147; id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 57; 1, 5, 14:
causa mittendi fuit quod iter per Alpes... patefieri volebat,
Caes. B. G. 3, 1; cf. id. ib. 5, 9; id. B. C. 1, 4:
quippe (senatus) foedum hominem a republica procul esse volebat,
Sall. C. 19, 2:
nec (di) patefieri (crimina) ut impunita essent, sed ut vindicarentur voluerunt,
Liv. 39, 16, 11; cf. id. 1, 56, 3; 2, 28, 5; 25, 32, 6:
senatus... Romano sanguini pudicitiam tutam esse voluit,
Val. Max. 6, 1, 9; cf. id. 6, 9, 2.—So in the historians: quid fieri vellet (velit), after a verbum imperandi or declarandi, he gave his orders, explained his will:
quid fieri velit praecipit,
Caes. B. G. 5, 56:
ibi quid fieri vellet imperabat,
id. ib. 7, 16:
quid fieri vellet ostendit,
id. ib. 7, 27:
quae fieri vellet edocuit,
id. B. C. 3, 108; cf. id. B. G. 7, 45; id. B. C. 3, 78; 3, 89:
quid fieri vellet edixit,
Curt. 8, 10, 30; 4, 13, 24; Val. Max. 7, 4, 2.— Frequently majores voluerunt, it was the will of our ancestors, referring to ancient customs and institutions:
sacra Cereris summa majores nostri religione confici caerimoniaque voluerunt,
Cic. Balb. 24, 55: majores vestri ne vos quidem temere coire voluerunt, cf. id. ib. 17, 39; 23, 54; id. Agr. 2, 11, 26; id. Fl. 7, 15; id. Imp. Pomp. 13, 39; id. Div. 1, 45, 103; id. Font. 24, 30 (10, 20); id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70.—Of testamentary dispositions: cum Titius, heres meus, mortuus erit, volo hereditatem meam ad P. Mevium pertinere, Gai Inst. 2, 277. Except in the institution of the first heir: at illa (institutio) non est comprobata: Titum heredem esse volo, Gai Inst. 2, 117. —
3.
Of the intention of a writer, etc., to want, to mean, intend:
Asinariam volt esse (nomen fabulae) si per vos licet,
Plaut. As. prol. 12:
Plautus hanc mihi gnatam esse voluit Inopiam,
has wanted Poverty to be my daughter, made her my daughter, id. Trin. prol. 9:
primumdum huic esse nomen Diphilus Cyrenas voluit,
id. Rud. prol. 33:
quae ipsi qui scripserunt voluerunt vulgo intellegi,
meant to be understood by all, Cic. Or. 2, 14, 60:
si non hoc intellegi volumus,
id. Fat. 18, 41:
quale intellegi vult Cicero cum dicit orationem suam coepisse canescere,
Quint. 11, 1, 31; so id. 9, 4, 82; 9, 3, 9:
quamquam illi (Prometheo) quoque ferreum anulum dedit antiquitas vinculumque id, non gestamen, intellegi voluit,
Plin. 33, 1, 4, § 8.—
4.
To resolve:
Siculi... me defensorem calamitatum suarum... esse voluerunt,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 4, 11:
si a me causam hanc vos (judices) agi volueritis,
if you resolve, id. ib. 8, 25:
senatus te voluit mihi nummos, me tibi frumentum dare,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 85, § 196:
qua (statua) abjecta, basim tamen in foro manere voluerunt,
id. ib. 2, 2, 66, §
160: liberam debere esse Galliam quam (senatus) suis legibus uti voluisset,
Caes. B. G. 1, 45:
tu Macedonas tibi voluisti genua ponere, venerarique te ut deum,
Curt. 8 (7), 13.— Hence,
5.
To order, command: erus meus tibi me salutem multam voluit dicere, has ordered me, etc., Plaut. Ps. 4, 2, 25:
montem quem a Labieno occupari voluerit,
which he had ordered to be occupied, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:
ibi futuros esse Helvetios ubi eos Caesar... esse voluisset,
id. ib. 1, 13 (for velitis jubeatis with inf.-clause, v. II. B. 5. d.).—
6.
To consent, allow (cf. A. 1. I.):
obtinuere ut (tribuni) tribuniciae potestatis vires salubres vellent reipublicae esse,
they prevailed upon them to permit the tribunitian power to be wholesome to the republic, Liv. 2, 44, 5:
Hiero tutores... puero reliquit quos precatus est moriens ut juvenum suis potissimum vestigiis insistere vellent,
id. 24, 4, 5:
petere ut eum... publicae etiam curae ac velut tutelae vellent esse (i. e. senatus),
id. 42, 19, 5:
orare tribunos ut uno animo cum consulibus bellum ab urbe ac moenibus propulsari vellent,
id. 3, 69, 5:
quam superesse causam Romanis cur non... incolumis Syracusas esse velint?
id. 25, 28, 8:
si alter ex heredibus voluerit rem a legatario possideri, alter non, ei qui noluit interdictum competet,
Dig. 43, 3, 1, § 15.—So negatively = not to let, not to suffer:
cum P. Attio agebant ne sua pertinacia omnium fortunas perturbari vellet,
Caes. B. C. 2, 36.—
7.
To be of opinion that something should be, to require, demand:
voluisti enim in suo genere unumquemque... esse Roscium,
Cic. Or. 1, 61, 258: eos exercitus quos contra se multos jam annos aluerint velle dimitti, he demanded the disbanding of, etc., Caes. B. C. 1, 85:
(Cicero) vult esse auctoritatem in verbis,
Quint. 8, 3, 43:
vult esse Celsus aliquam et superiorem compositionem,
id. 9, 4, 137:
si tantum irasci vis sapientem quantum scelerum indignitas exigit,
Sen. Ira, 2, 9, 4. —
8.
To be of opinion that something is or was, = censere, dicere, but implying that the opinion is erroneous or doubtful, usu. in the third pers., sometimes in the second.
(α).
To imagine, consider:
est genus hominum qui esse se primos omnium rerum volunt, Nec sunt,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 17:
semper auget adsentator id quod is cujus ad voluntatem dicitur vult esse magnum,
Cic. Lael. 26, 98:
si quis patricius, si quis—quod illi volunt invidiosius esse—Claudius diceret,
Liv. 6, 40, 13.—
(β).
To be of opinion, to hold:
vultis, opinor, nihil esse... in natura praeter ignem,
Cic. N. D. 3, 14, 36:
volunt illi omnes... eadem condicione nasci,
id. Div. 2, 44, 93:
vultis evenire omnia fato,
id. ib. 2, 9, 24:
alteri censent, etc., alteri volunt a rebus fatum omne relegari,
id. Fat. 19, 45:
vultis a dis immortalibus hominibus dispertiri somnia,
id. N. D. 3, 39, 93; id. Tusc. 1, 10, 20; id. Fin. 3, 11, 36; id. Rep. 2, 26, 48:
volunt quidam... iram in pectore moveri effervescente circa cor sanguine,
Sen. Ira, 2, 19, 3.—
(γ).
To say, assert:
si tam familiaris erat Clodiae quam tu esse vis,
as you say he is, Cic. Cael. 21, 53:
sit sane tanta quanta tu illam esse vis,
id. Or. 1, 55, 23:
ad pastum et ad procreandi voluptatem hoc divinum animal procreatum esse voluerunt: quo nihil mihi videtur esse absurdius,
id. Fin. 2, 13, 40; 2, 17, 55; 2, 42, 131; 2, 46, 142; id. Fat. 18, 41.—With perf. inf.:
Rhodi ego non fui: me vult fuisse,
Cic. Planc. 34, 84.—
(δ).
To pretend, with perf. inf., both subjects denoting the same person:
unde homines dum se falso terrore coacti Effugisse volunt, etc.,
Lucr. 3, 69 (cf. A. 1. n. supra).—
(ε).
To mean, with perf. inf.:
utrum scientem vultis contra foedera fecisse, an inscientem?
Cic. Balb. 5, 13.— With pres. inf.:
quam primum istud, quod esse vis?
what do you mean by as soon as possible? Sen. Ep. 117, 24.—
(ζ).
Rarely in the first pers., implying that the opinion is open to discussion:
ut et mihi, quae ego vellem non esse oratoris, concederes,
what according to my opinion is not the orator's province, Cic. Or. 1, 17, 74.—
9.
In partic.
a.
With things as subjects.
(α).
Things personified:
ne res publica quidem haec pro se suscipi volet,
would have such things done for it, Cic. Off. 1, 45, 159:
cui tacere grave sit, quod homini facillimum voluerit esse natura,
which nature willed should be easiest for man, Curt. 4, 6, 6: fortuna Q. Metellum... nasci in urbe terrarum principe voluit, fate ordained that, etc., Val. Max. 7, 1, 1: nihil rerum ipsa natura voluit magnum effici cito, it is the law of nature that, etc., Quint. 10, 3, 4:
quid non ingenio voluit natura licere?
what license did nature refuse to genius? Mart. 8, 68, 9:
me sine, quem semper voluit fortuna jacere,
Prop. 1, 6, 25:
hanc me militiam fata subire volunt,
id. 1, 6, 30.—
(β).
Of laws, to provide:
duodecim tabulae nocturnum furem... interfici impune voluerunt,
Cic. Mil. 3, 9:
lex duodecim tabularum tignum aedibus junctum... solvi prohibuit, pretiumque ejus dari voluit,
Dig. 46, 3, 98, § 8 fin. (cf. Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21, b. a, infra).—
b.
With perf. pass. inf., to represent a state or result wished for.
(α).
The inf. being in full, with esse expressed: si umquam quemquam di immortales voluere esse auxilio adjutum, tum me et Calidorum servatum volunt, if it ever was the will of the gods that any one should be assisted, etc., Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 1: Corinthum patres vestri, totius Graeciae lumen, exstinctum esse voluerunt, it was their will that Corinth should be ( and remain) destroyed, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 11:
nostri... leges et jura tecta esse voluerunt,
id. Or. 1, 59, 253:
propter eam partem epistulae tuae per quam te et mores tuos purgatos et probatos esse voluisti,
id. Att. 1, 17, 7; id. Fin. 4, 27, 76; id. de Or. 1, 51, 221:
daturum se operam ne cujus suorum popularium mutatam secum fortunam esse vellent,
Liv. 21, 45, 6: for velle redundant in this construction, v. II. A. 2. 3. infra.—With pass. inf. impers.:
sociis maxime lex consultum esse vult,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21.—
(β).
With ellips. of esse (cf. Quint. 9, 3, 9): perdis me tuis dictis. Cu. Imo, servo et servatum volo, and mean that you should remain saved, Plaut. Curc. 2, 3, 56:
aunt qui volum te conventam,
who want to see you, id. Cist. 4, 2, 39:
eidem homini, si quid recte cura tum velis, mandes,
if you want to have anything done well, id. As. 1, 1, 106:
sed etiam est paucis vos quod monitos voluerim,
id. Capt. prol. 53: id nunc res indicium haeo [p. 2007] facit, quo pacto factum volueris, this shows now why you wished this to be done, Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 31 (cf. Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 33; id. Aul. 3, 5, 30, II. B. 1, b, and II. B. 3. b. infra): domestica cura te levatum volo, I wish to see you relieved, etc., Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 9, 3:
nulla sedes quo concurrant qui rem publicam defensam velint,
id. Att. 8, 3, 4:
rex celatum voluerat (i. e. donum),
id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64:
Hannibal non Capuam neglectam, neque desertos volebat socios,
Liv. 25, 20, 5; 2, 15, 2; 2, 44, 3; 3, 21, 4; 22, 7, 4;
26, 31, 6: contemptum hominis quem destructum volebat,
Quint. 8, 3, 21:
si te non emptam vellet, emendus erat,
Ov. Am. 1, 8, 34 (so with velle redundant, v. II. A. 1. d., and II. A. 3. infra).—Both subjects denoting the same person:
velle Pompeium se Caesari purgatum,
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.— Esp., with pass. inf. impers.: alicui consultum velle, to take care for or advocate somebody's interests:
liberis consultum volumus propter ipsos,
Cic. Fin. 3, 17, 57:
obliviscere illum aliquando adversario tuo voluisse consultum,
id. Att. 16, 16 C, 10:
quibus tribuni plebis nunc consultum repente volunt,
Liv. 5, 5, 3; so id. 25, 25, 17:
quamquam senatus subventum voluit heredibus,
Dig. 36, 1, 1, § 4; so with dep. part., used passively:
volo amori ejus obsecutum,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 63.—
c.
With predic. adj., without copula.
(α).
The subjects being different (mostly aliquem salvum velle):
si me vivum vis, pater, Ignosce,
if you wish me to live, Ter. Heaut. 5, 5, 7:
ille, si me alienus adfinem volet, Tacebit,
id. Phorm. 4, 1, 16:
ut tu illam salvam magis velis quam ego,
id. Hec. 2, 2, 17; 3, 5, 14:
quoniam ex tota provincia soli sunt qui te salvum velint,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 67, § 150:
irent secum extemplo qui rempublicam salvam vellent,
Liv. 22, 53, 7.—
(β).
Both subjects denoting the same person (virtually = object infinitive):
in occulto jacebis quom te maxime clarum voles (= clarus esse voles),
when you will most wish to be famous, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 38:
volo me patris mei similem,
I wish to be like my father, id. As. 1, 1, 54: ut iste qui se vult dicacem et mehercule est, Appius, who means to be witty, etc., Cic. Or. 2, 60, 246:
qui vero se populares volunt,
who mean to be popular, id. Off. 2, 22, 78:
ut integrum se salvumque velit,
id. Fin. 2, 11, 33:
ut (omne animal) se et salvum in suo genere incolumeque vellet,
id. ib. 4, 8, 19. —
d.
With an inf.-clause understood.
(α).
Velle, to wish: utinam hinc abierit in malam crucem! Ad. Ita nos velle aequom est (ita = eum abire, etc.), Plaut. Poen. 4, 1, 5:
stulta es, soror, magis quam volo (i.e. te esse),
id. Pers. 4, 4, 78; id. Trin. 1, 2, 8; 2, 4, 175; id. Stich. 1, 1, 13; id. Ps. 1, 5, 55:
senatum non quod sentiret, sed quod ego vellem decernere,
Cic. Mil. 5, 12:
neque enim facile est ut irascatur cui tu velis judex (= cui tu eum irasci velis),
id. Or. 2, 45, 190; cf. id. Sest. 38, 82.—
(β).
Referring to the will of superiors, etc.:
deos credo voluisse, nam ni vellent, non fieret,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 46: jamne abeo? St. Volo (sc. te abire), so I will, id. Cas. 2, 8, 57; cf. id. Mil. 4, 6, 12; id. Merc. 2, 3, 33.—
(γ).
To mean, intend (v. B. 3.):
acutum etiam illud est cum ex alterius oratione aliud atque ille vult (sc. te excipere),
Cic. Or. 2, 67, 273.—
(δ).
To require, demand (v B. 7.):
veremur quidem vos, Romani, et, si ita vultis, etiam timemus,
Liv. 39, 37, 17;
and of things as subjects: cadentque vocabula, si volet usus (i. e. ea cadere),
Hor. A. P. 71.—
(ε).
To be of opinion, will have (v. B. 8.):
ergo ego, inimicus, si ita vultis, homini, amicus esse rei publicae debeo,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 8, 19:
nam illi regi tolerabili, aut, si voltis, etiam amabili, Cyro,
id. Rep. 1, 28, 44; id. Fin. 2, 27, 89; 3, 4, 12; id. Cael. 21, 53; Liv. 21, 10, 7; Quint. 2, 17, 41.—
(ζ).
With ellips. of predic. inf. (v. A. 2. b.): cras de reliquiis nos volo (i. e. cenare), it is my intention that we dine, etc., Plaut. Stich. 3, 2, 40:
volo Varronem (i. e. hos libros habere),
Cic. Att. 13, 25, 3.
C.
With ut, ne, or ut ne.
1.
With ut.
a.
To wish:
volo ut quod jubebo facias,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 8, 65:
quia enim id maxime volo ut illi istac confugiant,
id. Most. 5, 1, 49:
ut mihi aedes aliquas conducat volo,
id. Merc. 3, 2, 17: hoc prius volo meam rem agere. Th. Quid id est? Ph. Ut mihi hanc despondeas, id. Curc. 5, 2, 71: quid vis, nisi ut maneat Phanium? Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 8:
velim ut tibi amicus sit,
Cic. Att. 10, 16, 1:
quare id quoque velim... ut sit qui utamur,
id. ib. 11, 11, 2:
maxime vellem, judices, ut P. Sulla... modestiae fructum aliquem percipere potuisset,
id. Sull. 1, 1:
equidem vellem uti pedes haberent (res tuae),
id. Fam. 7, 33, 2:
his ut sit digna puella volo,
Mart. 11, 27, 14.—Both subjects denoting the same person: volueram, inquit, ut quam plurimum tecum essem, Brut. ap. Cic. Att. 13, 38, 1.—
b.
It is the will of, to want, ordain (v. B. 2.):
at ego deos credo voluisse ut apud te me in nervo enicem,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 17: numquid me vis? Le. Ut valeas, id. Cist. 1, 1, 120: numquid vis? Ps. Dormitum ut abeas, id. Ps. 2, 2, 70:
volo ut mihi respondeas,
Cic. Vatin. 6, 14; 7, 17; 7, 18; 9, 21;
12, 29: nuntia Romanis, caelestes ita velle ut mea Roma caput orbis terrarum sit,
Liv. 1, 16, 7.—
c.
To intend, it is the purpose, aim, etc., the two subjects being the same:
id quaerunt, volunt haec ut infecta faciant,
Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 9.—
d.
With other verbs:
quod peto et volo parentes meos ut commonstres mihi,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 4:
quasi vero aut populus Romanus hoc voluerit, aut senatus tibi hoc mandaverit ut... privares,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48;
with opto,
id. Imp. Pomp. 16, 48;
with laboro,
Liv. 42, 14, 3;
with aequum censere,
id. 39, 19, 7.—
2.
With ne:
at ne videas velim,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 23:
quid nunc vis? ut opperiare hos sex dies saltem modo, ne illam vendas, neu me perdas, etc.,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 102:
credibile est hoc voluisse legumlatorem, ne auxilia liberorum innocentibus deessent,
intended, Quint. 7, 1, 56.—
3.
With ut ne: quid nunc tibi vis? Mi. Ut quae te cupit, eam ne spernas, Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 60.
D.
With subjunct. of dependent verb (mostly ante-class.; class. and freq. with velim and vellem; but in Cic. mostly epistolary and colloquial).
1.
To wish:
ergo animum advortas volo,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 23; 2, 3, 28; 2, 3, 70:
volo amet me patrem,
id. As. 1, 1, 63 dub.:
hoc volo agatis,
id. Cist. 1, 1, 83:
ducas volo hodie uxorem,
Ter. And. 2, 3, 14:
quid vis faciam?
Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 49; Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 24; Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 64; 2, 3, 65; 2, 6, 65; 3, 3, 3; id. Ps. 4, 1, 17; 4, 7, 19; id. Cas. 2, 3, 56; id. Capt. 1, 2, 12; id. Poen. 3, 2, 16; id. Pers. 2, 4, 23; id. Rud. 5, 2, 45; 5, 3, 58; id. Stich. 5, 2, 21; Ter. Heaut. 4, 6, 14:
volo etiam exquiras quam diligentissime poteris quid Lentulus agat?
Cic. Att. 8, 12, 6:
Othonem vincas volo,
id. ib. 13, 29, 2:
eas litteras volo habeas,
id. ib. 13, 32, 3:
visne igitur videamus quidnam sit, etc.,
id. Rep. 1, 10, 15: visne igitur descendatur ad Lirim? id. Fragm. ap. Macr. S. 6, 4:
volo, inquis, sciat,
Sen. Ben. 2, 10, 2.—
2.
To be of opinion that something should be, demand, require (v. B. 7.): volo enim se efferat in adulescentia fecunditas, I like to see, etc., Cic. Or. 2, 21, 88:
volo hoc oratori contingat ut, etc.,
id. Brut. 84, 290.—
3.
With subj.-clause understood:
abi atque obsona, propera! sed lepide volo (i. e. obsones),
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 55.
E.
With object nouns, etc.
1.
With acc. of a thing.
a.
With a noun, to want, wish for, like to have:
voltisne olivas, aut pulmentum, aut capparim?
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 90:
animo male est: aquam velim,
id. Am. 5, 1, 6:
quia videt me suam amicitiam velle,
id. Aul. 2, 3, 68; so,
gratiam tuam,
id. Curc. 2, 3, 52; 2, 3, 56:
aquam,
id. ib. 2, 3, 34:
discidium,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 14: nullam ego rem umquam in vita mea Volui quin tu in ea re mihi advorsatrix fueris, I never had any wish in my life, etc., id. Heaut. 5, 3, 5: (dixit) velle Hispaniam, he wanted Spain, i. e. as a province, Cic. Att. 12, 7, 1:
mihi frumento non opus est: nummos volo,
I want the money, id. Verr. 2, 3, 85, § 196:
non poterat scilicet negare se velle pacem,
id. Att. 15, 1 a, 3; cf. id. ib. 13, 32, 2 (v. II. C. 4. infra):
si amplius obsidum (= plures obsides) vellet, dare pollicentur,
Caes. B. G. 6, 9 fin.:
pacem etiam qui vincere possunt, volunt,
Liv. 7, 40, 18:
ferunt (eum)... honestum finem voluisse,
Tac. A. 6, 26:
cum Scipio veram vellet et sine exceptione victoriam,
Flor. 1, 33 (2, 18), 12:
mensae munera si voles secundae, Marcentes tibi porrigentur uvae,
Mart. 5, 78, 11.—
b.
Neutr. adjj., denoting things, substantively used: utrum vis opta, dum licet. La. Neutrum volo, Plaut. Ps. 3, 6, 16:
quorum isti neutrum volunt,
acknowledge neither, Cic. Fat. 12, 28:
voluimus quaedam, contendimus... Obtenta non sunt,
we aspired to certain things, id. Balb. 27, 61:
restat ut omnes unum velint,
hold one opinion, id. Marcell. 10, 32:
si plura velim,
if I wished for more, Hor. C. 3, 16, 38:
per quod probemus aliud legislatorem voluisse,
that the law-giver intended something different, Quint. 7, 6, 8:
ut putent, aliud quosdam dicere, aliud velle,
that they say one thing and mean another, id. 9, 2, 85:
utrum is qui scripsit... voluerit,
which of the two was meant by the author, id. 7, 9, 15:
ut nemo contra id quod vult dicit, ita potest melius aliquid velle quam dicit,
mean better than he speaks, id. 9, 2, 89:
quis enim pudor omnia velle?
to desire every thing, Mart. 12, 94, 11.—
c.
With neutr. demonstr. expressed or understood, to want, intend, aim at, like, will:
immo faenus: id primum volo,
Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 64:
proximum quod sit bono... id volo,
id. Capt. 2, 2, 22:
nisi ea quae tu vis volo,
unless my purpose is the same as yours, id. Ep. 2, 2, 82:
siquidem id sapere'st, velle te id quod non potest contingere,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 83:
hoc (i. e. otium cum dignitate) qui volunt omnes optimates putantur,
who aim at this, Cic. Sest. 45, 98:
privatum oportet in re publica ea velle quae tranquilla et honesta sint,
id. Off. 1, 34, 124:
quid est sapientia? Semper idem velle atque idem nolle,
Sen. Ep. 20, 5:
pudebit eadem velle quae volueras puer,
id. ib. 27, 2:
nec volo quod cruciat, nec volo quod satiat,
Mart. 1, 57, 4.—With demonstr. in place of inf.-clause:
hoc Ithacus velit, et magno mercentur Atridae (sc. poenas in me sumi),
Verg. A. 2, 104:
hoc velit Eurystheus, velit hoc germana Tonantis (sc. verum esse, Herculem, etc.),
Ov. H. 9, 7; Hor. S. 2, 3, 88.—
d.
With neutr. of interrog. pron.: quid nunc vis? Am. Sceleste, at etiam quid velim, id tu me rogas? what do you want now? Plaut. Am. 4, 2, 5:
eloquere quid velis,
id. Cas. 2, 4, 2: heus tu! Si. Quid vis? id. Ps. 4, 7, 21; so Ter. Eun. 2, 1, 11; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 152:
sed plane quid velit nescio,
what his intentions are, Cic. Att. 15, 1 a, 5; id. de Or. 2, 20, 84:
mittunt etiam ad dominos qui quaerant quid velint,
to ask for their orders, id. Tusc. 2, 17, 41:
quid? Si haec... ipsius amici judicarunt? Quid amplius vultis?
what more do you require, will you have? id. Verr. 2, 3, 65, § 152:
quid amplius vis?
Hor. Epod. 17, 30:
spectatur quid voluerit scriptor,
we find out the author's intention, Quint. 7, 10, 1.—Sometimes quid vult = quid sibi vult (v. 4. b.), to mean, signify:
capram illam suspicor jam invenisse... quid voluerit,
what it signified, Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 30:
sed tamen intellego quid velit,
Cic. Fin. 2, 31, 101:
quid autem volunt ea di immortales significantes quae sine interpretibus non possimus intellegere? etc.,
id. Div. 2, 25, 54.—Of things as subjects:
hunc ensem mittit tibi... Et jubet ex merito scire quid iste velit,
Ov. H. 11, 96.—
e.
With rel. pron.:
quod volui, ut volui, impetravi... a Philocomasio,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 5, 1:
ut quod frons velit oculi sciant,
that the eyes know what the forehead wants, id. Aul. 4, 1, 13:
illi quae volo concedere,
to yield to him my wishes, id. Cas. 2, 3, 49:
si illud quod volumus dicitur,
what we like, id. Truc. 1, 2, 95:
multa eveniunt homini quae volt, quae nevolt,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 84; id. Ep. 2, 2, 4:
quamquam (litterae tuae) semper aliquid adferunt quod velim,
Cic. Att. 11, 11, 1:
quae vellem quaeque sentirem dicendi,
id. Marcell. 1, 1:
uti ea quae vellent impetrarent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31:
satis animi ad id quod tam diu vellent,
to carry out what they had desired so long, Liv. 4, 54, 5:
sed quod volebant non... expediebant,
their purpose, id. 24, 23, 9. —Idiomatically: quod volo = quod demonstrare volo, what I intend to prove:
illud quod volumus expressum est, ut vaticinari furor vera soleat,
Cic. Div. 1, 31, 67:
bis sumpsit quod voluit,
he has twice begged the question, id. ib. 2, 52, 107.—With indef. relations:
cornucopia ubi inest quidquid volo,
whatever I wish for, Plaut. Ps. 2, 3, 5:
Caesar de Bruto solitus est dicere: magni refert hic quid velit, sed quidquid volt, valde volt,
whatever he wills he wills strongly, Cic. Att. 14, 1, 2.—
f.
With indef. pronn.
(α).
Si quid vis, if you want any thing: illo praesente mecum agito si quid voles, [p. 2008] Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 72: Py. Adeat si quid volt. Pa. Si quid vis, adi, mulier, id. Mil. 4, 2, 47:
eumque Alexander cum rogaret, si quid vellet, ut diceret,
id. Or. 2, 66, 266; Caes. B. G. 1, 7 fin. —
(β).
Nisi quid vis, unless you wish to give some order, to make some remark, etc.:
ego eo ad forum nisi quid vis,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 94:
nunc de ratione videamus, nisi quid vis ad haec,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 18, 42.—
(γ).
Numquid vis or ecquid vis? have you any orders to give? a formula used by inferiors before leaving their superiors; cf. Don. ad Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 39:
visunt, quid agam, ecquid velim,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 113:
numquid vis aliud?
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 111; 1, 2, 106; id. Ad. 2, 2, 39; 3, 3, 78; id. Hec. 2, 2, 30:
numquid vellem rogavit,
Cic. Att. 6, 3, 6:
frequentia rogantium num quid vellet,
Liv. 6, 34, 7:
rogavit num quid in Sardiniam vellet. Te puto saepe habere qui num quid Romam velis quaerant,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 2, 1.—
2.
With acc. of the person: aliquem velle.
(α).
To want somebody, i. e. in order to see him, to speak with him (ante-class. and colloq.):
Demenaetum volebam,
I wanted, wished to see, Demenoetus, Plaut. As. 2, 3, 12:
bona femina et malus masculus volunt te,
id. Cist. 4, 2, 40:
solus te solum volo,
id. Capt. 3, 4, 70:
quia non est intus quem ego volo,
id. Mil. 4, 6, 40:
hae oves volunt vos,
id. Bacch. 5, 2, 24:
quis me volt? Perii, pater est,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 1:
centuriones trium cohortium me velle postridie,
Cic. Att. 10, 16, 4.—With paucis verbis or paucis, for a few words ( moments):
volo te verbis pauculis,
Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 28:
sed paucis verbis te volo, Palaestrio,
id. Mil. 2, 4, 22:
Sosia, Adesdum, paucis te volo,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 2.—
(β).
To love, like somebody, to be fond of somebody (anteclass. and poet.):
hanc volo (= amo),
Plaut. As. 5, 1, 18:
sine me amare unum Argyrippum... quem volo,
id. ib. 3, 2, 38:
quom quae te volt, eamdem tu vis,
id. Mil. 4, 2, 80:
aut quae (vitia) corpori' sunt ejus siquam petis ac vis,
Lucr. 4, 1152:
quam volui nota fit arte mea,
Ov. Am. 1, 10, 60: nolo virum, facili redimit qui sanguine famam: hunc volo, laudari qui sine morte potest, I like the one who, etc., Mart. 1, 8, 6.—
(γ).
To wish to have:
roga, velitne an non uxorem,
whether he wishes to have his wife or not, Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 43:
ut sapiens velit gerere rem publicam, atque... uxorem adjungere, et velle ex ea liberos (anacoluth.),
Cic. Fin. 3, 20, 68.—
With two accusatives: (narrato) illam te amare et velle uxorem,
that you wish to have her as your wife, Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 25; cf. id. Phorm. 1, 2, 65.—
3.
With two accusatives, of the person and the thing: aliquem aliquid velle, to want something of somebody (cf.: aliquem aliquid rogare; mostly ante-class.;
not in Cic.): numquid me vis?
Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 120:
face certiorem me quid meus vir me velit,
id. Cas. 2, 6, 1:
num quidpiam me vis aliud?
id. Truc. 2, 4, 81:
nunc verba in pauca conferam quid te velim,
id. As. 1, 1, 74:
narrabit ultro quid sese velis,
id. Ps. 2, 4, 60:
quid me voluisti?
id. Mil. 4, 2, 35:
numquid aliud me vis?
Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 101:
quin tu uno verbo dic quid est quod me velis,
id. And. 1, 1, 18; Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 85; id. Cist. 2, 3, 49; id. As. 2, 3, 12; id. Merc. 5, 2, 27; id. Pers. 4, 6, 11; Ter. Heaut. 4, 8, 31; id. Phorm. 2, 4, 18; id. Eun. 2, 3, 47; id. Hec. 3, 4, 15:
si quid ille se velit, illum ad se venire oportere,
Caes. B. G. 1, 34:
cum mirabundus quidnam (Taurea) sese vellet, resedisset Flaccus, Me quoque, inquit, etc.,
Liv. 26, 15, 11; also, I want to speak with somebody (v. 2. a. a):
paucis, Euclio, est quod te volo,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 22:
est quod te volo secreto,
id. Bacch. 5, 2, 33.—
4.
With acc. of thing and dat. of the person: aliquid alicui velle, to wish something to somebody (= cupio aliquid alicui; v. cupio;
rare): quamquam vobis volo quae voltis, mulieres,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 1:
si ex me illa liberos vellet sibi,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 33:
praesidium velle se senectuti suae,
id. ib. 1, 2, 44:
nihil est mali quod illa non initio filio voluerit, optaverit,
Cic. Clu. 66, 188:
rem Romanam huc provectam ut externis quoque gentibus quietem velit,
Tac. A. 12, 11:
cui ego omnia meritissimo volo et debeo,
to whom I give and owe my best wishes, Quint. 9, 2, 35.—Esp., in the phrase quid vis (vult) with reflex. dat. of interest, lit. what do you want for yourself?
a.
Quid tibi vis = quid vis, the dat. being redundant (rare):
quid aliud tibi vis?
what else do you want? Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 90.—With quisque:
haud ita vitam agerent ut nunc plerumque videmus Quid sibi quisque velit nescire,
be ignorant as to their own aims and purposes, Lucr. 3, 1058.—
b.
What do you mean? what do you drive at? what is your scope, object, drift (rare in post-Aug. writers; Don. ad Ter. Eun. prol. 45, declares it an archaism).
(α).
In 1 st pers. (rare):
nunc quid processerim huc, et quid mihi voluerim dicam,
and what I meant thereby, what was the purpose of my coming, Plaut. As. prol. 6:
quid mihi volui? quid mihi nunc prodest bona voluntas?
Sen. Ben. 4, 21, 6.—
(β).
In 2 d pers.:
quid nunc tibi vis, mulier, memora,
what is the drift of your talk? Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 60: sed quid nunc tibi vis? what do you want to come at (i.e. by your preamble)? id. Poen. 1, 1, 24: quid tu tibi vis? Ego non tangam meam? what do you mean? i. e. what is your purpose? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 28:
quid tibi vis? quid cum illa rei tibi est?
id. ib. 4, 7, 34:
quid est quod sic gestis? quid sibi hic vestitus quaerit? Quid est quod laetus sis? quid tibi vis?
what do you mean by all this? id. ib. 3, 5, 11:
quid est, inepta? quid vis tibi? quid rides?
id. ib. 5, 6, 6:
quid vis tibi? Quid quaeris?
id. Heaut. 1, 1, 9: Ph. Fabulae! Ch. Quid vis tibi? id. Phorm. 5, 8, 53:
roganti ut se in Asiam praefectum duceret, Quid tibi vis, inquit, insane,
Cic. Or. 2, 67, 269; so in 2 d pers. plur.:
pro deum fidem, quid vobis vultis?
Liv. 3, 67, 7.—
(γ).
In 3 d pers.:
quid igitur sibi volt pater? cur simulat?
Ter. And. 2, 3, 1:
quid hic volt veterator sibi?
id. ib. 2, 6, 26:
proinde desinant aliquando me isdem inflare verbis: quid sibi iste vult?... Cur ornat eum a quo desertus est?
Cic. Dom. 11, 29:
quid sibi vellet (Caesar)? cur in suas possessiones veniret?
Caes. B. G. 1, 44 med.:
conicere in eum oculos, mirantes quid sibi vellet (i. e. by courting the plebeians),
Liv. 3, 35, 5:
qui quaererent quid sibi vellent qui armati Aventinum obsedissent,
id. 3, 50, 15:
quid sibi voluit providentia quae Aridaeum regno imposuit?
Sen. Ben. 4, 31, 1: volt, non volt dare Galla mihi, nec dicere possum quod volt et non volt, quid sibi Galla velit, Mart: 3, 90, 2.—
(δ).
Transf. of things as subjects, what means, what signifies? quid volt sibi, Syre, haec oratio? Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 2:
ut pernoscatis quid sibi Eunuchus velit,
id. Eun. prol. 45:
quid ergo illae sibi statuae equestres inauratae volunt?
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 150:
quid haec sibi horum civium Romanorum dona voluerunt?
id. ib. 2, 3, 80, §
186: avaritia senilis quid sibi velit, non intellego,
what is the meaning of the phrase, id. Sen. 18, 66:
quid ergo illa sibi vult pars altera orationis qua Romanos a me cultos ait?
Liv. 40, 12, 14:
tacitae quid vult sibi noctis imago?
Ov. M. 9, 473.—
5.
Bene or male alicui velle, to wish one well or ill, to like or dislike one (ante-class. and poet.): Ph. Bene volt tibi. St. Nequam est illud verbum bene volt, nisi qui bene facit, Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 37 sq.:
jam diu ego huic bene et hic mihi volumus,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 4:
ut tibi, dum vivam, bene velim plus quam mihi,
id. Cas. 2, 8, 30:
egone illi ut non bene vellem?
id. Truc. 2, 4, 90; cf. id. ib. 2, 4, 95; id. Merc. 2, 1, 21; id. Ps. 4, 3, 7; id. Poen. 3, 3, 9:
nisi quod tibi bene ex animo volo,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 6:
quo tibi male volt maleque faciet,
Plaut. Pers. 5, 2, 44:
atque isti etiam parum male volo,
id. Truc. 5, 7; cf. id. As. 5, 1, 13:
utinam sic sient qui mihi male volunt,
Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 13:
non sibi male vult,
he does not dislike himself, Petr. 38; so, melius or optime alicui velle, to like one better or best:
nec est quisquam mihi aeque melius quoi vellem,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 42; id. Merc. 5, 2, 57:
illi ego ex omnibus optime volo,
id. Most. 1, 4, 24.—And bene velle = velle: bene volueris in precatione augurali Messalla augur ait, significare volueris, Fest. s. v. bene sponsis, p. 351.—
6.
With abl.: alicujus causa velle, to like one for his own sake, i. e. personally, a Ciceronian phrase, probably inst. of omnia alicujus causa velle; lit. to wish every thing (i.e. good) in somebody's behalf.
(α).
With omnia expressed: etsi mihi videor intellexisse cum tecum de re M. Annaeii locutus sum, te ipsius causa vehementer omnia velle, tamen, etc.... ut non dubitem quin magnus cumulus accedat commenda tionis meae, Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1:
repente coepit dicere, se omnia Verris causa velle,
that he had the most friendly disposition towards Verres, id. Verr. 2, 2, 26, § 64:
accedit eo quod Varro magnopere ejus causa vult omnia,
id. Fam. 13, 22, 1.—
(β).
Without omnia:
per eos qui nostra causa volunt, valentque apud illum,
Cic. Att. 11, 8, 1:
sed et Phameae causa volebam,
id. ib. 13, 49, 1:
etsi te ipsius Attici causa velle intellexeram,
id. ib. 16, 16, A, 6:
valde enim ejus causa volo,
id. Fam. 16, 17, 2 fin.:
illud non perficis quo minus tua causa velim,
id. ib. 3, 7, 6;
12, 7, 1: si me velle tua causa putas,
id. ib. 7, 17, 2:
regis causa si qui sunt qui velint,
id. ib. 1, 1, 1:
credo tua causa velle Lentulum,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 4, 5; id. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21; cf. id. Imp. Pomp. (v. C. 1. b. supra), where the phrase has its literal meaning; cf. also: alicujus causa (omnia) cupere; v. cupio.—
7.
With acc. and subjunct. per ecthesin (ante-class.): nunc ego illum meum virum veniat velim (by mixture of constructions: meum virum velim; and:
meus vir veniat velim),
Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 29:
nunc ego Simonidem mi obviam veniat velim,
id. Ps. 4, 5, 10:
nimis hercle ego illum corvum ad me veniat velim,
id. Aul. 4, 6, 4:
saltem aliquem velim qui mihi ex his locis viam monstret,
id. Rud. 1, 3, 35:
patrem atque matrem viverent vellem tibi,
id. Poen. 5, 2, 106; cf. id. Merc. 2, 1, 30 (v. E. 1. d. supra).
F.
Velle used absolutely, variously rendered to will, have a will, wish, consent, assent:
quod vos, malum... me sic ludificamini? Nolo volo, volo nolo rursum,
I nill I will, I will I nill again, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 57: novi ingenium mulierum: Nolunt ubi velis, ubi nolis cupiunt ultro, they will not where you will, etc., id. Eun. 4, 7, 43:
quis est cui velle non liceat?
who is not free to wish? Cic. Att. 7, 11. 2:
in magnis et voluisse sat est,
Prop. 2, 10 (3, 1), 6:
tarde velle nolentis est,
slow ness in consenting betrays the desire to refuse, Sen. Ben. 2, 5, 4:
quae (animalia) nullam injuriam nobis faciunt, quia velle non possunt, id. Ira, 2, 26, 4: ejus est nolle qui potest velle,
the power to assent implies the power to dissent, Dig. 50, 17, 3.—So velle substantively:
sed ego hoc ipsum velle miserius duco quam in crucem tolli,
that very wishing, Cic. Att. 7, 11, 2: inest enim velle in carendo, the word carere implies the notion of a wish, id. Tusc. 1, 36, 88:
velle ac posse in aequo positum erat,
his will and power were balanced, Val. Max. 6, 9, ext. 5:
velle tuum nolo, Didyme, nolle volo,
Mart. 5, 83, 2:
velle suum cuique est,
each has his own likings, Pers. 5, 53.
II.
In partic.
A.
Redundant, when the will to do is identified with the act itself.
1.
In imperative sentences.
a.
In independent sentences introduced by noli velle, where noli has lost the idea of volition:
nolite, judices, hunc velle maturius exstingui vulnere vestro quam suo fato,
do not resolve, Cic. Cael. 32, 79:
nolite igitur id velle quod fieri non potest,
id. Phil. 7, 8, 25: qui timor bonis omnibus injectus sit... nolite a me commoneri velle, do not wish, expect, to be reminded by me, etc., id. Mur. 25, 50: nolite hunc illi acerbum nuntium velle perferri, let it not be your decision that, etc., id. Balb. 28, 64: cujus auspicia pro vobis experti nolite adversus vos velle experiri, do not desire, etc., Liv. 7, 40, 16:
noli adversum eos me velle ducere, etc.,
Nep. Att. 4, 2.—
b.
Ne velis or ne velit fecisse = ne feceris, or ne facito (v. I. A. 3. a. supra).—So ne velis with pres. inf.:
neve, revertendi liber, abesse velis (= neve abfueris),
Ov. H. 1, 80.—
c.
In affirmative imperative sentences (velim esse = esto;
rare): tu tantum fida sorori Esse velis (= fida esto or sis),
Ov. M. 2, 745; and in 3 d pers.:
di procul a cunctis... Hujus notitiam gentis habere velint (= habeant),
id. P. 1, 7, 8:
credere modo qui discet velit (= credat qui discet),
Quint. 8, prooem. 12. —
d.
In clauses dependent on verbs of commanding and wishing:
aut quia significant divam praedicere ut armis Ac virtute velint patriam defendere terram (= ut defendant),
Lucr. 2, 641: precor quaesoque ne ante oculos patris facere et pati omnia infanda velis (= facias et patiaris). Liv. 23, 9, 2:
monentes ne experiri vellet imperium cujus vis, etc.,
id. 2, 59, 4; 39, 13, 2:
et mea... opto Vulnera qui fecit facta levare velit,
Ov. Tr. 5, 2, 18: nos contra (oravimus) [p. 2009]... ne vertere secum Cuncta pater fatoque urguenti incumbere vellet, Verg. A. 2, 653. —With pass. perf. inf. (v. I. B. 9. b. b):
legati Sullam orant ut filii innocentis fortunas conservatas velit (virtually = fortunas conservet),
Cic. Rosc. Am. 9, 25:
a te peto ut utilitatem sociorum per te quam maxime defensam et auctam velis (= defendas et augeas),
id. Fam. 13, 9, 3.—So after utinam or ut:
utinam illi qui prius eum viderint me apud eum velint adjutum tantum quantum ego vellem si quid possem (= utinam illi me adjuvent quantum ego adjuvarem, etc.),
id. Att. 11, 7, 7:
cautius ut saevo velles te credere Marti (= utinam te credidisses),
Verg. A. 11, 153:
edictum praemittit ad quam diem magistratus... sibi esse praesto Cordubae vellet (= sibi praesto essent),
Caes. B. C. 1, 19 (cf. also I. B. 9. b. b, and I. B. 2. fin. supra).—
2.
In conditional clauses, si facere velim = si faciam, often rendered by the potential or future auxiliaries would or will:
non tu scis, Bacchae bacchanti si velis advorsarier, ex insana insaniorem facies? (= si advorseris),
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 80:
si meum Imperium exsequi voluisset, interemptam oportuit (= si executus esset),
Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 22:
si id confiteri velim, tamen istum condemnetis necesse est (= si id confitear),
if I would acknowledge, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 18, § 45:
si quis velit ita dicere... nihil dicat (= si quis dicat),
id. Fat. 14, 32:
dies deficiat si velim numerare, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 32, 81;
so,
id. Tusc. 5, 35, 102; id. Verr. 2, 2, 21, § 52:
qua in sententia si constare voluissent, suam auctoritatem... recuperassent,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 14; id. Verr. 2, 1, 11, § 31; id. Lael. 20, 75:
conicere potestis, si recordari volueritis quanta, etc.,
if you will remember, id. Verr. 2, 4, 58, § 129; so id. Or. 1, 44, 197; id. Brut. 1, 2, 5:
quod si audire voletis externa, maximas res publicas ab adulescentibus labefactatas reperietis,
id. Sen. 6, 20; so id. Or. 1, 60, 256; 2, 23, 95:
ejus me compotem voti vos facere potestis, si meminisse vultis, non vos in Samnio, etc.,
Liv. 7, 40, 5; 23, 13, 6; 23, 15, 4: cum olera Diogeni lavanti Aristippus dixisset: si Dionysium adulare velles, ista non esses;
Imo, inquit, si tu ista esse velles, non adulares Dionysium,
Val. Max. 4, 3, ext. 4:
ut si his (legibus) perpetuo uti voluissent, sempiternum habituri fuerint imperium,
id. 5, 3, ext. 3:
quid enim si mirari velit, non in silvestribus dumis poma pendere,
Sen. Ira, 2, 10, 6; cf. Curt. 5, 1, 1; 3, 5, 6; Ov. H. 17 (18), 43.—With perf. inf. pass.:
nisi ea (opera) certi auctores monumentis suis testata esse voluissent,
Val. Max. 3, 2, 24.—
3.
In declarative sentences.
a.
Volo in 1 st pers. with perf. pass. inf. or part. (volo oratum esse or oratum = oro; v. I. B. 9. b. a and b):
vos omnes opere magno esse oratos volo benigne ut operam detis, etc.,
Plaut. Cas. prol. 21:
justam rem et facilem esse oratam a vobis volo,
id. Am. prol. 33:
illud tamen te esse admonitum volo, etc.,
Cic. Cael. 3, 8:
sed etiam est paucis vos quod monitos voluerim,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 53:
illud te, Tulli, monitum velim etc.,
Liv. 1, 23, 8:
quamobrem omnes eos oratos volo Ne, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. prol. 26; so, factum volo = faciam: serva tibi sodalem, et mihi filium. Mne. Factum volo, I will, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 91: pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac, etc. Nau. Factum volo, Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 4; so Plaut. Pers. 2, 5, 10.—In 3 d pers.:
esse salutatum vult te mea littera primum,
Ov. P. 2, 7, 1.—
b.
With pres. inf.:
propterea te vocari ad cenam volo (= voco te),
Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 72:
sed nunc rogare hoc ego vicissim te volo: quid fuit, etc. (= nunc te rogo),
id. Trin. 1, 2, 136.—
c.
With perf. act. inf.:
pace tua dixisse velim (= pace tua dixerim),
Ov. P. 3, 1, 9.—
d.
In other connections, when the will or purpose is made more prominent than the action:
eorum alter, qui Antiochus vocatur, iter per Siciliam facere voluit (= fecit),
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 27, § 61:
si suscipere eam (religionem) nolletis, tamen in eo qui violasset sancire vos velle oporteret (= sancire vos oporteret),
id. ib. 2, 4, 51, §
114: ut insequentibus diebus nemo eorum forum aut publicum adspicere vellet (= adspiceret),
Liv. 9, 7, 11:
talentis mille percussorem in me emere voluisti (= emisti),
Curt. 3, 5, 6: quin etiam senatus gratias ei agentem quod redire voluisset ante portas eduxit (= quod redisset), Val. Max. 3, 4, 4:
utri prius gratulemur, qui hoc dicere voluit, an cui audire contigit? (= qui hoc dixit),
id. 4, 7, ext. 2:
sic tua non paucae carpere facta volent (= carpent),
Ov. P. 3, 1, 64.
B.
Velim, as potential subjunctive (mostly in 1 st pers. sing., as subjunctive of modest statement), = volo, I wish, I should like.
1.
With verb in the second person.
a.
With pres. subj., so most frequently in Cic.
(α).
As a modest imperative of the dependent verb: velim facias = fac, I wish you would do it, please do it:
ego quae in rem tuam sint, ea velim facias,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 4, 9:
eas (litteras) in eundem fasciculum velim addas,
Cic. Att. 12, 53:
eum salvere jubeas velim,
id. ib. 7, 7, 7:
velim me facias certiorem, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 19, 9:
tu velim saepe ad nos scribas,
id. ib. 1, 12, 4:
velim mihi ignoscas,
id. Fam. 13, 75, 1:
tu velim animum a me parumper avertas,
id. Lael. 1, 5; cf. id. Att. 1, 11, 3; 7, 3, 11; 8, 12, 5; id. Fam. 15, 3, 2 et saep.:
haec pro causa mea dicta accipiatis velim,
Liv. 42, 34, 13: velim, inquit, hoc mihi probes, Aug. ap. Suet. Aug. 51:
Musa velim memores, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 53.—
(β).
Expressing a wish without a command (v. vellem):
vera dicas velim,
I wish you told the truth, Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 18:
quam velim Bruto persuadeas ut Asturae sit,
Cic. Att. 14, 15, 4:
ipse velim poenas experiare meas,
Ov. Tr. 3, 11, 74;
so in asseverations: ita velim me promerentem ames, dum vivas, mi pater, ut... id mihi vehementer dolet,
Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 47.—
b.
With infinitive clause.
(α).
With the force of a modest imperative:
sed qui istuc credam ita esse, mihi dici velim (i. e. a te),
Ter. Phorm. 5, 6, 15:
extremum illud est quod mihi abs te responderi velim,
Cic. Vat. 17, 41 (may be a dependent subjunctive):
itaque vos ego, milites, non eo solum animo.... pugnare velim, etc.,
Liv. 21, 41, 10.—
(β).
As a mere wish:
velim te arbitrari, frater, etc.,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 1:
primum te arbitrari id quod res est velim,
Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 9.—With perf. act.:
hanc te quoque ad ceteras tuas eximias virtutes, Masinissa, adjecisse velim,
Liv. 30, 14, 6.—With perf. pass., Liv. 1, 23, 8 (v. II. A. 3. a. supra).—
c.
With ut (rare):
de tuis velim ut eo sis animo, quo debes esse,
Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 4. —
d.
With ne (rare), Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 23 (v. I. C. 2. supra).—
2.
With dependent verb in the third person, expressing a wish.
a.
With pres. subj.:
ita se defatigent velim Ut, etc.,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 3:
de Cicerone quae mihi scribis, jucunda mihi sunt: velim sint prospera,
Cic. Att. 14, 11, 2:
velim seu Himilco, seu Mago respondeat,
Liv. 23, 12, 15:
sint haec vera velim,
Verg. Cir. 306:
nulla me velim syllaba effugiat,
Quint. 11, 2, 45.—With final clause:
tu velim mihi ad urbem praesto sis, ut tuis consiliis utar,
Cic. Att. 9, 16, 3; cf. id. ib. 11, 11, 2 (v. I. C. 2. supra).—With ellips. of pres. subj.:
velim mehercule Asturae Brutus (i. e. sit),
Cic. Att. 14, 11, 1.—
b.
With perf. subj. (a wish referring to the past):
nimis velim improbissumo homini malas edentaverint,
Plaut. Rud. 3, 2, 48.—
c.
With inf.-clause:
ne ego nunc mihi modium mille esse argenti velim!
Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 9: di me perdant! Me. Quodcunque optes, velim tibi contingere, id. Cist. 2, 1, 30:
velim eum tibi placere quam maxime,
Cic. Brut. 71, 249: idque primum ita esse velim;
deinde etiam, si non sit, mihi persuaderi tamen velim,
id. Tusc. 1, 11, 24:
quod faxitis, deos velim fortunare,
Liv. 6, 41, 12.—With perf. pass. inf. (v. I. B. 9. b. b, supra):
edepol te hodie lapide percussum velim,
Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 33:
moribus praefectum mulierum hunc factum velim,
id. Aul. 3, 5, 30.—With inf.-clause understood:
nimium plus quam velim nostrorum ingenia sunt mobilia,
Liv. 2, 37, 4.—
3.
With verb in the first person.
a.
With inf. pres. (so most freq.):
atque hoc velim probare omnibus, etc.,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47:
velim scire ecquid de te recordere,
id. Tusc. 1, 6, 13:
quare te, ut polliceris, videre plane velim,
id. Att. 11, 9, 3:
nec vero velim... a calce ad carceres revocari,
id. Sen. 23, 83:
sed multitudo ea quid animorum... habeat scire velim,
Liv. 23, 12, 7:
interrogare tamen velim, an Isocrates Attice dixerit,
Quint. 12, 10, 22.—With perf. inf. act., Ov. P. 3, 1, 9 (v. II. A. 3. c.).—
b.
With acc. and inf.:
quod velis, modo id velim me scire,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 4, 8.—So with perf. pass. inf.:
ego praeterquam quod nihil haustum ex vano velim, Fabium... potissimum auctorem habui,
Liv. 22, 7, 4.—
c.
With subj. pres.:
eo velim tam facili uti possim et tam bono in me quam Curione,
Cic. Att. 10, 8, 10 B. and K. ex conj. Mull. (Lachm., Hoffm. posse; al. possem).—
4.
Velim in the principal sentence of conditional clauses, I would, I should be willing:
aetatem velim servire, Libanum ut (= si) conveniam modo,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 8:
velim, si fieri possit,
id. Truc. 2, 4, 12:
si quid tibi compendi facere possim, factum edepol velim (redundant),
id. ib. 2, 4, 26:
si possim, velim,
id. Stich. 4, 2, 9:
nec velim (imitari orationes Thucydidis) si possim,
Cic. Brut. 83, 287:
si liceat, nulli cognitus esse velim,
Ov. Tr. 5, 12, 42.—
5.
The other persons of velim in potential use (rare).
a.
Velis.
(α).
Imperatively = cupito:
quoniam non potest fieri quod vis, Id velis quod possit,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 6:
atque aliquos tamen esse velis tibi, alumna, penates,
Verg. Cir. 331.—
(β).
Declaratively with indef. subj.: quom inopia'st, cupias; quando ejus copia'st, tum non velis, then you (i.e. people, they) do not want it, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 45.—
(γ).
Redundant, as a form of the imperative of the dependent verb, Ov. Am. 1, 4, 38 (v. I. A. 3. a. b); id. H. 1, 80 (v. II. A. 1. b.); id. M. 2, 746 (v. II. A. 1. c.).—
b.
Velit.
(α).
Modestly for vult:
te super aetherias licentius auras Haud pater ille velit, etc.,
Verg. A. 7, 558: nemo enim minui velit id in quo maximus fuit, would like that to be diminished in which, etc., Quint. 12, 11, 6; cf. Verg. A. 2, 104, and Ov. H. 9, 7 (v. I. E. 1. c. supra).— So, poet., instead of vellet with perf. inf.:
ut fiat, quid non illa dedisse velit?
Ov. Am. 2, 17, 30.—
(β).
= imperative of third person:
arma velit, poscatque simul rapiatque juventus,
Verg. A. 7, 340.—Redundantly, giving to the dependent verb the force of an imperative, Quint. 8, prooem. 12 (v. II. A. 1. c. supra; v. also I. A. 3. a. supra).—
c.
Velimus.
(α).
In the optative sense of velim:
sed scire velimus quod tibi nomen siet,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 6, 18.—
(β).
With imperative sense (= let us, we should, etc.), Quint. 6, 3, 28 (v. I. A. 2. d. supra).—
d.
Velitis = velim velitis (i. e. jubeatis, jubete):
novos consules ita cum Samnite gerere bellum velitis ut omnia ante nos bella gesta sunt,
Liv. 9, 8, 10.—So especially in velitis jubeatis, a formula in submitting a law to the votes of the people in the comitia centuriata or tributa, let it be resolved and ordered by you:
rogatus in haec verba populus: velitis jubeatisne haec sic fieri, si respublica populi Romani Quiritium, etc.,
Liv. 22, 10, 2:
velitis jubeatis, Quirites... uti de ea re Ser. Sulpicius praetor urbanus ad senatum referat, etc.,
id. 38, 54, 3.—And parodied by Cic.:
velitis jubeatis ut quod Cicero versum fecerit,
Cic. Pis. 29, 72.—So in oblique discourse, vellent juberent:
rogationem promulgavit, vellent juberent Philippo... bellum indici,
Liv. 31, 6, 1:
vellent juberentne se regnare,
id. 1, 46, 1; cf.
in the resolution of the people: plebis sic jussit: quod senatus... censeat, id volumus jubemusque,
id. 26, 33, 14.—
e.
Velint, optative and redundant, Cic. Att. 11, 7, 7 (v. II. A. 1. d.); Ov. P. 1, 7, 8 (v. II. A. 1. c.).
C.
Vellem, as potential subjunctive, I wish, should like, should have liked, representing the wish as contrary to fact, while velim refers to a wish which may be realized:
de Menedemo vellem verum fuisset, de regina velim verum sit,
Cic. Att. 15, 4, 4. It is not used with imperative force; cf.:
quod scribis, putare te... vellem scriberes, cur ita putares... tu tamen velim scribas,
Cic. Att. 11, 24, 5.—Often quam vellem, how I wish, i. e. I wish very much; and in the same sense: nimium vellem, v. infra.
1.
With verb in first person.
a.
With inf. pres., I wish, would like, referring to present or future actions:
videre equidem vos vellem, cum huic aurum darem,
Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 68:
vellem equidem idem posse gloriari quod Cyrus,
Cic. Sen. 10, 32:
vellem equidem vobis placere, Quirites, sed, etc.,
Liv. 3, 68, 9:
quam fieri vellem meus libellus!
Mart. 8, 72, 9.—With cuperem and optarem:
nunc ego Triptolemi cuperem conscendere currus... Nunc ego Medeae vellem frenare dracones... Nunc ego jactandas optarem sumere pennas, etc.,
Ov. Tr. 3, 8, 1 sqq.— [p. 2010] Rarely, I should have liked:
tum equidem istuc os tuum inpudens videre nimium vellem!
Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 49.—And in conditional sense:
maerorem minui: dolorem nec potui, nec, si possem, vellem (i. e. minuere),
Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:
certe ego, si sineres, titulum tibi reddere vellem,
Ov. Tr. 4, 5, 13:
sic nec amari quidem vellem (i. e. if I were in his place),
Sen. Ira, 1, 20, 4.—
b.
With perf. inf., I wish I had:
abiit, vah! Rogasse vellem,
I wish I had asked him, Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 25:
maxime vellem semper tecum fuisse,
Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5:
quam vellem petisse ab eo quod audio Philippum impetrasse,
id. ib. 10, 4, 10:
non equidem vellem, quoniam nocitura fuerunt, Pieridum sacris imposuisse manum,
Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 27:
ante equidem summa de re statuisse, Latini, Et vellem, et fuerat melius,
Verg. A. 11, 303. —
c.
With inf.-clause, the predicate being a perf. part. (v. I. B. 9. b. b, supra):
virum me natam vellem,
would I had been born a man! Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 9.—
d.
With subj. imperf. (rare):
quam vellem, Panaetium nostrum nobiscum haberemus,
Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15.—
2.
The subject of the dependent verb in the second person.
a.
With subj. imperf. (the regular construction):
hodie igitur me videbit, ac vellem tum tu adesses,
I wish you could be present, Cic. Att. 13, 7, 2:
quam vellem de his etiam oratoribus tibi dicere luberet,
I wish you would please, id. Brut. 71, 248.—
b.
With subj. pluperf., I wish you had:
vellem Idibus Martiis me ad cenam invitasses,
Cic. Fam. 12, 4, 1:
quam vellem te ad Stoicos inclinavisses,
id. Fin. 3, 3, 10:
vellem suscepisses juvenem regendum,
id. Att. 10, 6, 2:
quam vellem Bruto studium tuum navare potuisses,
id. ib. 15, 4, 5.—
c.
With ne and pluperf. subj.:
tu vellem ne veritus esses ne parum libenter legerem tuas litteras,
Cic. Fam. 7, 33, 2.—
d.
With ellipsis of verb: vera cantas, vana vellem (i. e. cantares). Plaut. Most. 3, 4, 41.—
3.
With verb in third person.
a.
With imperf. subj. (the regular construction):
patrem atque matrem viverent vellem tibi (per ecthesin, v. I. E. b.),
Plaut. Poen. 5, 2, 106:
vellem adesset Antonius, modo sine advocatis,
Cic. Phil. 1, 7, 16:
vellem nobis hoc idem vere dicere liceret,
id. Off. 3, 1, 1:
vellem adesse posset Panaetius,
id. Tusc. 1, 33, 81:
vellem hoc esset laborare,
id. Or. 2, 71, 287.—
b.
With pluperf. subj.:
vellem aliqui ex vobis robustioribus hunc male dicendi locum suscepissent,
Cic. Cael. 3, 7:
vellem dictum esset ab eodem etiam de Dione,
id. ib. 10, 23; so id. ib. 31, 74; id. Brut. 44, 163:
quam vellem Dareus aliquid ex hac indole hausisset!
Curt. 3, 32 (12), 26.—
c.
With inf.-clause.
(α).
With inf. pres., I wish he were:
quam non abesse ab hujus judicio L. Vulsionem vellem!
Cic. Clu. 70, 198:
nunc mihi... Vellem, Maeonide, pectus inesse tuum,
Ov. F. 2, 120.—
(β).
With perf. inf. or part., I wish he had, had been:
quam vellem Menedemum invitatum!
Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 11:
epistulas, quas quidem vellem mihi numquam redditas,
Cic. Att. 11, 22, 1.—
With ellipsis of predicate: illud quoque vellem antea (i. e. factum, or factum esse),
Cic. Att. 11, 23, 3.—
d.
With ut, Cic. Sull. 1, 1; id. Fam. 7, 33, 2 (v. I. C. 1. a. supra).—
4.
With acc. of a neuter pronoun or of a noun:
aliquando sentiam us nihil nobis nisi, id quod minime vellem, spiritum reliquum esse,
Cic. Att. 9, 19, 2: tris eos libros maxime nunc vellem: apti essent ad id quod cogito, I would like to have (cf. I. E. 1. a.), id. ib. 13, 22, 2.—
5.
In the other persons of vellem (mostly poet.).
a.
Velles.
(α).
In optative sentences redundant, Verg. A. 11, 153 (v. II. A. 1. d.).—
(β).
Of an indefinite subject:
velles eum (Senecam) suo ingenio dixisse, alieno judicio,
Quint. 10, 1, 130.—
b.
Vellet.
(α).
In the potential sense of vellem: vellet abesse quidem;
sed adest. Velletque videre, Non etiam sentire canum fera facta suorum,
Ov. M. 3, 247.—
(β).
Conditionally:
quis vellet tanti nuntius esse mali (i. e. if in this situation)?
Ov. H. 12, 146.—
c.
Vellent.
(α).
In the potential sense of vellem:
quam vellent aethere in alto Nunc of pauperiem et duros perferre labores!
Verg. A. 6, 436.—
(β).
Conditionally: nec superi vellent hoc licuisse sibi, would wish, i. e. if in this situation, Mart. 4, 44, 8.
D.
Volam and voluero.
1.
In gen.: respiciendus erit sermo stipulationis, utrumne talis sit: quem voluero, an quem volam. Nam si talis fuerit quem voluero, cum semel elegerit, mutare voluntatem non poterit;
si vero... quem volam, donec judicium dictet, mutandi potestatem habebit,
Dig. 45, 1, 112.—
2.
Volam in principal sentences.
(α).
= Engl. future, I shall wish, etc.:
et commeminisse hoc ego volam te,
I shall require you to recollect this, Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 7: cum omnia habueris, tunc habere et sapientiam voles? will you also wish to have wisdom when? etc., Sen. Ep. 17, 8.—
(β).
Denoting present probability: et scilicet jam me hoc voles patrem exorare, ut, etc., you doubtless wish me, etc., Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 27.—
3.
In clauses dependent on predicates implying a future, generally rendered by an English present:
quid si sors aliter quam voles evenerit?
otherwise than as you wish, Plaut. Cas. 2, 5, 35:
tum te, si voles, cum patriae quod debes solveris, satis diu vixisse dicito,
then if you choose, if you will, Cic. Marcell. 9, 27:
decedes cum voles,
id. Att. 6, 3, 2:
qui magis effugies eos qui volent fingere?
those who are bent upon inventing, who will invent, falsehoods, id. ib. 8, 2, 2; cf. id. ib. 1, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 55; id. Prov. Cons. 9, 24:
quod voles gratum esse, rarum effice,
Sen. Ben. 1, 14, 1; cf. id. Brev. Vit. 7, 9: si di volent, the gods permitting, August. ap. Suet. Calig. 8:
invenies, vere si reperire voles,
Ov. P. 3, 1, 34; cf. Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 78; Tib. 1, 4, 45.—So, voluero:
quem (locum) si qui vitare voluerit, sex milium circuitu in oppidum pervenit,
who wishes to avoid this spot, Caes. B. C. 2, 24.
E.
Si vis, parenthetically.
1.
If you please (cf. sis, supra init.):
paulum opperirier, Si vis,
Ter. Eun. 5, 2, 52:
audi, si vis, nunc jam,
id. Ad. 2, 1, 30:
dic, si vis, de quo disputari velis,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 5, 13.—
2.
If you wish, choose, insist upon it:
hanc quoque jucunditatem, si vis, transfer in animum,
Cic. Fin. 2, 4, 14:
addam, si vis, animi, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 27, 89:
concedam hoc ipsum, si vis, etc.,
id. Div. 2, 15, 34.
F.
Quam, with any person of the pres. indic. or subj., or imperf. subj. or future, = quamvis, in a concessive sense, virtually, however, however much.
1.
3 d pers. sing.:
quod illa, quam velit sit potens, numquam impetravisset (= quamvis sit potens),
however powerful she may be, Cic. Cael. 26, 63:
C. Gracchus dixit, sibi in somnis Ti. fratrem visum esse dicere, quam vellet cunctaretur, tamen eodem sibi leto... esse pereundum,
id. Div. 1, 26, 56:
quam volet jocetur,
id. N. D. 2, 17, 46.—
2.
1 st pers. plur.:
quam volumus licet ipsi nos amemus, tamen, etc.,
Cic. Har. Resp. 9, 19.—
3.
2 d pers. plur.: exspectate facinus quam vultis improbum, vincam tamen, etc., expect a crime, however wicked ( ever so wicked), etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 5, § 11;
but: hac actione quam voletis multi dicent,
as many as you choose, id. ib. 2, 2, 42, § 102.—
4.
3 d pers. plur.:
quam volent illi cedant, tamen a re publica revocabuntur,
Cic. Phil. 2, 44, 113:
quam volent in conviviis faceti, dicaces, etc., sint, alia fori vis est, alia triclinii,
id. Cael. 28, 67;
but: et ceteri quam volent magnas pecunias capere possint,
as much money as they choose, id. Verr. 2, 2, 58, § 142.
G.
Volo = malo, to prefer, with a comparative clause (rare):
quodsi in ceteris quoque studiis a multis eligere homines commodissimum quodque, quam sese uni alicui certo vellent addicere, = si se eligere mallent quam se uni addicere,
Cic. Inv. 2, 2, 5:
malae rei quam nullius duces esse volunt,
Liv. 3, 68, 11:
famaene credi velis quanta urbs a te capta sit, quam posteris quoque eam spectando esse?
id. 25, 29, 6.
H.
With magis and maxime.
1.
Magis velle: ut tu illam salvam magis velles quam ego, you wish more than I, etc., Ter. Hec. 2, 2, 17.—
2.
With maxime, to wish above all, more than any thing or any one else, to be most agreeable to one, to like best, to prefer (among more than two alternatives):
quia id maxime volo ut illi istoc confugiant,
wish above all, Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 49; so id. Trin. 3, 2, 38:
maxime vellem, judices, ut P. Sulla, etc.,
Cic. Sull. 1, 1:
caritate nos capiunt reges, consilio optimates, libertate populi, ut in comparando difficile ad eligendum sit, quid maxime velis,
which you prefer, like best, id. Rep. 1, 35, 55; so, quemadmodum ego maxime vellem, id. Att. 13, 1, 1:
tris eos libros maxime nunc vellem,
above all others, id. ib. 13, 32, 2:
alia excusanti juveni, alia recipienti futura, ita ut maxime vellet senatus responderi placuit,
as it was most agreeable to him, Liv. 39, 47:
si di tibi permisissent quo modo maxime velles experiri animum meum,
in the manner most convenient to yourself, Curt. 3, 6, 12.
K.
In disjunctive co - ordination.
1.
With sive... sive:
tu nunc, sive ego volo, seu nolo, sola me ut vivam facis,
whether I choose or not, Plaut. Cist. 3, 14:
itaque Campanos sive velint, sive nolint, quieturos,
Liv. 8, 2, 13.—
2.
Without connectives.
a.
Vis tu... vis:
congredi cum hoste liceat... vis tu mari, vis terra, vis acie, vis urbibus expugnandis experiri virtutem?
Liv. 25, 6, 22.—
b.
Velim nolim.
(α).
Interrogatively, = utrum velim nec ne:
velit nolit scire, difficile est,
it is difficult to know whether he intends it or not, Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 4.—
(β).
= seu velim seu nolim:
ut mihi, velim nolim, sit certa quaedam tuenda sententia,
whether I will or not, Cic. N. D. 1, 7, 17:
velim nolim, in cognomine Scipionum haeream necesse est,
Val. Max. 3, 7, 3:
mors interim adest, cui velis nolis vacandum est,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 8, 5:
hunc ita fundatum necesse est, velit nolit, sequatur hilaritas continua,
id. Vit. Beat. 4, 4:
velint nolint, respondendum est... beate vivere bonum non esse,
id. Ep. 117, 4:
praeterea futuri principes, velint nolint, sciant, etc.,
Plin. Pan. 20 fin. Part. and P. a.: vŏlens, entis.
A.
As a part. proper, retaining the meaning and construction of velle, with the force of a relative or adverbial clause.
1.
Agreeing with some member of the sentence ( poet. and in post-class. prose;
rare): neque illum... multa volentem Dicere praeterea vidit (= qui multa voluit dicere),
Verg. G. 4, 501; id. A. 2, 790:
nec me vis ulla volentem Avertet (i. e. si adhaerere foederi volo),
id. ib. 12, 203: decemviri, minuere volentes hujuscemodi violentiam... putaverunt, etc., intending ( who intended) to diminish such a violence, etc., Gell. 20, 1, 34:
Milo, experiri etiamtunc volens, an ullae sibi reliquae vires adessent... rescindere quercum conatus est,
id. 15, 16, 3:
scio quosdam testatores, efficere volentes ne servi sui umquam ad libertatem venirent, etc., hactenus scribere solitos,
Dig. 40, 4, 61:
si te volentem ad prohibendum venire, deterruerit aliquis, etc.,
ib. 43, 24, 1, § 10.—
2.
Abl. absol. (not ante-Aug.):
ne cujus militis scripti nomen nisi ipso volente deleretur,
except with his consent, Liv. 7, 41, 4; so,
Teum ex medio cursu classem repente avertit, aut volentibus iis usurus commeatu parato hostibus, aut ipsos pro hostibus habiturus,
with their consent, id. 37, 27, 3:
ponuntque ferocia Poeni Corda, volente deo,
since the god willed it, Verg. A. 1, 303: Thrasippo supplicium a se voluntaria morte exigere volente, while he was about to inflict punishment on himself, etc., Val. Max. 5, 1, ext. 2: scire volentibus immortalibus dis an Romana virtus imperium orbis mereretur, it being the will of the gods to know, etc., Flor. 1, 13, 3 (1, 7, 3): qui sciente aut volente eo ad quem res pertinet, possessionem nanciscitur, with the knowledge and consent of the person who, etc., Dig. 41, 2, 6. —
B.
As adj., willing, voluntary, and hence, favorably disposed (opp. invitus).
1.
Attributively.
a.
In the phrase cum dis volentibus, lit. with the willing or favoring gods, i. e. with the will, permission, or favor of the gods: dono ducite doque volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 208 Vahl.):
sequere hac, mea gnata, me cum dis volentibus,
Plaut. Pers. 3, 1, 4:
cum dis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi Mani uti illaec suovetaurilia, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141 (142).— And without cum, abl. absol.:
virtute ac dis volentibus magni estis et opulenti,
Sall. J. 14, 19.—
b.
Volenti animo.
(α).
= cupide, eagerly:
Romae plebes litteris quae de Metello ac Mario missae erant, volenti animo de ambobus acceperant,
Sall. J. 73, 3. —
(β).
On purpose, intentionally:
consilio hanc omnes animisque volentibus urbem Adferimur,
Verg. A. 7, 216.—
2.
Predicatively.
a.
Agreeing with the subject-nom. or subject - acc.
(α).
Voluntarily, willingly, [p. 2011] gladly (class.):
(hi) divini generis appellentur... vobisque jure et lege volentes pareant,
Cic. Univ. 11 fin.:
quas victi ab hostibus poenas metuerant, eas ipsi volentes pendere,
Sall. J. 76, 6:
quia volentes in amicitiam non veniebant,
Liv. 21, 39, 4:
si volentes ac non coacti mansissent in amicitia,
id. 24, 37, 7:
quocunque loco seu volens seu invitus constitisti,
id. 7, 40, 13:
itaque se numquam volentem parte qua posset rerum consilio gerendarum cessurum,
id. 22, 27, 9:
(virtus), quidquid evenerit, feret, non patiens tantum, sed etiam volens,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 15, 5:
non est referre gratiam quod volens acceperis nolenti reddere,
id. Ben. 4, 40, 4:
volens vos Turnus adoro,
Verg. A. 10, 677; 3, 457; 6, 146;
12, 833: date vina volentes,
id. ib. 8, 275: ipsa autem macie tenuant armenta volentes ( on purpose), id. G. 3, 129.—And referring to subjects denoting things: quos rami fructus, quos ipsa volentia rura Sponte tulere sua, carpsit ( spontaneously and willingly), Verg. G. 2, 500.—
(β).
Favorably; with propitius, favorably and kindly, referring to the gods:
precantes Jovem ut volens propitius praebeat sacra arma pro patria,
Liv. 24, 21, 10:
precantibus ut volens propitiaque urbem Romanam iniret,
id. 29, 14, 13:
in ea arce (Victoriam) sacratam, volentem propitiamque, firmam ac stabilem fore populo Romano,
id. 22, 37, 12; 1, 16, 3; 7, 26, 3; 24, 38, 8; Inscr. Orell. 2489 sq.—Parodied by Plautus:
agite, bibite, festivae fores! fite mihi volentes propitiae,
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 89.— Abl. absol.:
omnia diis propitiis volentibusque ea faciemus,
with the favor and help of the gods, Liv. 39, 16, 11 Weissenb. ad loc.:
si (Jovem) invocem ut dexter ac volens assit,
Quint. 4, prooem. 5.—
b.
Agreeing with other terms of the sentence (rare): volenti consuli causa in Pamphyliam devertendi oblata est, a welcome cause was offered to the consul, etc., Liv. 38, 15, 3:
quod nobis volentibus facile continget,
if we wish, Quint. 6, 2, 30:
is Ariobarzanem volentibus Armeniis praefecit,
to their satisfaction, Tac. A. 2, 4:
gemis... hominem, Urse, tuum, cui dulce volenti servitium... erat,
to whom his servitude was sweet, since he liked it, Stat. S. 2, 6, 15:
me mea virtus, etc., fatis egere volentem,
Verg. A. 8, 133:
saepe ille volentem castigabat erum,
administered kindly received rebukes, Stat. S. 2, 6, 50.—
c.
In the phrase aliquid mihi volenti est or putatur, etc., something is welcome, acceptable to me, pleases me (= volens habeo or accipio aliquid; cf. the Gr. Humin tauta boulomenois estin, and, mihi aliquid cupienti est; v. cupio;
rare but class.): uti militibus exaequatus cum imperatore labos volentibus esset,
that the equalization of labor was acceptable to the soldier, Sall. J. 100, 4:
quia neque plebei militia volenti putabatur,
id. ib. 84, 3 Dietsch:
grande periculum maritumis civitatibus esse, et quibusdam volentibus novas res fore,
that to some a change of the government would be welcome, Liv. 21, 50, 10:
quibus bellum volentibus erat, probare exemplum,
Tac. Agr. 18.— Impers. with subject - inf.: ceterisque remanere et in verba Vespasiani adigi volentibus fuit, to the rest it was acceptable to remain, etc., Tac. H. 3, 43.—With subject-inf. understood:
si volentibus vobis erit, in medium profero quae... legisse memini,
Macr. S. 7, 13, 11:
si volentibus vobis erit, diem fabulis et epulis exigamus,
id. ib. 1, 7; 2, 3 fin.; 6, 6 init. —
3.
As subst. (mostly post-Aug.).
a.
vŏlens, entis, m., = is qui vult, in the different meanings, and often with the construction of the verb.
(α).
One who wishes:
nunc cis Hiberum castra Romana esse, arcem tutam perfugiumque novas volentibus res,
Liv. 22, 22, 11:
consulere se volentibus vacuas aures accommodavit,
Val. Max. 5, 8, 3:
quid opus libertate si volentibus luxu perire non licet,
id. 2, 9, 5:
discere meliora volentibus promptum est,
i. e. it depends on our own will to learn better things, Quint. 11, 11, 12:
nec sum in hoc sollicitus, dum res ipsa volentibus discere appareat,
to the students, id. 8, 4, 15:
mori volentibus vis adhibita vivendi,
Suet. Tib. 61.—
(β).
One who intends, is about:
juris ignorantia non prodest acquirere volentibus,
i. e. in the acquisition of property, Dig. 22, 6, 7:
si quis volentem incipere uti frui prohibuit,
one who is about to enter upon a usufruct, ib. 43, 16, 3, § 14. —
(γ).
One who is willing:
non refert quid sit quod datur, nisi a volente volenti datur,
unless it is both willingly given and received, Sen. Ben. 2, 18, 8:
ducunt volentem fata, nolentem trahunt,
those willing to follow, id. Ep. 107, 11.—
(δ).
One who consents:
tutiusque rati volentibus quam coactis imperitare,
to rule men with their consent, Sall. J. 102, 6:
quippe rempublicam si a volentibus nequeat ab invitis jus expetituram,
peaceably if they could, forcibly if they must, Liv. 3, 40, 4:
si quis aliam rem pro alia volenti solverit,
if one pays with the consent of the receiver, Dig. 46, 3, 46:
nulla injuria est quae in volentem fiat,
ib. 47, 10, 1, § 5.—
(ε).
One who does a thing voluntarily:
pecuniam etiam a volentibus acceperant,
the contributions of money were voluntary, Vell. 2, 62, 3:
parce, puer, stimulis... (solis equi) Sponte sua properant. Labor est inhibere volentis (i. e. properare),
Ov. M. 2, 128.—
(ζ).
Volens = bene volens: munificus nemo habebatur nisi pariter volens, unless he was just as kindly disposed, sc. as he was liberal, Sall. J. 103, 6.—Often referring to a previously mentioned noun:
hunc cape consiliis socium et conjunge volentem,
and unite with him, since he wishes it, Verg. A. 5, 712; so may be taken Ov. M. 2, 128 (v. e).—
b.
In the neutr. plur. (volentia) rare, always with dat., things pleasing, acceptable:
Pompeius multis suspitionibus volentia plebi facturus habebatur,
that he would do what pleased the common people, Sall. H. 4, 31 Dietsch:
haec atque talia plebi volentia fuere,
Tac. A. 15, 36 Draeg. ad loc. al.:
iique Muciano volentia rescripsere,
id. H. 3, 52.—Hence, adv.: vŏlenter, willingly, App. M. 6, p. 178, 4.
2.
vŏlo, āvi, ātum ( part. gen. plur. volantūm, Verg. A. 6, 728; Lucr. 2, 1083), 1, v. n. [Sanscr. val-, to turn one's self, etc.; cf.: vŏlucer, vēlox, and vol- in velivolus], to fly.
I.
Lit.: ex alto... laeva volavit avis, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 95 Vahl.):
aves,
Lucr. 6, 742:
accipitres,
id. 4, 1010:
corvi,
id. 2, 822:
altam supra volat ardea nubem,
Verg. G. 1, 364:
volat ille per aëra magnum Remigio alarum,
id. A. 1, 300:
columbae venere volantes,
id. ib. 6, 191; Prop. 2, 30 (3, 28), 30; Juv. 8, 251:
apes,
Ov. A. A. 1, 96; cf. Plin. 10, 38, 54, § 112:
volasse eum (Antonium), non iter fecisse diceres,
Cic. Phil. 10, 5, 11.—Prov.:
sine pennis volare haud facile est,
Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 49.—
2.
P. a. as subst.: vŏlantes, ĭum, comm., the birds ( poet.), Lucr. 2, 1083; Verg. A. 6, 239; 6, 728.—
II.
Transf., to fly, i. e. to move swiftly like one flying, to fleet, speed, hasten along:
i sane... vola curriculo,
Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 17; cf.:
per summa levis volat aequora curru,
Verg. A. 5, 819:
medios volat ecce per hostes Vectus equo spumante Saces,
id. ib. 12, 650:
illa (Argo) volat,
Ov. H. 6, 66:
currus,
Verg. G. 3, 181:
axis,
id. ib. 3, 107:
nubes,
Lucr. 5, 254:
fulmina,
id. 2, 213:
tempestates,
id. 6, 612:
telum,
id. 1, 971; cf. Sall. J. 60, 2; Verg. A. 9, 698; Liv. 26, 44, 7 al.:
litterae Capuam ad Pompeium volare dicebantur,
Cic. Att. 2, 19, 3:
volat aetas,
id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:
hora,
Sen. Hippol. 1141:
fama,
Verg. A. 3, 121:
et semel emissum volat irrevocabile verbum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 71.— Poet., with inf.:
ast Erebi virgo ditem volat aethere Memphim Praecipere et Phariā venientem pellere terrā,
Val. Fl. 4, 407.
3.
vŏlo, ōnis, m. [1. volo], a volunteer, first applied to the slaves who, after the battle at Cannæ, were enrolled upon their own expressed desire to serve (cf. Liv. 22, 57, 11; Val. Max. 7, 6, 1):
volones dicti sunt milites, qui post Cannensem cladem usque ad octo milia, cum essent servi, voluntarie se ad militiam obtulere,
Paul. Diac. p. 370:
volones, quia sponte hoc voluerunt, appellati,
Macr. S. 1, 11, 30:
vetus miles tironi, liber voloni sese exaequari sineret,
Liv. 23, 35, 6; 23, 32, 1; Capitol. Anton. Phil. 21, 6; Macr. S. 1, 11, 30.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > volo
14 falso

adj.

1 false, fake, dummy, counterfeit.

2 false, delusory, misleading.

3 false, liar, deceitful, fake.

pres.indicat.

1^st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: falsar.

* * *

falso

► adjetivo

1 (no verdadero) false, untrue

2 (moneda) false, counterfeit; (cuadro, sello) forged

3 (persona) insincere, false; (sonrisa) false

► nombre masculino,nombre femenino

1 (persona) insincere person

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

dar un paso en falso (tropezar) to trip, stumble 2 (cometer un error) to make a mistake, make a wrong move

en falso (con falsedad) falsely 2 (sin apoyo) without proper support

jurar en falso to commit perjury

falsa alarma false alarm

* * *

(f. - falsa)

adj.

1) false, untrue

2) fake

* * *

1. ADJ

1) [acusación, creencia, rumor] false

lo que dices es falso — what you're saying is false o untrue

se inscribió con un nombre falso — she registered under a false name

ha sido una falsa alarma — it was a false alarm

falso testimonio — perjury, false testimony

2) [firma, pasaporte, joya] false, fake; [techo] false; [cuadro] fake; [moneda] counterfeit

3) (=insincero) [persona] false, insincere; [sonrisa] false

4) [caballo] vicious

5)

en falso: coger a algn en falso — to catch sb in a lie

dar un paso en falso — (lit) to trip; (fig) to take a false step

jurar en falso — to commit perjury

2.

SM CAm, Méx false evidence

* * *

- sa adjetivo

1)

a) < billete> counterfeit, forged; < cuadro> forged; < documento> false, forged; <diamante/joya> fake; <cajón/techo> false

b) ( insincero) < persona> insincere, false; <sonrisa/promesa> false

2)

a) ( no cierto) <dato/nombre/declaración> false

eso es falso — that is not true, that is untrue

b)

en falso: jurar en falso to commit perjury; golpear en falso — to miss the mark

•

- falsa alarma

- falso testimonio

* * *

= dummy, false, sham, spurious, unauthentic, faked, untrue, bogus, deceitful, pseudo, fake, two-faced, inauthentic, phony [phoney], meretricious, counterfeit, insincere, hocus pocus, specious, dishonest, mendacious, delusional.

Ex. DOBIS/LIBIS, therefore, assigns them the dummy master number zero.

Ex. The concept 'Senses' constitutes a false link in the chain.

Ex. A sham catalog is a disservice to the user, and participating in the creation of a sham catalog is personally degrading to a professional.

Ex. Examples would include giving a spurious impression of busyness at the reference desk.

Ex. So, in the bicentennial spirit here's a three-point bill of particulars or grievances (in addition to what was mentioned previously with respect to offensive or unauthentic terms).

Ex. Libri was accused of stealing manuscripts of unique importance and rarity from French provincial libraries in the 1840s and inserting faked notes of provenance, substituting Italian place names for French ones.

Ex. Public library collections are of little use to scholars and have failed to provide the communications links that might prove this hypothesis untrue.

Ex. The article 'A bogus and dismal science, or the eggplant that ate library schools' discusses the reasons for the perennial professional indentity crisis amongst librarians.

Ex. Again, on the matter of the sources already consulted by the enquirer, the implication is not that he is unreliable or deceitful, but that in looking up the Encyclopedia Americana he may not be aware of the existence of the index.

Ex. Sometimes authors write ' pseudo abstracts' to meet deadlines for articles or for talks to be delivered.

Ex. This article deals with the detection of fake letters and documents.

Ex. This course looks at this two-faced society with guided field trips to cemeteries and to the architecture of Edinburgh's underworld below the great banks and public buildings.

Ex. Much of the culture of Western democracies has increasingly become inauthentic or phony.

Ex. Much of the culture of Western democracies has increasingly become inauthentic or phony.

Ex. The responsibility of the critic must be to maintain rigorous standards, and strive to alert the public to the implications for the future of a market flooded with meretricious productions.

Ex. Criminal charges are to be brought against 3 people after the seizure of counterfeit copies of British Telecom's PhoneDisc, a CD-ROM database containing the company's 100 or so telephone directories.

Ex. There is a point when participation may become mere meddling and insincere.

Ex. The final section of her paper calls attention to the ' hocus pocus' research conducted on many campuses.

Ex. This comparative frame of reference is specious and irrelevant on several counts.

Ex. Mostly facsimiles are made without dishonest intent, although some have certainly been intended to deceive, and the ease with which they can be identified varies with the reproduction process used.

Ex. I love movies like that -- where slowly, gradually, bit by bit, all the characters realize that the villain was really disastrously mendacious and criminal.

Ex. Despite what false patriots tell us, we now have a delusional democracy, not one that citizens can trust to serve their interests.

----

* abeto falso = spruce.

* alegación falsa = ipse dixit.

* charlatanería falsa = cant.

* crear falsas ilusiones = create + false illusions.

* dar una falsa impresión = keep up + facade, put on + an act.

* dar un paso en falso = make + a false move.

* democracia falsa = travesty democracy.

* diamante falso = rhinestone.

* erradicar falsas ideas = erase + misconceptions.

* erradicar una falsa idea = dispel + idea.

* falsa alabanza = lip service.

* falsa ilusión = delusion.

* falsa política de integración de minorías = tokenism.

* falsa pretensión = false pretence.

* falsa sensación de seguridad = false sense of security.

* falso pretexto = false pretence.

* falso testimonio = perjury.

* hablar en falso = speak with + a split tongue, speak with + a forked tongue, speak with + a twisted tongue.

* hacer un movimiento en falso = make + a false move.

* idea falsa = misconception, bogus idea, illusion.

* movimiento en falso = false move.

* nivel jerárquico falso = false link.

* paso en falso = false move.

* pista falsa = red herring.

* resultar falso = prove + false.

* sonar falso = have + a hollow ring.

* toma falsa = outtake.

* * *

- sa adjetivo

1)

a) < billete> counterfeit, forged; < cuadro> forged; < documento> false, forged; <diamante/joya> fake; <cajón/techo> false

b) ( insincero) < persona> insincere, false; <sonrisa/promesa> false

2)

a) ( no cierto) <dato/nombre/declaración> false

eso es falso — that is not true, that is untrue

b)

en falso: jurar en falso to commit perjury; golpear en falso — to miss the mark

•

- falsa alarma

- falso testimonio

* * *

= dummy, false, sham, spurious, unauthentic, faked, untrue, bogus, deceitful, pseudo, fake, two-faced, inauthentic, phony [phoney], meretricious, counterfeit, insincere, hocus pocus, specious, dishonest, mendacious, delusional.

Ex: DOBIS/LIBIS, therefore, assigns them the dummy master number zero.

Ex: The concept 'Senses' constitutes a false link in the chain.

Ex: A sham catalog is a disservice to the user, and participating in the creation of a sham catalog is personally degrading to a professional.

Ex: Examples would include giving a spurious impression of busyness at the reference desk.

Ex: So, in the bicentennial spirit here's a three-point bill of particulars or grievances (in addition to what was mentioned previously with respect to offensive or unauthentic terms).

Ex: Libri was accused of stealing manuscripts of unique importance and rarity from French provincial libraries in the 1840s and inserting faked notes of provenance, substituting Italian place names for French ones.

Ex: Public library collections are of little use to scholars and have failed to provide the communications links that might prove this hypothesis untrue.

Ex: The article 'A bogus and dismal science, or the eggplant that ate library schools' discusses the reasons for the perennial professional indentity crisis amongst librarians.

Ex: Again, on the matter of the sources already consulted by the enquirer, the implication is not that he is unreliable or deceitful, but that in looking up the Encyclopedia Americana he may not be aware of the existence of the index.

Ex: Sometimes authors write ' pseudo abstracts' to meet deadlines for articles or for talks to be delivered.

Ex: This article deals with the detection of fake letters and documents.

Ex: This course looks at this two-faced society with guided field trips to cemeteries and to the architecture of Edinburgh's underworld below the great banks and public buildings.

Ex: Much of the culture of Western democracies has increasingly become inauthentic or phony.

Ex: Much of the culture of Western democracies has increasingly become inauthentic or phony.

Ex: The responsibility of the critic must be to maintain rigorous standards, and strive to alert the public to the implications for the future of a market flooded with meretricious productions.

Ex: Criminal charges are to be brought against 3 people after the seizure of counterfeit copies of British Telecom's PhoneDisc, a CD-ROM database containing the company's 100 or so telephone directories.

Ex: There is a point when participation may become mere meddling and insincere.

Ex: The final section of her paper calls attention to the ' hocus pocus' research conducted on many campuses.

Ex: This comparative frame of reference is specious and irrelevant on several counts.

Ex: Mostly facsimiles are made without dishonest intent, although some have certainly been intended to deceive, and the ease with which they can be identified varies with the reproduction process used.

Ex: I love movies like that -- where slowly, gradually, bit by bit, all the characters realize that the villain was really disastrously mendacious and criminal.

Ex: Despite what false patriots tell us, we now have a delusional democracy, not one that citizens can trust to serve their interests.

* abeto falso = spruce.

* alegación falsa = ipse dixit.

* charlatanería falsa = cant.

* crear falsas ilusiones = create + false illusions.

* dar una falsa impresión = keep up + facade, put on + an act.

* dar un paso en falso = make + a false move.

* democracia falsa = travesty democracy.

* diamante falso = rhinestone.

* erradicar falsas ideas = erase + misconceptions.

* erradicar una falsa idea = dispel + idea.

* falsa alabanza = lip service.

* falsa ilusión = delusion.

* falsa política de integración de minorías = tokenism.

* falsa pretensión = false pretence.

* falsa sensación de seguridad = false sense of security.

* falso pretexto = false pretence.

* falso testimonio = perjury.

* hablar en falso = speak with + a split tongue, speak with + a forked tongue, speak with + a twisted tongue.

* hacer un movimiento en falso = make + a false move.

* idea falsa = misconception, bogus idea, illusion.

* movimiento en falso = false move.

* nivel jerárquico falso = false link.

* paso en falso = false move.

* pista falsa = red herring.

* resultar falso = prove + false.

* sonar falso = have + a hollow ring.

* toma falsa = outtake.

* * *

falso -sa

adjective

A

1 ‹billete› counterfeit, forged; ‹cuadro› forged

2 ‹documento› (copiado) false, forged, fake; (alterado) false, forged

3 (simulado) ‹diamante/joya› fake; ‹bolsillo/cajón/techo› false

4 (insincero) ‹persona› insincere, false; ‹sonrisa› false; ‹promesa› false

B

1 (no cierto) ‹dato/nombre/declaración› false

eso es falso, nunca afirmé tal cosa that is not true o that is untrue, I never said such a thing

2

en falso: jurar en falso to commit perjury

golpear en falso to miss the mark

esta tabla está en falso this board isn't properly supported

la maleta cerró en falso the suitcase didn't shut properly

el tornillo giraba en falso the screw wouldn't grip

paso¹ m C 1. (↑ paso (1))

Compuestos:

● falsa alarma

feminine false alarm

● falsa modestia

feminine false modesty

● falso testimonio

masculine ( Der) false testimony, perjury

no levantar falso testimonio ( Relig) thou shalt not bear false witness

* * *

falso
◊ -sa adjetivo

a) ‹ billete› counterfeit, forged;

‹ cuadro› forged;
‹ documento› false, forged;
‹diamante/joya› fake;
‹cajón/techo› false
b) ( insincero) ‹ persona› insincere, false;

‹sonrisa/promesa› false
c) ( no cierto) ‹dato/nombre/declaración› false;

◊ eso es falso that is not true o is untrue;

falsa alarma false alarm;
falso testimonio sustantivo masculino (Der) false testimony, perjury
falso,-a
I adjetivo
1 false: eso que dices es falso, what you're saying is wrong
había un puerta falsa, there was a false door
nombre falso, assumed name
2 (persona) insincere: Juan me parece muy falso, I think Juan is insincere
3 (falsificado) forged
dinero falso, counterfeit o bogus money
II m (persona) insincere person, hypocrit
♦ Locuciones: en falso, false: jurar en falso, to commit perjury
' falso' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
cierta
- cierto
- falaz
- falsa
- fantasma
- incierta
- incierto
- jurar
- perjurar
- testimonio
- colar
- supuesto
English:
absolutely
- affected
- bogus
- counterfeit
- deceitful
- disingenuous
- dud
- fake
- false
- false move
- faux pas
- hollow
- insincere
- phoney
- sham
- slimy
- spurious
- two-faced
- untrue
- untruthful
- smooth
- spruce
- sycamore
- trumped-up
- two

* * *

falso, -a

♦ adj

1. [afirmación, información, rumor] false, untrue;

eso que dices es falso what you are saying is not true;

en falso [falsamente] falsely;
[sin firmeza] unsoundly;
si haces un movimiento en falso, disparo one false move and I'll shoot;

dio un paso en falso y se cayó he missed his footing and fell;

jurar en falso to commit perjury

Comp
falsa alarma false alarm;
falso testimonio [en juicio] perjury, false evidence;

dar falso testimonio to give false evidence

2. [dinero, firma, cuadro] forged;
[pasaporte] forged, false; [joyas] fake;
un diamante falso an imitation diamond

3. [hipócrita] deceitful;

no soporto a los falsos amigos que te critican a la espalda I can't stand false friends who criticize you behind your back;

basta ya de falsa simpatía that's enough of you pretending to be nice;

Comp
Fam Hum
es más falso que Judas he's a real snake in the grass

Comp
Ling falso amigo false friend;
falsa modestia false modesty

4. [simulado] false

Comp
falsa costilla false rib;
falso estuco [en bricolaje] stick-on plasterwork;

falso muro false wall;

falso techo false ceiling

♦ nm,f
[hipócrita] hypocrite
* * *

falso

adj

1 false

2 joyas fake; documento, firma forged; monedas, billetes counterfeit

3

:

jurar o

declarar en falso commit perjury

4 persona false

* * *

falso, -sa adj

1) falaz: false, untrue

2) : counterfeit, forged

* * *

falso adj

1. (en general) false

un nombre falso a false name

2. (billete, cuadro) forged

3. (joya) fake

4. (persona) false / insincere

Spanish-English dictionary > falso
15 HÁLFR

a.

1) half; hálfr mánaðr, half a month, fortnight; til hálfs by a half; hálfr annar, þriði, fjórði, &c., one, two, three and a half; hálft annat hundrað, one hundred and a half; hálfr þriði tøgr manna, twenty-five men;

2) neut. ‘hálfu’, by half, with a comparative in an intensive sense, much, far; hálfu verri, far worse; hálfu meira, far more; hálfu siðr, far less.

* * *

adj., hálf (hlf), hálft, freq. spelt halbr, halb er öld hvar, Hm. 52; [Goth. halbs; A. S. healf; Engl. half; Hel. halba; Germ. halb; Dan. halv; Swed. half]:—half; hálfr mánuðr, half a month, a fortnight, Nj. 4; þar átti hann kyn hálft, Eg. 288; hálf stika, half a yard, Grág. i. 498; hálf Jól, the half of Yule, Fs. 151, passim: adverb. phrases, til hálfs, by a half, Eg. 258, 304; aukinn hálfu, increased by half, doubled, Grág. i. 157, Gþl. 24.

2. with the notion of brief, scant, little; sjá hálf hýnótt, that little night, Skm. 42; hálf stund, a little while; eg skal ekki vera hálfa stund að því, i. e. I shall have done presently, in a moment; cp. hálb er öld hvar, only half, Hm. 52; með hálfum hleif, with half a loaf, a little loaf of bread, 51: an Icel. says to his guest, má eg bjóða þér í hálfum bolla, í hálfu staupi, hálfan munnbita, and the like.

II. in counting Icel. say, hálfr annarr, half another, i. e. one and a half; h. þriði, half a third, i. e. two and a half; h. fjórði, three and a half; h. fimti, four and a half, etc.; thus, hálfan annan dag, one day and a half; hálft annað ár, hálfan annan mánuð, h. aðra nótt; hálf önnur stika, a yard and a half, Grág. i. 498; hálfa fimtu mörk, four marks and a half, 391; hálft annat hundrað, one hundred and a half, Sturl. i. 186; hálfr þriði tögr manna, two decades and a half, i. e. twenty-five, men, Ísl. ii. 387; hálfan fimta tög skipa, Hkr. iii. 374: similar are the compd adjectives hálf-þrítugr, aged twenty-five; hálf-fertugr, aged thirty-five; hálf-fimtugr, hálf-sextugr, -sjötugr, -áttræðr, -níræðr, -tíræðr, i. e. aged forty-five, fifty-five, sixty-five, seventy-five, eighty-five, ninety-five, and lastly, hálf-tólfræðr, one hundred and fifteen, Eg. 84, Fms. i. 148, Greg. 60, Stj. 639, Bs. i. 54, 101, Hkr. (pref.), Mar. 32, Íb. 18, Grett. 162, Fs. 160: also of measure, hálf-fertugr föðmum, Landn. (App.) 324, Fms. vii. 217; hálf-þrítugt tungl, a moon twenty-five days’ old, Rb. 26: contracted, hálf-fjórðu mörk, three marks and a half, Am. 63; hálf-fimtu mörk, four marks and a half, Jm. 36: as to this use, cp. the Germ. andert-halb, dritt-halb, viert-halb, etc., Gr. τρίτον ἡμιτάλαντον ( two talents and a half), Lat. sestertius.

III. neut. hálfu with a comparative, in an intensive sense, far; hálfu verri, worse by half, far worse; hálfu meira, far more, Fms. vi. 201; hálfu heilli! Fb. i. 180; hálfu síðr, far less, Þórð. 41 new Ed., Fb. ii. 357; fremr hálfu, much farther ago, Hðm. 2; h. lengra, Bs. ii. 48; h. betri, better by half; h. hógligra, far snugger, Am. 66; hálfu sæmri, Fb. ii. 334.

β. with neg. suff.; hálft-ki, not half; at hálft-ki má óstyrkð ór bera, Greg. 54.

IV. a pr. name, rare, whence Hálfs-rekkr, m. pl. the champions of king Half, Fas.: Hálf-dan, m. Half-Dane, a pr. name, cp. Healf-Danes in Beowulf, Fms.

B. The COMPDS are very numerous in adjectives, nouns, and participles, but fewer in verbs; we can record only a few, e. g. hálf-afglapi, a, m. half an idiot, Band. 4 new Ed. hálf-aukinn, part. increased by half, H. E. ii. 222. hálf-áttræðr, see above. hálf-bergrisi, a, m. half a giant, Eg. 23. hálf-berserkr, m. half a berserker, Sd. 129. hálf-björt, n. adj. half bright, dawning. hálf-blandinn, part. half blended, Stj. 85. hálf-blindr, adj. half blind. hálf-bolli, a, m. half a bowl (a measure), N. G. L. ii. 166. hálf-breiðr, adj. of half breadth, Jm. 2. hálf-brosandi, part. half smiling. hálf-bróðir, m. a half brother (on one side). hálf-brunninn, part. half burnt. hálf-bræðrungr, m. a half cousin, K. Á. 140. hálf-búinn, part. half done. hálf-dauðr, adj. half dead, Sturl. ii. 54, Magn. 530, Hkr. iii. 366. hálf-daufr, adj. half deaf. hálf-deigr, adj. damp. hálf-dimt, n. adj. half dark, in twilight. hálf-drættingr, m. a fisher-boy, who gets half the fish he catches, but not a full ‘hlutr.’ hálf-ermaðr, part. half sleeved, Sturl. iii. 306. hálf-etinn, part. half eaten, Al. 95. hálf-eyrir, m. half an ounce, Fms. x. 211. hálf-fallinn, part. half fallen, K. Á. 96; h. út sjór, of the tide. hálf-farinn, part. half gone. hálf-fertrugr, hálf-fimti, hálf-fimtugr, hálf-fjórði, see above (II). hálf-fífl, n. and hálf-fífla, u, f. half an idiot, Fms. vi. 218, Bs. i. 286. hálf-fjórðungr, m. half a fourth part, Bs. ii. 170. hálf-frosinn, part. half frozen. hálf-fúinn, part. half rotten. hálf-genginn, part. halving. hálf-gildi, n. half the value, Gþl. 392. hálf-gildr, adj. of half the value, N. G. L. hálf-gjalda, galt, to pay half, N. G. L. i. 174. hálf-grátandi, part. half weeping. hálf-gróinn, part. half healed. hálf-görr, part. half done, only half done, left half undone, Fms. ii. 62; litlu betr en hálfgört, Greg. 24. hálfgörðar-bóndi, a, m. a man who has to furnish half a levy, D. N. hálf-hélufall, n. a slight fall of rime, Gísl. 154. hálf-hlaðinn, part. half laden, Jb. 411. hálf-hneppt, n. adj. a kind of metre, Edda 139. hálf-hræddr, adj. half afraid. hálf-kirkja, u, f. a ‘half-kirk,’ = mod. annexía, an annex-church, district church, or chapel of ease, Vm. 126, H. E. i. 430, ii. 138, Am. 28, Pm. 41, Dipl. v. 19; distinction is made between al-kirkja, hálf-kirkja, and bæn-hús, a chapel. hálf-kjökrandi, part. half choked with tears. hálf-klæddr, part. half dressed. hálf-konungr, m. a half king, inferior king, Fms. i. 83. hálf-kveðinn, part. half uttered; skilja hálfkveðit orð, or hálfkveðna vísu = Lat. verbum sat, MS. 4. 7. hálf-launat, n. part. rewarded by half, Fms. ii. 62, Grág. i. 304. hálf-leypa, u, f. a half laupr (a measure), B. K. passim, hálf-leystr, part. half loosened, Greg. 55. hálf-lifandi, part. half alive, half dead, Mar. hálf-litr, adj. of a cloak, of two colours, one colour on each side, Fms. ii. 70, Fas. iii. 561, Sturl. ii. 32, iii. 112, Fær. 227, Bs. i. 434. hálf-ljóst, n. adj.; pá er hálfljóst var, in twilight, Sturl. iii. 193. hálf-lokaðr, part. half locked. hálf-mætti, n. ‘half might,’ opp. to omnipotence, Skálda 161. hálf-mörk, f. half a mark, Vm. 80, 126. hálf-nauðigr, adj. half reluctant, Fms. xi. 392. hálf-neitt, n. adj. ‘half-naught,’ trifling, Fas. i. 60. hálf-níð, n. half a lampoon, Fms. iii. 21. hálf-níræðr, see above (II). hálf-nýtr, adj. of half use, Rb. 86. hálf-opinn, adj. half open. hálf-prestr, m. a ‘half-priest,’ a chaplain to a hálfkirkja, Sturl. ii. 178. hálf-pund, n. half a pound, Gþl. 343. hálf-raddarstafr, m. a semivowel, Skálda 176, 178. hálf-reingr, a, m. a half scamp, Bs. i. 517. hálf-rétti, n. a law term (cp. fullrétti, p. 177), a slight, a personal affront or injury of the second degree, liable only to a half fine; e. g. hálfréttis-orð is a calumny in words that may be taken in both senses, good and bad; whereas fullréttis-orð is downright, unmistakable abuse, Grág. ii. 144; hence the phrases, mæla, göra hálfrétti við e-n, i. 156, 157, ii. 153. hálfréttis-eiðr, m. an oath of compurgation to be taken in a case of h., N. G. L. i. 352. hálfréttis-maðr, m. a man that has suffered hálfrétti, Gþl. 105, 200. hálfréttis-mál, n. a suit of a case of h., N. G. L. i. 314. hálf-róinn, part. having rowed half the way, half-way, Fms. viii. 312. hálf-róteldi, n., prob. corrupt, Fms. xi. 129. hálf-rými, n. a naut. term, half a cabin, one side of a ship’s cabin, Fms. viii. 138, ix. 33, x. 157, Hkr. i. 302. hálfrýmis-félagar, m. pl. messmates in the same h., Edda 108. hálfrýmis-kista, u, f. a chest or bench belonging to a h., Fms. viii. 85. hálf-rökit (-rökvit, -rökvat), n. adj. half twilight, in the evening, Grett. 137, 140 A; hálf-rökvat is the mod. form, which occurs in Grett. 79 new Ed., Jb. 176, Al. 54; vide rökvit. hálf-sagðr, part. half told; in the saying, jafnan er hálfsögð saga ef einn segir = audiatur et altera pars, Grett. 121. hálf-sextugr, see hálfr II. hálf-sjauræðr, adj. = hálfsjötugr, Stj. 48. hálf-sjötugr, see hálfr II. hálf-skiptr, part. = hálflitr, Fms. ii. 170, Sturl. iii. 112. hálf-sleginn, part. half mown, of a field. hálf-slitinn, part. half worn. hálf-sofandi, part. half asleep. hálf-sótt, n. part. half passed; hálfsótt haf, a half-crossed sea. hálf-systkin, n. pl. half brother and sister, cp. hálfbróðir. hálf-systur, f. pl. half sisters. hálf-tíræðr, see hálfr II. hálf-troll, n. half a giant, Eg. 1, Nj. 164 (a nickname). hálf-tunna, u, f. half a tun, Vm. 44. hálf-unninn, part. half done, Fas. ii. 339. hálf-vaxinn, part. half grown. hálf-vegis, adv. by halves. hálf-virði, n. half worth, Jb. 403, Glúm. 347, Sturl. ii. 132. hálf-visinn, part. and hálf-vista, adj. half withered, and medic. palsied on one side. hálf-viti, a, m. a half-witted man. hálf-votr, adj. half wet. hálf-vætt, f. half weight (a measure), Dipl. iv. 8, Fas. iii. 383. hálf-þrítugr, see hálfr II; spelt half-ðritogr, Js. 79. hálf-þurr, adj. half dry. hálf-þverrandi, part. half waning, Js. 732 (of the moon). hálf-þynna, u, f. a kind of small axe, Gþl. 103, 104, Lv. 35. hálf-ærinn, part. half sufficient, Fms. viii. 440. hálf-ærr, adj. half mad, Sks. 778.

II. in mod. usage hálf is freq. used = rather, e. g. hálf-kalt, adj. rather cold: hálf-feginn, adj., eg er hálffeginn, I am rather glad: e-m er hálf-íllt, hálf-bumult, hálf-óglatt, n. adj. one feels rather ill: hálf-hungraðr, hálf-svangr, hálf-soltinn, hálf-þyrstr, adj. rather hungry, rather thirsty, etc., and in endless compds.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HÁLFR
16 μέγας

μέγας, μεγάλη, μέγα (Hom.+) comp. μείζων and beside it, because of the gradual disappearance of feeling for its comp. sense, μειζότερος 3J 4 (APF 3, 1906, 173; POxy 131, 25; BGU 368, 9; ApcSed 1:5 [cp. J 15:13]; s. B-D-F §61, 2; W-S. §11, 4; Mlt-H. 166; Gignac II 158). Superl. μέγιστος (2 Pt 1:4).

① pert. to exceeding a standard involving related objects, large, great

ⓐ of any extension in space in all directions λίθος Mt 27:60; Mk 16:4. δένδρον Lk 13:19 v.l. (TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 6 [Stone p. 62]). κλάδοι Mk 4:32. Buildings 13:2. Fish J 21:11. A mountain (Tyrtaeus [VII B.C.], Fgm. 4, 8 D.²; Ps.-Aristot., Mirabilia 138; Theopomp. [IV B.C.]: 115 Fgm. 78 Jac.) Rv 8:8. A star vs. 10. A furnace 9:2 (ParJer 6:23). A dragon (Esth 1:1e; Bel 23 Theod.) 12:3, 9. ἀετός (Ezk 17:3; ParJer 7:18 [RHarris; om. Kraft-Purintun]) vs. 14. μάχαιρα a long sword 6:4. ἅλυσις a long chain 20:1. πέλαγος AcPl Ha 7, 23 (first hand).

ⓑ with suggestion of spaciousness ἀνάγαιον a spacious room upstairs Mk 14:15; Lk 22:12. θύρα a wide door 1 Cor 16:9. A winepress Rv 14:19 (ληνός μ. ‘trough’ JosAs 2:20); χάσμα a broad chasm (2 Km 18:17) Lk 16:26. οἰκία (Jer 52:13) 2 Ti 2:20.

ⓒ with words that include the idea of number ἀγέλη μ. a large herd Mk 5:11. δεῖπνον a great banquet, w. many invited guests (Da 5:1 Theod.; JosAs 3:6) Lk 14:16. Also δοχὴ μ. (Gen 21:8) Lk 5:29; GJs 6:2.

ⓓ of age (Jos., Ant. 12, 207 μικρὸς ἢ μέγας=‘young or old’); to include all concerned μικροὶ καὶ μεγάλοι small and great (PGM 15, 18) Rv 11:18; 13:16; 19:5, 18; 20:12. μικρῷ τε καὶ μεγάλῳ Ac 26:22. ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως μεγάλου (Gen 19:11; 4 Km 23:2; 2 Ch 34:30; POxy 1350) 8:10; Hb 8:11 (Jer 38:34). μέγας γενόμενος when he was grown up 11:24 (Ex 2:11). ὁ μείζων the older (O. Wilck II, 144, 3 [128 A.D.]; 213, 3; 1199, 2; LXX; cp. Polyb. 18, 18, 9 Σκιπίων ὁ μέγας; 32, 12, 1) Ro 9:12; 13:2 (both Gen 25:23).

② pert. to being above average in quantity, great πορισμός a great means of gain 1 Ti 6:6. μισθαποδοσία rich reward Hb 10:35.

③ pert. to being above standard in intensity, great δύναμις Ac 4:33; 19:8 D. Esp. of sound: loud φωνή Mk 15:37; Lk 17:15; Rv 1:10; φωνῇ μεγάλῃ (LXX; TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 20f [Stone p. 12]; ParJer 2:2; ApcMos 5:21) Mt 27:46, 50; Mk 1:26; 5:7; 15:34; Lk 4:33; 8:28; 19:37; 23:23 (Φωναῖς μεγάλαις), 46; J 11:43; Ac 7:57, 60; 8:7; Rv 5:12; 6:10 al.; μεγ. φωνῇ (ParJer 5:32); Ac 14:10; 16:28; μεγ. τῇ φωνῇ (ParJer 9:8; Jos., Bell. 6, 188) 14:10 v.l.; 26:24; ἐν φωνῇ μ. Rv 5:2. μετὰ σάλπιγγος μεγάλης with a loud trumpet call Mt 24:31. κραυγή (Ex 11:6; 12:30) Lk 1:42; Ac 23:9; cp. μεῖζον κράζειν cry out all the more Mt 20:31. κοπετός (Gen 50:10) Ac 8:2.—Of natural phenomena: ἄνεμος μ. a strong wind J 6:18; Rv 6:13. λαῖλαψ μ. (Jer 32:32) Mk 4:37. βροντή (Sir 40:13) Rv 14:2. χάλαζα Rv 11:19; 16:21a. χάλαζα λίαν μ. σφόδρα AcPl Ha 5, 7. σεισμὸς μ. (Jer 10:22; Ezk 3:12; 38:19; Jos., Ant. 9, 225) Mt 8:24; 28:2; Lk 21:11a; Ac 16:26. γαλήνη μ. a deep calm Mt 8:26; Mk 4:39; φῶς μ. a bright light (JosAs 6:3; ParJer 9:18 [16]; Plut., Mor. 567f: a divine voice sounds forth from this light; Petosiris, Fgm. 7, ln. 39 τὸ ἱερὸν ἄστρον μέγα ποιοῦν φῶς) Mt 4:16a; GJs 19:2 (Is 9:1). καῦμα μ. intense heat Rv 16:9 (JosAs 3:3).—Of surprising or unpleasant events or phenomena of the most diverse kinds (ἀπώλεια Dt 7:23; θάνατος Ex 9:3; Jer 21:6; κακόν Philo, Agr. 47) σημεῖα (Dt 6:22; 29:2) Mt 24:24; Lk 21:11b; Ac 6:8. δυνάμεις 8:13. ἔργα μ. mighty deeds (cp. Judg 2:7) Rv 15:3. μείζω τούτων greater things than these J 1:50 (μείζονα v.l.); cp. 5:20; 14:12. διωγμὸς μ. a severe persecution Ac 8:1; θλῖψις μ. (a time of) great suffering (1 Macc 9:27) Mt 24:21; Ac 7:11; Rv 2:22; 7:14. πειρασμός AcPl Ha 8, 22. πληγή (Judg 15:8; 1 Km 4:10, 17 al.; TestReub 1:7; TestSim 8:4; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 134) 16:21b. θόρυβος GJs 21:1; AcPl Ha 1, 28f (restored, s. AcPlTh [Aa I 258, 6]) λιμὸς μ. (4 Km 6:25; 1 Macc 9:24) Lk 4:25; Ac 11:28; ἀνάγκη μ. Lk 21:23; πυρετὸς μ. a high fever (s. πυρετός) 4:38.—Of emotions: χαρά great joy (Jon 4:6; JosAs 3:4; 4:2 al.; Jos., Ant. 12, 91) Mt 2:10; 28:8; Lk 2:10; 24:52. φόβος great fear (X., Cyr. 4, 2, 10; Menand., Fgm. 388 Kö.; Jon 1:10, 16; 1 Macc 10:8; TestAbr B 13 p. 117, 18 [Stone p. 82]; JosAs 6:1; GrBar 7:5) Mk 4:41; Lk 2:9; 8:37; Ac 5:5, 11; AcPl Ha 3, 33. θυμὸς μ. fierce anger (1 Macc 7:35) Rv 12:12. μείζων ἀγάπη greater love J 15:13. λύπη profound (Jon 4:1; 1 Macc 6:4, 9, 13; TestJob 7:8) Ro 9:2. σκυθρωπία AcPl Ha 7, 36. πίστις firm Mt 15:28. ἔκστασις (cp. Gen 27:33; ParJer 5:8, 12) Mk 5:42.

④ pert. to being relatively superior in importance, great

ⓐ of rational entities: of God and other deities θεός (SIG 985, 34 θεοὶ μεγάλοι [LBlock, Megaloi Theoi: Roscher II 2523–28, 2536–40; SCole, Theoi Megaloi, The Cult of the Great Gods at Samothrace ’84]; 1237, 5 ὀργὴ μεγάλη τ. μεγάλου Διός; OGI 50, 7; 168, 6; 716, 1; PStras 81, 14 [115 B.C.] Ἴσιδος μεγάλης μητρὸς θεῶν; POxy 886, 1; PTebt 409, 11; 22 ὁ θεὸς μ. Σάραπις, al.; PGM 4, 155; 482; 778 and oft.; 3052 μέγ. θεὸς Σαβαώθ; 5, 474; Dt 10:17 al. in LXX; En 103:4; 104:1; Philo, Cher. 29 al.; Jos., Ant. 8, 319; SibOr 3, 19; 71 al.—Thieme 36f) Tit 2:13 (Christ is meant). Ἄρτεμις (q.v.) Ac 19:27f, 34f (cp. Ael. Aristid. 48, 21 K.=24 p. 471 D. the outcry: μέγας ὁ Ἀσκληπιός); s. New Docs 1, 106 on this epithet in ref. to deities. Simon the magician is called ἡ δύναμις τ. θεοῦ ἡ καλουμένη μεγάλη Ac 8:10b (s. δύναμις 5). The angel Michael Hs 8, 3, 3; cp. 8, 4, 1.—Of people who stand in relation to the Divinity or are otherw. in high position: ἀρχιερεύς (s. ἀρχιερεύς 2a and ἱερεύς aβ.—ἀρχ. μέγ. is also the appellation of the priest-prince of Olba [s. PECS 641f] in Cilicia: MAMA III ’31 p. 67, ins 63; 64 [I B.C.]) Hb 4:14. προφήτης (Sir 48:22) Lk 7:16. ποιμήν Hb 13:20. Gener. of rulers: οἱ μεγάλοι the great ones, those in high position Mt 20:25; Mk 10:42. Of people prominent for any reason Mt 5:19; 20:26; Mk 10:43; Lk 1:15, 32; Ac 5:36 D; 8:9 (MSmith, HWolfson Festschr., ’65, 741: μ. here and Lk 1:32 may imply a messianic claim).—μέγας in the superl. sense (2 Km 7:9.—The positive also stands for the superl., e.g. Sallust. 4 p. 6, 14, where Paris calls Aphrodite καλή=the most beautiful. Diod S 17, 70, 1 πολεμία τῶν πόλεων=the most hostile [or especially hostile] among the cities) Lk 9:48 (opp. ὁ μικρότερος).—Comp. μείζων greater of God (Ael. Aristid. 27, 3 K.=16 p. 382 D.; PGM 13, 689 ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε, τὸν πάντων μείζονα) J 14:28; Hb 6:13; 1J 3:20; 4:4. More prominent or outstanding because of certain advantages Mt 11:11; Lk 7:28; 22:26f; J 4:12; 8:53; 13:16ab; 1 Cor 14:5. More closely defined: ἰσχύϊ καὶ δυνάμει μείζων greater in power and might 2 Pt 2:11. μεῖζον τοῦ ἱεροῦ someth. greater than the temple Mt 12:6. μείζων with superl. mng. (Ps.-Apollod., Epit. 7, 8 Wagner: Ὀδυσσεὺς τρεῖς κριοὺς ὁμοῦ συνδέων … καὶ αὐτὸς τῷ μείζονι ὑποδύς; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 87 §366 ἐν παρασκευῇ μείζονι= in the greatest preparation; Vett. Val. 62, 24; TestJob 3:1 ἐν μείζονι φωτί) Mt 18:1, 4; 23:11; Mk 9:34; Lk 9:46; 22:24, 26.

ⓑ of things: great, sublime, important μυστήριον (GrBar 1:6; 2:6; ApcMos 34; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 100 al.; Just., A I, 27, 4) Eph 5:32; 1 Ti 3:16. Of the sabbath day that begins a festival period J 19:31; MPol 8:1b. Esp. of the day of the divine judgment (LXX; En 22:4; ApcEsdr 3:3 p. 27, 7 Tdf.; Just., D. 49, 2 al.; cp. TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 11 [Stone p. 32]) Ac 2:20 (Jo 3:4); Jd 6; Rv 6:17; 16:14. Of Paul’s superb instructional ability μ̣ε̣γάλῃ καθ̣[ηγήσει] AcPl Ha 6, 30f.—μέγας in the superl. sense (Plut., Mor. 35a w. πρῶτος; Himerius, Or. 14 [Ecl. 15], 3 μέγας=greatest, really great; B-D-F §245, 2; s. Rob. 669) ἐντολή Mt 22:36, 38. ἡμέρα ἡ μ. τῆς ἑορτῆς the great day of the festival J 7:37 (cp. Lucian, Pseudolog. 8 ἡ μεγάλη νουμηνία [at the beginning of the year]); Mel., P. 79, 579; 92, 694 ἐν τῇ μ. ἐορτῇ; GJs 1:2; 2:2 (s. deStrycker on 1:2). Of Mary’s day of parturition ὡς μεγάλη ἡ σήμερον ἡμέρα what a great day this is GJs 19:2. μείζων as comp. (Chion, Ep. 16, 8 philosophy as νόμος μείζων=higher law; Sir 10:24) J 5:36; 1J 5:9. μ. ἁμαρτία J 19:11 (cp. schol. on Pla. 189d ἁμαρτήματα μεγάλα; Ex 32:30f). τὰ χαρίσματα τὰ μείζονα the more important spiritual gifts (in the sense Paul gave the word) 1 Cor 12:31. As a superl. (Epict. 3, 24, 93; Stephan. Byz. s.v. Ὕβλαι: the largest of three cities is ἡ μείζων [followed by ἡ ἐλάττων, and finally ἡ μικρά=the smallest]. The comparative also performs the function of the superlative, e.g. Diod S 20, 22, 2, where πρεσβύτερος is the oldest of 3 men) Mt 13:32; 1 Cor 13:13 (by means of the superl. μ. Paul singles out from the triad the one quality that interests him most in this connection, just as Ael. Aristid. 45, 16 K. by means of αὐτός at the end of the θεοί singles out Sarapis, the only one that affects him).—The superl. μέγιστος, at times used by contemporary authors, occurs only once in the NT, where it is used in the elative sense very great, extraordinary (Diod S 2, 32, 1) ἐπαγγέλματα 2 Pt 1:4.—On the adv. usage Ac 26:29 s. ὀλίγος 2bβ.—Neut. pl. μεγάλα ποιεῖν τινι do great things for someone Lk 1:49 (cp. Dt 10:21). λαλεῖν μεγάλα καὶ βλασφημίας utter proud words and blasphemies Rv 13:5 (Da 7:8; cp. En 101:3). ἐποίει μεγ̣[ά]λα καὶ [θα]υ̣[μά]σ̣ι̣α̣ (Just., A I, 62, 4) (Christ) proceeded to perform great and marvelous deeds AcPl Ha 8, 33/BMM verso 6.

⑤ pert. to being unusual, surprising, neut. μέγα εἰ … θερίσομεν; is it an extraordinary thing (i.e. are we expecting too much = our colloquial ‘is it a big deal’) if we wish to reap? 1 Cor 9:11. οὐ μέγα οὖν, εἰ it is not surprising, then, if 2 Cor 11:15 (on this constr. cp. Pla., Menex. 235d; Plut., Mor. 215f; Gen 45:28; s. AFridrichsen, ConNeot 2, ’36, 46).—B. 878f; 1309. DELG. M-M. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > μέγας
17 EINGI

einginn, in old writers more freq. spelt ‘eng’ (which accords with the mod. pronunciation), engi, enginn, qs. einn-gi from einn, one, and the negative suffix -gi:—none.

A. THE FORMS vary greatly:

1. the adjective is declined, and the suffix left indeclinable; obsolete forms are, dat. eino-gi or einu-gi ( nulli), ægishjálmr bergr einugi, Fm. 17; einugi feti framar, not a step further, Ls. 1; svá illr at einugi dugi, Hm. 134; in old laws, ef maðr svarar einugi, Grág. (Þ. Þ.) i. 22; acc. sing. engi, engi mann, Hkv. 1. 37; engi frið, Hm. 15; engi jötun (acc.), Vþm. 2; engi eyjarskeggja, Fas. i. 433 (in a verse); also in prose, engi mann, Ó. H. 68; engi hlut, 33, 34: engi liðsamnað, 36, Mork. passim; engi knút fékk hann leyst, ok engi álarendann hreift, Edda 29.

2. the -gi changes into an adjective termination -igr; gen. sing. fem. einigrar, Hom. 22, Post. 645. 73; dat. sing. fem. einigri. Hom. 17; acc. sing. fem. einiga, Fas. i. 284 (in a verse); nom. pl. einigir, Jd. 1; fem. einigar, Grág. i. 354; gen. pl. einigra, Post. 73; dat. einigum: this obsolete declension is chiefly used in the sense of any, vide below.

3. declined as the pronom. adj. hverr or nekverr (= nokkur); dat. sing. fem. engarri; gen. pl. aungvarra, Fms. ix. 46, Stj. 70; dat. sing. fem. aungvarri, Mork. 187; hereto belongs also the mod. neut. sing. ekkert.

4. the word is declined as the adj. þröngr, with a final v; nom. fem. sing. öng sorg ( no sorrow), Hm. 94; nom. masc. öngr or aungr, Skv. 2. 26, Nj. 117 (in a verse), Fms. vi. 42 (Sighvat), i. 132 (Vellekla), etc.

5. adding -nn, -n to the negative suffix, thus einginn, fem. eingin, neut. pl. eingin (or enginn, engin); in the other cases this n disappears. Out of these various and fragmentary forms sprung the normal form in old and modern writings, which is chiefly made up of 1, 4, and 5: old writers prefer nom. engi or eingi, but modern only admit einginn or enginn; gen. sing. masc. neut. eingis, einskis or einkis (enskis, Grág. i. 163; einskis, 25 C), engis or eingis, Eg. 74, 714, 655 xxxii. 10; einkis, Fms. x. 409: in mod. usage einskis and einkis are both current, but eingis obsolete: neut. sing. ekki assimilated = eit-ki or eitt-ki, in mod. usage ekkert, a form clearly originating from 3 above, but which, however, never occurs in old MSS.,—Fms. iii. 75, Landn. (Mant.) 329, Gþl. 343 (cp. N. G. L. ii. 110), are all paper MSS.,—nd only now and then in those from the end of the 15th century, but is common ever since that time; the N. T. in the Ed. of 1540 spelt ekkirt: in the nom. sing. old writers mostly use eingi or engi alike for masc. and fem. (eingi maðr, eingi kona), whereas modern writers only use einginn, eingin (einginn maðr, eingin kona); this form also occurs in old MSS., though rarely, e. g. engin hafði þess gáð, Stj. 6; einginn karlmaðr, 206; eingin atkvæði, Fms. v. 318: eingin hey, Ísl. ii. 138; chiefly in MSS. of the 14th or 15th centuries: acc. sing. masc. engan or öngan is in MSS. much commoner than eingi (engi), see above, e. g. engan háska, Fms. ii. 322; fyrir engan mun, Gþl. 532, etc.: in the other cases the spelling and pronunciation are at variance. Editions and mod. writers usually spell engra, engrar, engri, engum, engu, engan, enga, engir, engar, but these forms are pronounced throughout with ö or au, öngra, öngrar, öngri, öngum or öngvum, öngu or öngvu, öngan or öngvan, önga or öngva, öngir or öngvir, öngar or öngvar; that this is no mod. innovation is amply borne out by some of the best vellum MSS., e. g. Arna-Magn. 468, Ó. H., Fb., Mork.; öngum manni, Nj. 82; öngri munuð, 10; öngvar sakir, 94; önga fárskapi, 52; aungu vætta, Stj. 208; öngvan þef, 7; öngu nýtr, Fb. i. 284, 365; öngvan hlut, 166; öngum, 25; aungum várum bræðra, 63; avngir, Ó. H. 184; öngva, 146; öngu, 184 (freq.); avnga menn, Ísl. ii. 349 (Heið. S. MS. Holm.); öngvir diskar, 337; öngum, Grág. i. 27; avngver menn, Bs. i. 337 (Miracle-book); öngom, 346, 347; önga björg, 349; en sér öngu at una, Hm. 95, Mork. passim, etc.: these forms are clearly derived from 4 above. [The word is exclusively Scandin.; Dan. ingen, neut. intet; Swed. ingen, inga, intet; Ivar Aasen ingjen, neut. inkje.]

B. THE SENSE:

I. ‘not one;’ used as adj. with a subst. none, no, not any; þeir vissu sér eingis ótta ván, Eg. 74; man hann einigrar (= ongrar) ömbunar vætta af Guði, Post. 73, and in numberless cases.

2. used absol. (Lat. nemo) as subst. none, naught; ekki er mér at eigna af þessu verki, Fms. ii. 101; enda virðask einkis vætti þau er þeir bera, Grág. i. 25; enginn konungs manna, Fms. i. 104; ok lét þá ekki ( naught) hafa af föðurarfi sínum, Eg. 25; eingi þeirra, Skálda 165; fur hann var enskis örvænt, Ísl. ii. 326; en svarar engu, Ld. 202; at öngu, for naught, Fms. iv. 317; öngum þeim er síðarr kemr, Grág. i. 27; þa skal enga veiða, none of them, ii. 338; engi einn, none, Fms. v. 239; sem engin veit fyrri gert hafa verit, K. Á. 28; ekki skorti þá (ekkert, Ed. from paper MS.), Fms. iii. 75.

β. neut. ekki with gen. pl. in a personal sense, ekki manna, ‘nought of men,’ = engir menn or enginn maðr, no man, not a single man, Ó. H.; ekki vætta, nought, Fms. viii. 18; öngu vætta, nought (dat.), xi. 90; ekki skipa, not a single ship, etc. (freq. in old writers): einskis-konar, adv. in nowise, Sks. 713: engan-veginn, adv. noways.

3. neut. ekki is freq. used as adv. = eigi, q. v., Edda 20, Fms. ii. 81, vii. 120, xi. 22, Grág. i. 206, Eg. 523.

II. any; this sense is rare and obsolete, and probably also etymologically different from the preceding (cp. A. S. ânig):

α. after a negative; á hón eigi at selja fjárheimtingar sínar, né sakar einigar, Grág. i. 354; er eigi saurgisk í einigri líkams úhreinsun, Hom. 17; hvat sem engi segir, Þiðr. 178; aldregi skalt þú þat heyra né engi annarra, 128; aldri fyrr í engri herferð, 29; má eigi þar fyrri undir búa eingi sá er tempraðan bólstað vill hafa, Sks. 45 new Ed.; né önnur eingi, Skálda (Thorodd) 165; því at hanu má hvárki vaxa nó þverra, né á engi veg skapask í sínu at kvæði, 166; eigi skal maðr gildra í mörku annars til einigra dyra, N. G. L. i. 242.

β. after a comparative; prettvísari en ekki annat kvikendi, Mar.; þíðari ok fegri en engi maðr annarr, Stj. 524; sæmilegri en engan tíma fyrr hafði hann verit, 196; um þat fram (= framar) en engi hans frænda hefir haft fyr hánum, Fagrsk. 11.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > EINGI
18 HINN

other

* * *

I)

(hin, hitt), dem. pron.

1) the other; á hinn fótinn, on the other leg; pl. the others, the rest (Kimbi bar sár sín engan mun betr en hinir);

2) emphatically, that; hitt ek hugða, that was what I thought; hitt vil ek vita, that I want to know.

II)

(hin, hit), def. art., before an adjective standing alone or followed by a substantive, the, = inn, enn( eptir hinni eystri kvísl).

* * *

1.

HIN, HIT, the article, an enclitic, which therefore can never serve as an accentuated syllable in a verse, either as rhyme or in alliteration. In good old MSS. (e. g. Cod. Reg. of Sæm.) it is hardly ever spelt with the aspirate, but is written inn, in, it or ið, or enn, en, et or eð, and thus distinguished from the demonstr. pron. hinn; but in the Editions the prob. spurious aspirate has been generally prefixed: an indecl. inu or hinu occurs often in later MSS. of the 14th century, e. g. the Fb.; but as it has not been heard of since and is unknown in the modern language, it simply seems to be a Norwegianism, thus, inu sömu orð, Th. 2; hinnu fyrri biskupa (gen. pl.), H. E. ii. 79; enu instu luti ( res intimas), Hom. 57 (Norse MS.); hinu ágæztu menn (nom. pl.), id.; innu óargu dýra, 657 A. ii. 12: [cp. Goth. jains = ἐκεινος; A. S. geond; Engl. yon; Germ. jener.]

A. The:

I. preceding the noun:

1. before an adjective standing alone or followed by a substantive; inn mæri, inn ríki, inn dimmi dreki, inn mikli mögr, Vsp.; in aldna, id.; inn góða mjöð, the good mead, Gm. 13; inn mæra mjöð, Skm. 16; inn helga mjöð, Sdm. 18; in forna fold, Hým. 24; in fríða frilla, 30; inn fróði jötum, Vþm. 20; inn gamli þulr, 9; inn hára þul, Fm. 34; inn fráni ormr, 19; opt inn betri bilar þá er inn verri vegr, Hm. 127; in alsnotra ambátt, in arma, Þkv.; enn fróði afi, Skm. 2; in ílla mæra, 32; enn fráni ormr, 27; eð manunga man, Hm. 163; enn aldna jötun, 104; en horska mær, 95; it betra, Stor. 22; ena þriðju, the third, Vsp. 20; inn móður-lausi mögr, Fm. 2; it gjalla gull, ok it glóðrauða fé, 9; ið fyrsta orð, Sdm. 14; enu skírleita goði, Gm. 39; in glýstömu græti, Hðm. 1; in svásu goð, Vþm. 17; enum frægja syni, Hm. 141; at ins tryggva vinar, 66; ennar góðu konu, 100; ins svinna mans, 162; ens dýra mjaðar, 141; ens hindra dags, 109; ens unga mans, Skm. 11; ens deykkva hrafns, Skv. 2. 20; æ til ins eina dags, Fm. 10; ena níundu hverja nótt, Skm. 21: with the ordinals, inn fyrsti, þriði …, Gm. 6 sqq., Sdm. 21 sqq.

2. so also before an adverb; it sama, likewise, Hm. 75, Fm. 4, Vþm. 22, 23, Gm. 15, Hdl. 26.

3. as an indecl. particle ‘in’ or ‘en’ before a comparative; in heldr, the more, Hm. 60, Sdm. 36, Hkv. 1. 12, Skv. 1. 21, Gh. 3, Nj. 219; in lengr, the longer, Am. 58, 61; this has been already mentioned s. v. en (p. 127, B. at bottom, and p. 128), but it is almost exclusively poetical.

II. placed between a pronoun and an adjective in the definite form:

1. after a demonstr.; sá inn fráni ormr, Fm. 26; sá inn harði hallr, Gs. 10; sá inn aldni jötun, Skm. 25; sá inn ámáttki jötunn, 10; þat ið mikla men, Þkv. 13; þat ið litla, ‘that the little,’ i. e. the little thing, Ls. 44: þann inn alsvinna jötun, Vþm. 1; þann inn aldna jötun, Fm. 29; þann inn hrímkalda jötun, 38; þess ins alsvinna jötuns, Vþm. 5; þat it unga man, Alm. 6; þann inn aldna jötun, Gm. 50; þau in harðmóðgu ský, 41; sá inn máttki munr, 93; mönnum þeim enum aldrœnum, Hbl. 44; börn þau in blíðu, Og. 9; hrís þat ið mæra, Akv. 5: in prose, fjölmenni þat it mikla, Eg. 46; þetta it mikla skip, Fms. x. 347, passim: with ordinals, segðu þat ið eina, say that the first, Vþm. 20; þat ið þriðja, fjórða …, 20 sqq.

2. after a possessive; síns ins heila hugar, síns ins svára sefa, Hm. 105; þíns ins hvassa hjörs, Fm. 29; minn inn hvassi hjörr, 6; míns ins hvassa hjörs, 28; bækr þínar inar bláhvítu, Hðm.

3. after a pers. pron.: þú hinn armi, thou wretch! Ld. 326; gakk þú hingat hinn mikli maðr! Eg. 488.

III. placed between two nouns in apposition:

1. between a proper name and a title or epithet in the definite form; Sigurðr inn Suðræni, Sigurd the Southerner, Skv. 3. 4; Atli inn Ríki, Akv. 29; Högna ins frækna, Hjalla ins blauða, 23; Guðröðr inn Göfugláti, Ýt.; Hamðir inn hugumstóri, Hðm. 25; Kjötva’nn (= Kjötva enn) Auðga, Hornklofi; Svan enum Rauða, Álfr enn Gamli, Hdl.; as also in prose, Ívarr inn Víðfaðmi, Haraldr enn Hárfagri, Ólafr inn Digri, Knútr inn Fundni, Auðr in Djúpauðga, Þorbjörg in Digra, Hildr in Mjófa, Steinólfr inn Lági, Þorkell inn Hávi, Kjarlakr inn Gamli, Björn inn Austræni, Ólafr inn Hvíti, Hálfdan inn Svarti, Sighvatr inn Rauði, Kyjólfr inn Grá, Gestr inn Spaki; Ari inn Fróði (Aren Froðe contr. = Are enn Froðe, Ó. T. 23, line 1), Ketill inn Heimski, Knútr inn Ríki, Eadvarðr inn Góði, Hálfdan inn Mildi, Ingjaldr inn Illráði, Helgi inn Magri, Úlfr inn Skjálgi, Landn., Fb. iii; cp. Gr. Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων, Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος, Germ. Nathan der Weise, Engl. Alfred the Great, etc.: of ships, Ormr inn Langi, Ormr inn Skammi.

2. between an appellative and an adjective; sveinn inn hvíti, Ls. 20; hendi inni hægri, 61; þengill inn meins-vani, Gm. 16; seggr inn ungi, Skm. 2; skati inn ungi, Hdl. 9; brúðr in kappsvinna, Am. 75; hest inn hraðfæra, Gh. 18; varr inn vígfrækni, gumi inn gunnhelgi, Hðm. 30; auð inn fagra, Skv. 1. 13; orm inn frána, 1, 11; fjánda inn fólkská, Fm. 37; konungr inn Húnski, Skv. 3. 8, 18, 63, 64; orð ið fyrra, Og. 9; mál ið efsta, 16; seggr inn suðræni, Akv. 3; seggr inn æri, 6; mar’inum mélgreypa, 3, 13; borg inni há, 14; sól inni suðrhöllu, 30; veðrs ens mikla, Hkv. 1. 12; handar ennar hægri, Ls. 38, 61; vífs ins vegliga, Am. 54; konung inn kostsama, Hkm.; gramr inn glaðværi, id.; hlut inn mjóvara, Ýt. 13; konungr inn kynstóri, fylkir inn framlyndi, hilmi’nom hálsdigra, konu’na Dönsku, hverr’ enni Heinversku, Hornklofi, Sæm. (Möb.) 228–231; við arm inn vestra, Sighvat; so also in prose passim.

B. When there was no adjective the article became a suffix to the noun (see Gramm. pp. xix, xx), a usage common even in early prose, but extremely rare in poetry; the reason is, not that the poems were composed before the suffixed article had come into use, but that the metres themselves in which all the old poems were composed are older than that usage, and are not well adapted to it, so that the absence of the article became traditional. The old poem Harbarðsljóð makes an exception, no doubt not from being later than all other poems, but from being composed in a peculiar metre, half verse and half prose; thus in that single poem alone there are nearly twenty instances, or about twice or thrice as many as in all the other poems together:—váginn, Hbl. 2, 13, 15; sundit, 1, 3, 8, 13; verðinum, 4; eikjunni, 7; skipit, id.; stöðna, landit, id.; leiðina, 55; höfuðit, 15; bátinum, 53; veggsins, stokksins, steinsins, 56; matrinn, 3: other solitary instances are, goðin öll, Vsp. 27 (prob. somewhat corrupt); eiki-köstinn, Gh. 20; vömmin vár, Ls. 52.

II. in prose, old and modern, the suffixed article occurs at every step; only one or two instances are worth noticing as peculiar to the Icelandic:

1. as vocative in addressing; konan, O woman! mjöðnannan, id., Sighvat (in a verse of A. D. 1018, and so in mod. usage); elskan! hjartað! heillin! ástin, my love! dear! heart! þursinn! Fas. i. 385; hundarnir! = ω κύνες, Od. xxii. 35: also with another word, barnið gott, good child! Þrúðnaþussinn, thou monster giant! Miðgarðs-ormrinn! Fas. i. 373.

2. esp. if with a possessive adjective following, as in Gr. οὑμός, τοὐμόν, τἀμά, etc.; elskan mín, ástin mín, hjartað mitt, góðrinn minn! hér er nú ástin mín, here is my darling! Sturl. ii. 78, of a father presenting a darling child to a friend; and so in mod. usage: as abuse, hundrinn þinn, thou dog! Ísl. ii. 176; þjófrinn þinn! Fms. vii. 127; dyðrillinn þinn! ii. 279; hundinum þínum! vi. 323: this use is not confined to the vocative, e. g. konan mín biðr að heilsa, my wife (kona mín is never used); maðrinn minn, my husband; biddu foreldrana þína ( ask thy parents) að lofa þér að fara; augun hans, his eyes, Pass. 24. 4; hugrinn vor og hjartað sé, our mind and heart (cp. Gr. τω ἐμω θυμω), 43. 5; svo hjartað bæði og málið mitt | mikli samhuga nafnið þitt, 10. 7; gef þú að móður-málið mitt, 35. 9; bókin mín, my favourite book, my own book; as also, fáðu mér hattinn minn, vetlingana mína, skóna mína, give me my hat, gloves, shoes; tungan í þér, augun í þér, thy tongue, thy eyes; höfuðið á mér, fætrnir á mér, my head, my feet; hendrnar á þér (‘á mér, á þér’ are here equivalent to a possessive, see p. 37, C. IV), thy hands, cp. Homer, τα σα γούνατα; hestana þína, Gr. ϊππους τους σούς: similar is the instance, vömmin vár, the sins of ours, Ls. 52; this may be a remnant of a time when the article was used separately, even with an indefinite adjective.

3. a double article, one suffixed to the noun and the other prefixed to the word in apposition; hirðin sú in Danska, Fms. vi. 323; þau in stóru skipin, viii. 384 and passim: again, when a noun is put in the genitive after another noun the former has no article; as the Engl. phrase ‘the fish of the sea and the fowl of the air’ is in Icel. ‘fiskar sjávarins og fuglar loptsins:’ but this belongs to the syntax; see also Grimm’s D. G. iv. 432.

C. SPECIAL CHANGES, in mod. usage:

I. the demonstr. pron. sá, sú, það has in speech generally taken the place of inn, in, it; thus, sá gamli maðr, sú gamla kona, það gamla skáld; sometimes the article is dropped altogether, e. g. á fimta degi, on the fifth day (= á enum fimta degi); á sömn stundu, in the same hour; even in old writers this is found, með sömu ætlan, Bs. i. 289; á níundu tíð dags, Stj. 41, (but rarely); yet the old form is often retained in writing.

II. in case A. II. the article may be dropped; þann gamla maim, þá gömlu konu, það gamla skáld, þú armi, etc.; sá ráða-góði, sú goðum-líki, sá ágæti Odysseifr, sú vitra Penelopa, sá Jarðkringjandi Pósídon, Od. passim (in Dr. Egilsson’s translation).

III. in case A. III. 1. the article is also dropped, Knútr Ríki, Haraldr Hárfagri; even old writers (esp. in later vellums) omitted it now and then, Hálfdan Svarta, Fms. i. 1; Haraldr Grænski, 90; Haraldr Hárfagri, 192; Óttarr ungi, Hdl.: even in the Sæm. Cod. Reg., Völsungr ungi, Skv. 3. 1, 3.

IV. in case A. III. 2. the pronouns sá, sú, það, and hinn, hin, hit may be used indiscriminately, although the former is more usual.

V. lastly, in case B. the suffixed article has gained ground, and is in modern prose used more freq. than in ancient.

☞ CONCLUSION.—The old poetical language, with the sole exception of a single poem, had no article in the modern and proper sense; in every instance the ‘inn, in, it’ bears the character of a demonstrative pronoun, preceding an adjective and enhancing and emphasising its sense, like the pers. pron. hann, q. v.; but it is never attached to a single substantive; when the adjective was placed in apposition after a noun, the pronoun came to stand as an enclitic just after the noun, and was sounded as if suffixed thereto; at last it was tacked as an actual suffix to single nouns standing without apposition, and thus the true suffixed article gradually arose, first in speech, then in writing; whereas at the same time the old pronominal enclitic (A. I-III) gradually went out of use, and was either dropped or replaced by the stronger demonstrative pronoun ‘sá, sú.’

2.

HIN, HITT, demonstr. pron., prob. identical in etymology with the preceding word, from which it is however distinguished,

1. by the neut. hitt, Dan. hint;

2. by the initial aspirate, which is never dropped;

3. by being a fully accentuated pronoun, so that the h can stand as an alliterative letter, e. g. handar ennar hægri | mun ek hinnar geta, Ls.; veitkat ek hitt hvart Heita | hungr …, Hallfred; Hitt kvað þá Hamðir, etc., Hom. 23, 25, Korm. 40; Raun er hins at Heinir | hræ …; Skáld biðr hins at haldi | hjálm …, Sighvat, Hkv. Hjörv. 26: [Ulf. jains = ἐκεινος; A. S. geond; Engl. yon; Germ. jener.]

A. This pronoun is used,

I. in a demonstr. sense, emphatically and without being opp. to a preceding demonstr.; raun er hins at …, it is proved that …; skáld biðr hins, at …, Sighvat; veitkat ek hitt hvat (hvárt) …, Hallfred; hitt ek hugða, emphatically, that was what I thought, I thought forsooth, Hm. 98; hitt kvað pá Hróðrglóð, Hðm. 13; hitt kvað þá Hamðir, 25; hitt vil ek vita, that I want to know, Vþm. 3, 6; þó ek hins get, ef …, yet I guess, that if …, Skm. 24; vita skal hitt, ef …, Korm. 40 (in a verse), Ísl. ii. 225 (in a verse); hitt var fyrr = in former times, formerly, Ýt., Fs. 94 (in a verse); hinn er sæll, er …, he is happy, that …, Hm. 8; maðr hinn er …, ‘man he that’ = the man who, 26; hinn er Surts ór Sökkdölum, Edda 51 (in a verse); veitat hinn er tin tannar, hinn er um eyki annask, Kormak (in a verse); handar innar hægri mun ek hinnar geta, er …, the right hand, that hand namely, which …, Ls. 38; this usage scarcely occurs except in old poetry.

II. demonstr. referring to another pronoun, denoting the former, farther, the other, = Dan. hiin, hint, Germ. jener, cp. Gr. ἐκεινος, Lat. ille; freq. in prose, old and mod.; fóru þeir með þau skip er þeim þóttu bezt en brenndu hin, Fms. v. 8; Kimbi bar sár sitt engan mun betr en hinir, er hann hafði áðr á fært, 92; en hitt er meira, at hann lætr sér annarra manna fé jafnheimilt, Eg. 47; kemr örvar-oddrinn í strenglag hinnar örvarinnar, Fb. iii. 405; er þú hefir mik fyrir lagt á hinu áðr, 407; hinir frændr þínir, ii. 425; á hinn fótinn, on that, the other leg, Nj. 97; þat er válítið, … hitt er undr …, Ls. 33; hinir hlaða seglunum ok bíða, Fms. x. 347; ef hinn ( the other part) er eigi þar við staddr, Grág. i. 52; hvárt hinn ( the other one) hefir jafnmikit fé hins ( of the other one) er austr er, 220; rétt er at kveðja frá hennar heimili ef hann veit hvártki hinna (gen. pl.), 339; ok vill annarr hluta en annarr eigi … ok verðr sem hinn mæli ekki um er eigi vill hluta, 393; ef maðr sendir annan mann til eindaga, ok erat hinn skyldr við at taka, id.; þess á milli er hón fór at sofa á kveldit, ok hins er hón var klædd, Ld. 14; ærit fögr er mær sjá, … en hitt veit ek eigi hvaðan þjófs-augu eru komin í ættir várar, forsooth she is a beautiful girl, but yet I know not, Nj. 2:—demonstr. in the sense of this (but rare), stjörnur þær er nær eru leiðar-stjöruu ganga aldri undir með oss, en í Blálandi eðr Arabia ganga hinar stjörnur, these very stars, Rb. 468: phrases, hitt ok annat, this and the other, Rd. 235; mod. hitt og þetta.

B. COMPOUND FORMS, hinn-ug, hinn-og, or hins-ig, mod. hins-egin, also hizig, q. v. [from vegr], adv. the other way; þótt Gísl þykki hinsig (hinn veg, v. l.) eigi síðr til vísa, Fms. vii. 46; hinnig værir þú undir brún at líta sem …, Nj. 55: locally, there, in the other place, illic, ok láta bera vætti þat hinneg var nefnt, Grág. i. 90; heimta af erfingja ef hinnig er eigi til, K. Þ. K. 28; brenndi þar ok görði hervirki eigi minna enn hinneg, Fms. vi. 340; ef hinnig mundi kostr, K. Þ. K. 24; eigi er hægra undir þeim at búa fyrir kulda sakir, enn hinnog er fyrir ofrhita sakir, Sks. 196; því at hón er kaldari hér en hizug, 70: temp. the other day, formerly (rare), er ek hinnig mælta, Og. 11.

2. denoting motion, hither, thither; hinnig deyja ór Helju halir, Vþm. 43; renna hinnig, Gh. 18; ríða hinig, Fm. 26: koma hinig, Gs. 18.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HINN
19 πᾶς

πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν gen. παντός, πάσης, παντός (dat. pl. πᾶσι and πᾶσιν vary considerably in the mss.; s. W-S. §5, 28; cp. Rob. 219–21; on the use of the art. s. B-D-F §275) (Hom. +).

① pert. to totality with focus on its individual components, each, every, any

ⓐ adj., used w. a noun without the art.

α. in the sing. emphasizing the individual members of the class denoted by the noun every, each, any, scarcely different in mng. fr. the pl. ‘all’: πᾶν δένδρον Mt 3:10; Lk 3:9. πᾶσα φυτεία Mt 15:13. πᾶσα φάραγξ, πᾶν ὄρος Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4). πᾶς τόπος 4:37. πᾶς ἄνθρωπος J 1:9; 2:10; Ro 3:4 (Ps 115:2); Gal 5:3; Col 1:28abd; Js 1:19. πᾶσα γυνή GJs 11:2. πᾶν ἔθνος Ac 17:26a. πᾶσα ψυχή (Pla., Phdr. 249e) 2:43; 3:23 (cp. Lev 23:29); Ro 2:9; Jd 15. πᾶσα ἡμέρα Ac 5:42; 17:17. πᾶν σάββατον 18:4. πᾶσα ἀρχὴ καὶ πᾶσα ἐξουσία 1 Cor 15:24 (cp. Just., D. 111, 2 οὗ τὸ ὄνομα πᾶσα ἀρχὴ δέδιεν). πᾶσα συνείδησις 2 Cor 4:2. πᾶς ἅγιος Phil 4:21. πᾶς οἶκος Hb 3:4 (GJs 7:3). πᾶσα ἀντιλογία 7:7. πᾶσα παιδεία all discipline 12:11. πᾶς ὀφθαλμός Rv 1:7a. πᾶν κτίσμα 5:13a.—Mt 23:35; Lk 2:23 (Ex 13:2); 4:13; 21:36; 2 Th 2:4 (Da 11:36). πᾶσα κτίσις every creature Col 1:15; ἐν πάσῃ κτίσει to every creature vs. 23. πᾶσα γραφή 2 Ti 3:16 (s. γραφή 2a).—πᾶσα σάρξ (כָּל־בָּשָׂר; used in the OT, also En 1:9; TestGad 7:2; GrBar 4:10; but not in EpArist, Philo, nor Joseph.) all flesh Lk 3:6 (Is 40:5); AcPlCor 2:6 and 16 (s. also 3b below). Mostly w. a neg. (so also En 14:21; 17:6) οὐ (or μή) … πᾶσα σάρξ no flesh = no one Mt 24:22; Mk 13:20; Ro 3:20; 1 Cor 1:29; Gal 2:16 (cp. GrBar 8:7 οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα πνοή). Other sim. neg. expressions are also Hebraistic (s. B-D-F §302, 1; Mlt-H. 433f) οὐ … πᾶν ῥῆμα not a thing, nothing Lk 1:37 (cp. PRyl 113, 12f [133 A.D.] μὴ … πᾶν πρᾶγμα). οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινόν I have never eaten anything common Ac 10:14. Cp. Rv 7:1, 16; 9:4; 21:27. Also in reverse order, πᾶς … οὐ or μή (Ex 12:16; Sir 8:19; 10:6, but s. also GLee, ET 63, ’51f, 156) 18:22; Eph 4:29; 5:5; 2 Pt 1:20; 1J 2:21; 3:15b.—Only rarely is a ptc. used w. πᾶς in this way: παντὸς ἀκούοντος when anyone hears Mt 13:19. παντὶ ὀφείλοντι Lk 11:4 (Mlt-Turner 196f).

β. w. a noun in the pl., without the art. πάντες ἄνθρωποι all people/men, everyone (Lysias 12, 60; Andoc. 3, 25; X., Cyr. 7, 5, 52, Mem. 4, 4, 19; Demosth. 8, 5; 18, 72) Ac 22:15; Ro 5:12a, 18ab; 12:17, 18; 1 Cor 7:7; 15:19; 2 Cor 3:2; Phil 4:5; 1 Th 2:15; 1 Ti 2:4; 4:10; Tit 2:11. πάντες ἄγγελοι θεοῦ Hb 1:6 (Dt 32:43; cp. Demosth. 18, 294 πάντες θεοί).

ⓑ adj. used with a noun or ptc. with the art.

α. in the sing. Oft. πᾶς ὁ, πάσα ἡ, πᾶν τό is used w. a ptc. (B-D-F §413, 2 and 3) every one who, whoever πᾶς ὁ (Soph., Aj. 152; Demosth. 23, 97; Sir 22:2, 26; 1 Macc 1:52; 2:27) πᾶς ὁ ὀργιζόμενος Mt 5:22. Cp. vss. 28, 32; 7:8, 26 (=πᾶς ὅστις vs. 24; s. below); Lk 6:47; 11:10; 14:11; 16:18; 18:14; 19:26; J 3:8, 15f, 20; 4:13; 6:40; 8:34; 18:37; Ac 10:43b; 13:39; Ro 2:1, 10; 10:4, 11; 1 Cor 9:25; Gal 3:13; 2 Ti 2:19; Hb 5:13; 1J 2:23, 29 al.; 2J 9; Rv 22:18.—πᾶν τό everything that (1 Macc 10:41): πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον Mt 15:17; Mk 7:18. πᾶν τὸ ὀφειλόμενον Mt 18:34. πᾶν τὸ πωλούμενον 1 Cor 10:25; cp. vs. 27. πᾶν τὸ φανερούμενον Eph 5:14. πᾶν τὸ γεγεννημένον 1J 5:4.—An equivalent of this expr. is πᾶς ὅς (or ὅστις), πᾶν ὅ every one who, whatever (s. above and s. B-D-F §293, 1; 413, 2; Rob. 727; 957), masc.: Mt 7:24; 10:32; 19:29; Lk 12:8, 10 (RHolst, ZNW 63, ’72, 122–24), 48; 14:33; Ac 2:21 (πᾶς ὸ̔ς ἐάν, s. Jo 2:32); Ro 10:13 (πᾶς ὸ̔ς ἄν, s. Jo 3:5); Gal 3:10. Neut. (Jdth 12:14.—Jos., Ant. 5, 211 πᾶν ὅ = πάντες οἱ): J 6:37, 39; 17:2b; Ro 14:23; Col 3:17 (πᾶν ὅ τι ἐάν).

β. w. a noun in the pl., w. the art. all

א. w. substantives: πᾶσαι αἱ γενεαί Mt 1:17; Lk 1:48; Eph 3:21; GJs 6:2 al. πάντας τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Mt 2:4. Cp. vs. 16; 4:8; 11:13; Mk 4:13, 31f; 6:33; Lk 1:6; 2:51; 6:26; J 18:20; Ac 1:18; 3:18; 10:12, 43a; 14:16; Ro 1:5; 15:11 (Ps 116:1); 16:4; 1 Cor 12:26ab; 2 Cor 8:18; 11:28; Eph 4:10; 6:16b; Col 2:13; 1 Ti 6:10; Hb 4:4 (Gen 2:2 and 3); 9:21; Js 1:8; Rv 1:7b; 7:11; 15:4 al.—Used w. a demonstr. pron.: πᾶσαι αἱ παρθένοι ἐκεῖναι Mt 25:7. πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους 26:1. πάντα τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα Lk 1:65; 2:19.—Somet. following the noun: τὰς πόλεις πάσας Mt 9:35; Ac 8:40. οἱ μαθηταὶ πάντες the disciples, one and all Mt 26:56. αἱ θύραι πᾶσαι Ac 16:26a. Cp. Ro 16:16; 1 Cor 7:17; 13:2a; 15:7; 16:20; 1 Th 5:26; 2 Ti 4:21; Rv 8:3. οἱ Ἱεροσολυμῖται πάντες Mk 1:5.—On the position of ἐκεῖνος, ἕνεκα, πᾶς s. NTurner, VetusT 5, ’55, 208–13.

ב. w. participles πάντες οἱ: πάντες οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες Mt 4:24. πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες 11:28; cp. 21:12; 26:52; Lk 1:66; 2:47; 13:17; Ac 1:19; 2:44; 4:16; 5:5, 11; 6:15; 9:14; 28:30; Ro 1:7; 4:11; 1 Cor 1:2; Eph 6:24; 1 Th 1:7; 2 Th 1:10; 2 Ti 3:12; 4:8; Hb 5:9; 13:24; 2J 1; Rv 13:8; 18:24. Following the ptc. οἱ κατοικοῦντες πάντες Ac 2:14. ἐν τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πᾶσιν 20:32.—πάντα τά: πάντα τὰ γενόμενα Mt 18:31. πάντα τὰ ὑπάρχοντα 24:47; Lk 12:44; 1 Cor 13:3. Cp. Lk 17:10; 18:31; 21:36; J 18:4; Ac 10:33b. Used w. a demonstr. pron.: περὶ πάντων τῶν συμβεβηκότων τούτων Lk 24:14. Following: τὰ γινόμενα πάντα 9:7.

ג. w. prepositional expressions, w. which ὄντες (ὄντα) is to be supplied (TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 24 [Stone p. 10] πάντα τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010] πάντες σου οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις): πάντες οἱ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ Mt 5:15; Ac 16:32. πάντες οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ Lk 5:9. πάντες οἱ ἐν τοῖς μνημείοις J 5:28. πάντες οἱ εἰς μακράν Ac 2:39. Cp. 5:17. πάντες οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ Ro 9:6. Cp. 2 Ti 1:15; 1 Pt 5:14. πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς Ac 4:24; 14:15 (Ex 20:11); cp. 17:24. Following: οἱ μετʼ ἐμοῦ πάντες Tit 3:15a (πάντες οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ JosAs 27:7).

ⓒ π. used w. pronouns

α. w. personal pronouns: πάντες ἡμεῖς we all Ac 2:32; 10:33a; 26:14; 28:2; Ro 4:16b. πάντες ὑμεῖς Mt 23:8; 26:31; Lk 9:48; Ac 4:10a; 22:3; Ro 1:8; 15:33; 2 Cor 7:15; Gal 3:28; Phil 1:4, 7ab, 8; 1 Th 1:2; 2 Th 3:16c, 18; Tit 3:15b; Hb 13:25. πάντες αὐτοί Ac 4:33; 19:17b; 20:36. Following the pron.: ἡμεῖς πάντες J 1:16; Ro 8:32a; 2 Cor 3:18; Eph 2:3. ὑμεῖς πάντες Ac 20:25. αὐτοὶ πάντες Mt 12:15; 1 Cor 15:10. W. art. οἱ πάντες ἡμεῖς 2 Cor 5:10.

β. w. a demonstr. pron.: πάντες οὗτοι these all, all these Ac 2:7 v.l. Mostly following the pron.: οὗτοι πάντες 1:14; 17:7; Hb 11:13, 39. πάντα ταῦτα Mt 6:32; 24:8; Lk 7:18; Ac 24:8; 1 Cor 12:11; Col 3:14; 1 Th 4:6; Hm 5, 2, 5 cj. Joly. ταῦτα πάντα Mt 4:9; 6:33; 13:34, 51; Lk 12:30; Ac 7:50; Ro 8:37; 2 Pt 3:11.

γ. πάντες ὅσοι, πάντα ὅσα all who, everything that, masc.: Lk 4:40 v.l. (for ἅπαντες); J 10:8. Neut. (TestAbr A 9 p. 86, 17 [Stone p. 20]; TestJob 4:2; GrBar 7:2; Philo, Aet. M. 15; 28; Jos., Ant. 8, 242; Just., A I, 44, 9) Mt 7:12; 13:46; 18:25; 21:22; Mk 11:24; 12:44b; Lk 18:12, 22; J 10:41. πάντες, ὸ̔ς ἄν Hs 7:7.

ⓓ subst.

α. πάντες, πᾶσαι all, everyone (even when only two are involved = both: Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 27 §105 [Caesar and Pompey]) Mt 10:22; 14:20; 15:37; 21:26; 26:27; Mk 1:37; 5:20; Lk 1:63 and oft. πάντες ἥμαρτον Ro 5:12 (on the sinfulness of πάντες cp. the saying of Bias s.v. πολύς 1aβא; FDanker, Ro 5:12, Sin under Law, NTS 14, ’68, 430, n. 1).—οὐ πάντες not everyone Mt 19:11. Cp. J 13:10; Ro 10:16.—πάντων as partitive and comparative gen. ὕστερον πάντων last of all Mt 22:27; cp. Mk 12:22, 43. Even in ref. to a fem. (Thu. 4, 52, 3; Aristoph., Av. 472) ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων Mk 12:28 (but s. B-D-F §164, 1).

β. πάντα all things, everything. Abs. (Chrysippus in Stob., Ecl. 1, 1, 26 p. 31 W.; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 6; M. Ant. 4, 23; Ael. Aristid. 43, 9 K.=1 p. 3 D.: ἀρχὴ ἁπάντων Ζεύς τε καὶ ἐκ Διὸς πάντα; Herm. Wr. 5, 10; Hymn to Selene in PGM 4, 2838f ἐκ σέο γὰρ πάντʼ ἐστὶ καὶ εἰς σʼ, αἰώνιε, πάντα τελευτᾷ [s. 4dβ]; PGM 5, 139; PKöln VI, 245, 16 of Athena [s. ed.’s comments]) Mt 11:27 = Lk 10:22 (s. the lit. on this pass. s.v. υἱός 2dβ. The word πάντα here is variously understood of authority and power [so ASchlatter (Mt), FBüchsel (TW II 173) et al.] or of knowledge and teaching: ENorden [Agn. Th. 288], TZahn [Mt], Grundmann [Lk] et al.; also JFitzmyer: “the knowledge of the mutual relation of himself and God” [AB Comm. Luke II 874]. IMarshall [Lk] follows BReicke [TW V 993 n. 289] and opts for both power and knowledge); J 1:3; 3:35; 21:17; 1 Cor 2:10; 15:27a (Ps 8:7), b, 28cd (πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν w. a somewhat different coloring: Dio Chrys. 54 [71], 1); Eph 1:22a (Ps 8:7); Rv 21:5. Here we may class ὁ ὢν ἐπὶ πάντων θεός (cp. Aristobulus in Eus., PE 8, 10, 10; 13, 12, 4 ἐπὶ πάντων εἶναι τ. θεόν; Porphyr., Vi. Plot. 23 τῷ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεῷ) God, who rules over all Ro 9:5 (θεός 2). ὁ πάντων δεσπότης GJs 20:3 (codd.); cp. 11:2.—Of a ‘whole’ that is implied fr. the context: πάντα ἀποδώσω σοι Mt 18:26. Cp. 22:4; Mk 4:34; Lk 1:3; Ro 8:28 (s. Black s.v. συνεργέω); 2 Cor 6:10; Gal 4:1; Phil 2:14; 1 Th 5:21; 2 Ti 2:10; Tit 1:15; 1J 2:27; GJs 18:3 codd. πάντα ὑμῶν ἐστιν everything is yours, belongs to you 1 Cor 3:21, cp. 22 (Plut., Cic. 873 [25, 4] πάντα τοῦ σοφοῦ εἶναι; Diog. L. 6, 72). πάντα ὑμῶν everything you do 16:14. πρῶτον πάντων 1 Ti 2:1. πάντα four times as anaphora (rhetorical repetition) 1 Cor 13:7 (cp. Libanius, Or. 3 p. 275, 4 πάντα φθεγγόμενοι, πάντα ἐργαζόμενοι, πάντα χαριζόμενοι).—The acc. of specification stands almost in the sense of an adv. (B-D-F §154; Rob. 487) πάντα in all respects, in every way, altogether (Hom. et al.; Aelian, VH 12, 25; Jos., Ant. 9, 166; SibOr 3, 205; Ath. 35, 2) Ac 20:35 (perh. always, as Ps.-Lucian, Asin. 22 p. 590); 1 Cor 9:25b. πάντα πᾶσιν ἀρέσκω (s. ἀρέσκω 2a) 10:33; 11:2. Cp. KGrobel, JBL 66, ’47, 366 and s. τὰ πάντα in 4dβ below.—W. a prep.: εἰς πάντα in all respects, in every way (Pla., Charm. 6, 158a, Leg. 5, 738a; Appian, Iber. 17 §64, Bell. Civ. 4, 92 §385; BGU 798, 7) 2 Cor 2:9. ἐν πᾶσιν in all respects, in every way (PGiss 69, 8; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 112 §467 [here ἐν ἅπασιν=in all respects]; Just., D. 80, 1 ἀσφαλὴς ἐν πᾶσι); 1 Ti 3:11; 2 Ti 2:7; 4:5; Tit 2:9, 10b; Hb 13:4, 18; 1 Pt 4:11. Perh. also Eph 1:23b. ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις in (or besides) all this (Sir 48:15; Job 2:10; 12:9; cp. Plut., Mor. 98f) Lk 16:26. κατὰ πάντα, s. κατά B 6. περὶ πάντων in every way (Mitt-Wilck I/2, 6, 9; SibOr 1, 198) 3J 2. πρὸ πάντων above all, especially (PRein 18, 27 [II B.C.]; BGU 811, 3; PAmh 135, 2; Just., D. 7, 3) Js 5:12; 1 Pt 4:8.

② any entity out of a totality, any and every, every

ⓐ as adj. w. a noun in the sing. without the article every, any and every, just any, any at all μὴ παντὶ πνεύματι πιστεύετε do not believe just any spirit 1J 4:1. περιφερόμενοι παντὶ ἀνέμῳ τῆς διδασκαλίας Eph 4:14. περὶ παντὸς πράγματος about anything Mt 18:19. κατὰ πᾶσαν αἰτίαν for any reason at all 19:3. Cp. 4:4=Lk 4:4 v.l. (Dt 8:3); Mt 12:31; 2 Cor 1:4b (on ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν vs. 4a see 3b below).

ⓑ as subst. without the art.

α. πᾶς everyone without exception Lk 16:16.

β. πᾶν, w. prep.: διὰ παντός s. διά A 2a. ἐν παντί in every respect or way, in everything (Pla., Symp. 194a; X., Hell. 5, 4, 29; SIG 1169, 27; Sir 18:27; 4 Macc 8:3; GrBar 9:8) πλουτίζεσθαι 1 Cor 1:5; 2 Cor 9:11. Cp. 2 Cor 4:8; 7:5, 11, 16; 8:7; 9:8b; 11:6a, 9; Eph 5:24; Phil 4:6; 1 Th 5:18.

③ marker of the highest degree of someth., all

ⓐ as adj. w. a noun in the sing. without the art. full, greatest, all (Pla., Rep. 9, 575a; Demosth. 18, 279 al.; ins, freq. in accolades; pap.: New Docs 8 p. 62, 10 μετὰ πάσης πίστεως καὶ ἐπιμελείας ‘with all fidelity and care’; LXX; Tat. 39, 1 μετὰ πάσης ἀκριβείας) μετὰ παρρησίας πάσης Ac 4:29. ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ 5:23. πάσῃ συνειδήσει ἀγαθῇ in all good conscience 23:1. Cp. 17:11; 24:3; 2 Cor 9:8b; 12:12; Eph 4:2. ἐν πάσῃ προσκαρτερήσει with the greatest perseverance 6:18c. Cp. Phil 1:20; 2:29; Col 1:11ab; 1 Ti 2:2b, 11; 3:4; 4:9; 5:2; Tit 2:15; Js 1:2; 2 Pt 1:5; Jd 3 al. ὑπομένειν πᾶσαν ὑπομονήν practice patient endurance to the limit Pol 9:1.

ⓑ in related vein as adj. with noun in the sing. w. the art. all ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν in all our trouble 2 Cor 1:4a (on ἐν πάσῃ θλίψει vs. 4b s. 2a above); 7:4; 1 Th 3:7. ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν in all remembrance of you Phil 1:3. πᾶσαν τὴν μέριμναν ὑμῶν all your care 1 Pt 5:7. τὸν πάντα χρόνον AcPlCor 2:4; τὴν πᾶσαν σάρκα 2:11 (cp. 1aα).

④ pert. to a high degree of completeness or wholeness, whole

ⓐ as adj. w. a noun in the sing., without the art. all, the whole before proper names, mostly geographic (X., Hell. 4, 8, 28 προστάται πάσης Λέσβου ἔσονται al.; LXX) πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα Mt 2:3 (s. Ἱερ.). πᾶς Ἰσραήλ (3 Km 8:65; 11:16; 1 Esdr 1:19; 5:45, 58; Jdth 15:14) Ro 11:26 (s. W-S. §20, 11a and b; Rob. 772). The OT is also the source of πᾶς οἶκος Ἰσραήλ (1 Km 7:2, 3) Ac 2:36 and, in subject matter, ἐπὶ παντὸς προσώπου τῆς γῆς 17:26b (but Gen 2:6 has πᾶν τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς, and 7:23; 11:4, 8, 9 ἐπὶ προσώπου [or πρόσωπον] πάσης τῆς γῆς).—Perh. πᾶσα οἰκοδομή Eph 2:21 (s. W-S. §20:11 b; Rob. 772; Mlt-Turner 199f; MDibelius, Hdb. ad loc.; M. Ant. 6, 36, 1; OGI 383, 86ff).

ⓑ w. a noun in the sing., w. the art. the whole, all (the). Preceding the noun that has the art.: πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος Mt 3:5. πᾶσα ἡ ἀγέλη the whole herd 8:32. Cp. vs. 34; 13:2; 21:10; 27:25, 45; Mk 2:13; 4:1. πᾶσα ἡ ἀλήθεια 5:33. πᾶσα ἡ κτίσις the whole creation (TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 7 [Stone p. 32]) Mk 16:15; Ro 8:22. Cp. Lk 1:10; 2:1, 10; Ac 3:9, 11; 5:21; 15:12. πᾶς ὁ κόσμος Ro 3:19b; Col 1:6. πᾶν τὸ σπέρμα Ro 4:16. πᾶσα ἡ γῆ 9:17 (Ex 9:16); Lk 4:25. πᾶσα ἡ γνῶσις, πᾶσα ἡ πίστις 1 Cor 13:2bc. πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα Eph 3:19; Col 1:19; 2:9. πᾶν τὸ σῶμα Eph 4:16; Col 2:19. Cp. Hb 9:19bc. W. a demonstrative pron. πᾶς ὁ λαὸς οὗτος all these people Lk 9:13. πᾶσα ἡ ὀφειλὴ ἐκείνη Mt 18:32.—Following the noun that has the article: τὴν κρίσιν πᾶσαν the whole matter of judgment J 5:22. εἰς τὴν ἀλήθειαν πᾶσαν into truth in all its outreach 16:13. τὴν ἐξουσίαν … πᾶσαν Rv 13:12.

ⓒ πᾶς and πάντες stand attributively betw. art. and noun, when the noun is regarded as a whole, in contrast to its individual parts (cp. Kühner-G. I 632f).

α. sing. (Thu. 2, 7, 2 ὁ πᾶς ἀριθμόσ=‘the whole number’; 8, 93, 2 τὸ πᾶν πλῆθος; X., Mem. 1, 2, 8 εἰς τὸν πάντα βίον; Pla., Gorg. 470e ἡ πᾶσα εὐδαιμονία; 2 Macc 2:17; 3 Macc 1:29; 6:14; 4 Macc 3:8) ὁ πᾶς νόμος the whole law Gal 5:14. τὸν πάντα χρόνον Ac 20:18.

β. pl. (X., An. 5, 6, 7 οἱ πάντες ἄνθρωποι; Pla., Theaet. 204a τὰ πάντα μέρη) αἱ πᾶσαι ψυχαί all the souls Ac 27:37. οἱ κατὰ τὰ ἔθνη πάντες Ἰουδαῖοι 21:21. οἱ σὺν αὐτοῖς πάντες ἅγιοι Ro 16:15. οἱ σὺν ἐμοὶ πάντες ἀδελφοί Gal 1:2.—W. numerals (Hdt. 7, 4; Thu. 1, 60, l) οἱ πάντες ἄνδρες ὡσεὶ δώδεκα the whole number of the men was about twelve Ac 19:7.—JBover, Uso del adjetivo singular πᾶς en San Pablo: Biblica 19, ’38, 411–34.

ⓓ as subst.

α. οἱ πάντες all (of them) (in contrast to a part) Ro 11:32ab; 1 Cor 9:22 (s. HChadwick, NTS 1, ’55, 261–75); Phil 2:21. (We, they) all Mk 14:64; 1 Cor 10:17; 2 Cor 5:14b. μέχρι καταντήσωμεν οἱ πάντες until we all attain Eph 4:13.

β. τὰ πάντα. In the abs. sense of the whole of creation all things, the universe (Pla., Ep. 6, 323d τῶν πάντων θεός; hymn to Selene in EAbel, Orphica [1885] 294, 36 εἰς σὲ τὰ πάντα τελευτᾶ [s. 1dβ beg.]; Herm. Wr. 13, 17 τ. κτίσαντα τὰ πάντα; JosAs 8:2 ζωοποιήσας τὰ πάντα; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 208, Rer. Div. Her. 36, Somn. 1, 241; Just., A I, 67, 2 τὸν ποιητὴν τῶν πάντων; PGM 1, 212 κύριε τῶν πάντων; 4, 3077) Ro 11:36 (Musaeus: Vorsokr. 2 A 4 [in Diog. L. 1, 3] ἐξ ἑνὸς τὰ πάντα γίνεσθαι καὶ εἰς ταὐτὸν ἀναλύεσθαι. Cp. Norden, Agn. Th. 240–50); 1 Cor 8:6ab; 15:28ab; Eph 3:9; 4:10b; Phil 3:21; Col 1:16ab, 17b (HHegermann, D. Vorstellung vom Schöpfungsmittler etc., TU 82, ’61, 88ff); Hb 1:3; 2:10ab; Rv 4:11; 1 Cl 34:2; PtK 2 (four times).—In the relative sense, indicated by the context, everything (Κυπρ. I p. 42 no. 29 τὰς στοὰς καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐταῖς πάντα; PGiss 2, 14 [II B.C.] in a bill: τὰ π.=everything taken together) ἐν παραβολαῖς τὰ πάντα γίνεται everything (=all the instruction) is in parables Mk 4:11. Cp. Ac 17:25b; Ro 8:32b. Of everything in heaven and earth that is in need of uniting and redeeming Eph 1:10 (EWalter, Christus u. d. Kosmos [Eph 1:10] ’48); Col 1:20. τὰ πάντα they all (of the members of the body) 1 Cor 12:19. The neut. is also used of persons: Gal 3:22; cp. 1 Ti 6:13 (here including humankind and everything else that possesses life).—As acc. of specification, almost like an adv.: τὰ πάντα in all respects (Appian, Prooem. 6 §23) Eph 4:15 (s. 1dβ).—As a summation of what precedes all this (PCairZen 741, 16; 742, 22; BGU 1509 [all III B.C.]) 2 Cor 4:15; Phil 3:8b; Col 3:8.—Furthermore, πάντες can also have the limited sense nearly all (Xenophon Eph. 2, 13, 4 πάντας ἀπέκτεινεν, ὀλίγους δὲ καὶ ζῶντας ἔλαβε. μόνος δὲ ὁ Ἱππόθοος ἠδυνήθη διαφυγεῖν).—Mlt-Turner 199–201.

⑤ everything belonging, in kind, to the class designated by the noun, every kind of, all sorts of, adj. for the words παντοδαπός and παντοῖος, which are lacking in our lit.: πᾶσα νόσος καὶ πᾶσα μαλακία Mt 4:23. γέμουσιν πάσης ἀκαθαρσίας they are full of all kinds of uncleanness 23:27 (Ar. 15, 6). πᾶσα ἐξουσία 28:18. ἀπὸ παντὸς ἔθνους from every kind of nation Ac 2:5. Cp. 7:22; 13:10ab; Ro 1:18, 29. πᾶσα ἐπιθυμία (evil) desire of every kind 7:8. ἐν παντὶ λόγῳ καὶ πάσῃ γνώσει 1 Cor 1:5b. πᾶν ἁμάρτημα every kind of sin 6:18. Cp. 2 Cor 7:1; 9:8bc; 10:5ab; Eph 1:3, 8, 21a; 4:19; 5:3; Phil 1:9; 2 Th 2:17. πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθόν Tit 1:16; 3:1. Cp. 2:14; Hb 13:21. πᾶσα δόσις, πᾶν δώρημα Js 1:17 (W-S. §20, 11b). Cp. vs. 21; 1 Pt 2:1ab; Rv 8:7 al.—B. 919. Schmidt, Syn. IV, 540–54, s. ἕκαστος and ὅλος. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πᾶς
20 Knowledge

   1) To Exist Is to Be Perceived

   It is indeed an opinion strangely prevailing amongst men, that houses, mountains, rivers, and, in a word, all sensible objects, have an existence, natural or real, distinct from their being perceived by the understanding. But, with how great an assurance and acquiescence soever this principle may be entertained in the world, yet whoever shall find in his heart to call it into question may, if I mistake not, perceive it to involve a manifest contradiction. For, what are the forementioned objects but things we perceive by sense? and what do we perceive besides our own ideas or sensations? and is it not plainly repugnant that any one of these, or any combination of them, should exist unperceived? (Berkeley, 1996, Pt. I, No. 4, p. 25)

   2) Abstract Science or Demonstration Is a More Perfect Species of Knowledge

   It seems to me that the only objects of the abstract sciences or of demonstration are quantity and number, and that all attempts to extend this more perfect species of knowledge beyond these bounds are mere sophistry and illusion. As the component parts of quantity and number are entirely similar, their relations become intricate and involved; and nothing can be more curious, as well as useful, than to trace, by a variety of mediums, their equality or inequality, through their different appearances.

   But as all other ideas are clearly distinct and different from each other, we can never advance farther, by our utmost scrutiny, than to observe this diversity, and, by an obvious reﬂection, pronounce one thing not to be another. Or if there be any difficulty in these decisions, it proceeds entirely from the undeterminate meaning of words, which is corrected by juster definitions. That the square of the hypotenuse is equal to the squares of the other two sides cannot be known, let the terms be ever so exactly defined, without a train of reasoning and enquiry. But to convince us of this proposition, that where there is no property, there can be no injustice, it is only necessary to define the terms, and explain injustice to be a violation of property. This proposition is, indeed, nothing but a more imperfect definition. It is the same case with all those pretended syllogistical reasonings, which may be found in every other branch of learning, except the sciences of quantity and number; and these may safely, I think, be pronounced the only proper objects of knowledge and demonstration. (Hume, 1975, Sec. 12, Pt. 3, pp. 163-165)

   3) Knowledge Derives from Two Fundamental Sources of the Mind

   Our knowledge springs from two fundamental sources of the mind; the first is the capacity of receiving representations (the ability to receive impressions), the second is the power to know an object through these representations (spontaneity in the production of concepts).

   Through the first, an object is given to us; through the second, the object is thought in relation to that representation.... Intuition and concepts constitute, therefore, the elements of all our knowledge, so that neither concepts without intuition in some way corresponding to them, nor intuition without concepts, can yield knowledge. Both may be either pure or empirical.... Pure intuitions or pure concepts are possible only a priori; empirical intuitions and empirical concepts only a posteriori. If the receptivity of our mind, its power of receiving representations in so far as it is in any way affected, is to be called "sensibility," then the mind's power of producing representations from itself, the spontaneity of knowledge, should be called "understanding." Our nature is so constituted that our intuitions can never be other than sensible; that is, it contains only the mode in which we are affected by objects. The faculty, on the other hand, which enables us to think the object of sensible intuition is the understanding.... Without sensibility, no object would be given to us; without understanding, no object would be thought. Thoughts without content are empty; intuitions without concepts are blind. It is therefore just as necessary to make our concepts sensible, that is, to add the object to them in intuition, as to make our intuitions intelligible, that is to bring them under concepts. These two powers or capacities cannot exchange their functions. The understanding can intuit nothing, the senses can think nothing. Only through their union can knowledge arise. (Kant, 1933, Sec. 1, Pt. 2, B74-75 [p. 92])

   4) The Means by Which Metaphysics Can Be Perfected as a Science

   Metaphysics, as a natural disposition of Reason is real, but it is also, in itself, dialectical and deceptive.... Hence to attempt to draw our principles from it, and in their employment to follow this natural but none the less fallacious illusion can never produce science, but only an empty dialectical art, in which one school may indeed outdo the other, but none can ever attain a justifiable and lasting success. In order that, as a science, it may lay claim not merely to deceptive persuasion, but to insight and conviction, a Critique of Reason must exhibit in a complete system the whole stock of conceptions a priori, arranged according to their different sources-the Sensibility, the understanding, and the Reason; it must present a complete table of these conceptions, together with their analysis and all that can be deduced from them, but more especially the possibility of synthetic knowledge a priori by means of their deduction, the principles of its use, and finally, its boundaries....

   This much is certain: he who has once tried criticism will be sickened for ever of all the dogmatic trash he was compelled to content himself with before, because his Reason, requiring something, could find nothing better for its occupation. Criticism stands to the ordinary school metaphysics exactly in the same relation as chemistry to alchemy, or as astron omy to fortune-telling astrology. I guarantee that no one who has comprehended and thought out the conclusions of criticism, even in these Prolegomena, will ever return to the old sophistical pseudo-science. He will rather look forward with a kind of pleasure to a metaphysics, certainly now within his power, which requires no more preparatory discoveries, and which alone can procure for reason permanent satisfaction. (Kant, 1891, pp. 115-116)

   5) Knowledge Is Only Real in the Form of System

   Knowledge is only real and can only be set forth fully in the form of science, in the form of system. Further, a so-called fundamental proposition or first principle of philosophy, even if it is true, it is yet none the less false, just because and in so far as it is merely a fundamental proposition, merely a first principle. It is for that reason easily refuted. The refutation consists in bringing out its defective character; and it is defective because it is merely the universal, merely a principle, the beginning. If the refutation is complete and thorough, it is derived and developed from the nature of the principle itself, and not accomplished by bringing in from elsewhere other counter-assurances and chance fancies. It would be strictly the development of the principle, and thus the completion of its deficiency, were it not that it misunderstands its own purport by taking account solely of the negative aspect of what it seeks to do, and is not conscious of the positive character of its process and result. The really positive working out of the beginning is at the same time just as much the very reverse: it is a negative attitude towards the principle we start from. Negative, that is to say, in its one-sided form, which consists in being primarily immediate, a mere purpose. It may therefore be regarded as a refutation of what constitutes the basis of the system; but more correctly it should be looked at as a demonstration that the basis or principle of the system is in point of fact merely its beginning. (Hegel, 1910, pp. 21-22)

   6) Knowledge, Action, and Evaluation Are Interconnected

   Knowledge, action, and evaluation are essentially connected. The primary and pervasive significance of knowledge lies in its guidance of action: knowing is for the sake of doing. And action, obviously, is rooted in evaluation. For a being which did not assign comparative values, deliberate action would be pointless; and for one which did not know, it would be impossible. Conversely, only an active being could have knowledge, and only such a being could assign values to anything beyond his own feelings. A creature which did not enter into the process of reality to alter in some part the future content of it, could apprehend a world only in the sense of intuitive or esthetic contemplation; and such contemplation would not possess the significance of knowledge but only that of enjoying and suffering. (Lewis, 1946, p. 1)

   7) The Evolution of Knowledge

   "Evolutionary epistemology" is a branch of scholarship that applies the evolutionary perspective to an understanding of how knowledge develops. Knowledge always involves getting information. The most primitive way of acquiring it is through the sense of touch: amoebas and other simple organisms know what happens around them only if they can feel it with their "skins." The knowledge such an organism can have is strictly about what is in its immediate vicinity. After a huge jump in evolution, organisms learned to find out what was going on at a distance from them, without having to actually feel the environment. This jump involved the development of sense organs for processing information that was farther away. For a long time, the most important sources of knowledge were the nose, the eyes, and the ears. The next big advance occurred when organisms developed memory. Now information no longer needed to be present at all, and the animal could recall events and outcomes that happened in the past. Each one of these steps in the evolution of knowledge added important survival advantages to the species that was equipped to use it.

   Then, with the appearance in evolution of humans, an entirely new way of acquiring information developed. Up to this point, the processing of information was entirely intrasomatic.... But when speech appeared (and even more powerfully with the invention of writing), information processing became extrasomatic. After that point knowledge did not have to be stored in the genes, or in the memory traces of the brain; it could be passed on from one person to another through words, or it could be written down and stored on a permanent substance like stone, paper, or silicon chips-in any case, outside the fragile and impermanent nervous system. (Csikszentmihalyi, 1993, pp. 56-57)

Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Knowledge

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

Comparative law — is the study of differences and similarities between the law of different countries. More specifically, it involves study of the different legal systems in existence in the world, including the common law, the civil law, socialist law, Islamic… … Wikipedia
Comparative Anatomy (band) — Comparative Anatomy Background information Origin Charlottesville, VA, Virginia, U.S. Genres … Wikipedia
comparative — mid 15c., from M.Fr. comparatif, from L. comparativus pertaining to comparison, from comparatus, pp. of comparare (see COMPARISON (Cf. comparison)). Originally grammatical; general sense is from c.1600; meaning involving different branches of a… … Etymology dictionary
Comparative psychology — Psychology … Wikipedia
Comparative politics — Part of the Politics series Politics List of political topics Politics by country … Wikipedia
Comparative — For other uses, see Comparative (disambiguation). In grammar, the comparative is the form of an adjective or adverb which denotes the degree or grade by which a person, thing, or other entity has a property or quality greater or less in extent… … Wikipedia
Comparative sociology — Sociology … Wikipedia
Comparative sciences — Science Sci ence, n. [F., fr. L. scientia, fr. sciens, entis, p. pr. of scire to know. Cf. {Conscience}, {Conscious}, {Nice}.] 1. Knowledge; knowledge of principles and causes; ascertained truth of facts. [1913 Webster] If we conceive God s sight … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
Comparative view of jazz and Indian classical music — Comparing Jazz and Indian classic musicComparative View of Jazz and Indian Classical MusicIndian music is the greatest tradition of improvisation in the East. Therefore it is unsurprising that Jazz musicians, which have become the greatest… … Wikipedia
JEWISH AND ISLAMIC LAW, A COMPARATIVE REVIEW — The Relationship between Jewish and Islamic Law Comparative studies in the field of Jewish and Islamic Law began more than 150 years ago with the publication of Abraham Geiger s Was hat Mohammed aus dem Judenthum aufgenommen (1833, rev. 1902).… … Encyclopedia of Judaism
Phylogenetic comparative methods — When applied to comparative data, conventional statistical methods assume, in effect, that all species are completely unrelated. As if they descended from a big bang of special creation. Such a scenario can be depicted as a star phylogeny (left) … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

in a comparative sense

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

in a comparative sense

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: